
20+ Best Filmora Effects & Transitions 2021
If you’re looking for cool effects, filters, and transitions to use in your Filmora projects, you’re...
Read More
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In today’s episode we provide a way to enable your "switch screens" key on your Ubuntu MATE laptop.
00:00 Going Linux #413 · Screen Switching on Ubuntu MATE 03:04 Setting up multiple displays 04:24 Setting up 05:18 Preparing to write the script 06:29 Writing the script 09:09 Assigning the keyboard shortcut 10:53 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 11:57 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill’s laptop is in computer hospital. Our listeners have suggestions, answers, and feedback on Office file formats, running Wine and Crossover, using AppImages, gaming on Linux and more.
00:00 Going Linux #412 · Listener Feedback 01:13 Computer hospital 03:27 Sean: Suggestions via voicemail 17:14 Jim: Microsoft Office save formats 26:47 Stefan: Episode 410 and Wine 30:09 Hilander: Update re: Nvidia video cards 34:00 Michael: Extracting and AppImage 41:10 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 42:49 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We find out that Ubuntu’s website isn’t accessible before you pass the warning about cookies. We discuss the latest Linux distribution... from Microsoft! Our listeners ask questions and make comments.
00:00 Going Linux #411 · Listener Feedback 01:43 David: Switching between interim and long term support releases 10:05 Mike: Printer problems with HPLIP on Linux Mint 16:20 Michael: Thank you! 22:18 Mark: Distros and photo workflow 28:20 Anonymous: The problem with dark themes and Firefox 32:35 Daniel: ubuntu.com is not accessible 35:26 Greg: A new Linux distro 40:45 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 41:55 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
One of the many reasons people resist switching to an Open Source operating system (Linux) is a need to use the Microsoft Office suite. In this episode we discuss some of the most popular ways of running an office suite on Linux short of running a full copy of Windows and Office in a virtual machine.
00:00 Going Linux #410 · 4 Ways to use Office on Linux 02:30 I can't switch to Linux because I need Microsoft Office 03:14 Our first way to use an Office suite on Linux - Native alternatives 06:01 A second way of using office on Linux - Online office suites 07:48 Our third way to use Office on Linux - WINE 13:31 The fourth way to run Office on Linux - Office Online 21:26 Summary 22:27 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 23:41 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill quits Manjaro and comments on documentation. We get more feedback on the Pinebook Pro, questions about browsers, and an additional alternative to LastPass.
00:00 Going Linux #409 · Listener Feedback 01:18 Bill ends his grand Manjaro adventure 08:35 Nate: A new listener question 14:04 Michael: The Pinebook Pro 23:13 Liz: Comments on Manjaro 26:07 Bill's comments on support documentation 29:19 Liz: Dark Reader 32:31 David: What browser do you use? 36:25 Door: LessPass password manager 39:33 Jaan: Pinebook Pro positive update 40:39 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 41:51 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
There are over 100 alternatives to the most popular password manager, LastPass. We review the top 4 and recommend the best. We review 1Password, Bitwarden, KeePass, and KeePassXC.
00:00 Going Linux #408 · Password Managers for Linux 01:20 The need for long, complex, and secure passwords 02:19 The trouble with LastPass 03:19 Alternatives to LastPass 03:45 Our choice for best is Bitwarden 04:16 How we rated them 04:36 Bitwarden 09:10 KeePass 10:31 KeePassXC 15:57 KeePassX 17:30 1Password 19:55 Our recommendation: BitWarden 21:07 Why use a password manager? 24:34 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 25:36 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Our listeners talk about Laptops for Linux: Dell Latitude E557, Pinebook Pro, and Juno Computers, we hear about Strawberry music player, Garuda Linux and a WTF moment.
00:00 Going Linux #407 · Listener Feedback 00:58 Waiting for the Ubuntus 02:17 Liz: About the Dell Latitude E557 with Manjaro 04:23 Liz: Manjaro experience 06:44 DoorToDoor Geek: A positive Pinebook Pro review 10:48 Ben: Strawberry: A Linux-based music player that streams Tidal 11:39 Michael: Buying a Linux laptop 15:48 Carlos: Garuda Linux 19:05 Highlander: WTF moment 26:59 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 28:35 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Our listeners are FANTASTIC! We mentioned in our episode related to hardware designed to run Linux that neither of us has had any experience with the Pinebook Pro. We ask for feedback from any listeners who have used the Pinebook Pro. So they wrote reviews. Here they are. Thanks to Tim and Stacey for all the work they put into these reviews.
00:00 Going Linux #406 · Pinebook Pro Reviews 01:04 Larry is wrapping-up the Ubuntu MATE Guide for the 21.04 release 02:58 Pinebook pro 05:23 Tim: Experiences with using the Pinebook Pro 06:18 Is the Pinebook Pro a viable low-cost laptop for anyone? 06:59 Pinebook Pro quirks and limitations 08:21 Why does the Pinebook Pro work for me? 09:21 It's great for using when traveling 09:59 About the OS and software 11:17 About the hardware and accessories 13:05 Summary: Limited and slow, maybe a Chromebook alternative 15:21 Stacey: A review of Pine's customer support 17:18 Ordering the Pinebook Pro 18:13 Unboxing the Pinebook Pro 18:40 Attempting to get support from Pine 21:08 Finding a fix without any help from Pine 22:12 A scorned customer 23:07 Our final words on the Pinebook Pro 34:03 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Larry is getting ready for the release of Ubuntu MATE 21.04. Several of our listeners have ideas for us, suggestions for future episodes, feedback on music players and Linux-compatible computers.
00:00 Going Linux #405 · Listener Feedback 01:52 Getting ready for Ubuntu MATE 21.04 04:44 Adam: He has an idea for us 08:58 Rosika: Additional info on making installable media - Ventoy 13:20 Hilander: Exchanging data between devices wirelessly without an Internet connection 17:32 Frugal Computer Guy: Linux command line tutorials 21:16 Mark: Experiences with music streaming 26:50 Ken: Microsoft invading Raspian 31:06 David: A suggestion for a show on music library players for Linux 33:19 Rainy: Feedback on music players 36:17 Ken: Linux-compatible computers 45:44 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 46:40 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Creating bootable USB media to enable you to install Linux has changed since we last talked about it on the show. We discus burning a CD/DVD and today’s methods of creating a bootable USB media from Windows, macOS, and Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #404 · Making Linux Installation Media 02:02 Ways of creating installation media 02:32 Getting the ISO image file 03:38 What is 'live' media? 05:05 Burning a CD/DVD from Windows 06:21 Buring a CD/DVD on macOS 06:37 Buringing a CD/DVD on Linux 07:27 Drive type and media type considerations 09:25 Use the 'verify' feature as you burn a disc 09:53 Creating bootable USB media on Windows 11:40 Creating bootable USB media on macOS 14:36 Creating bootable USB media on Linux using Disks 16:26 Other methods Unetbootin, RPI-imager, Rufus 18:53 Conclusion 20:06 What about macs with the M1 chip? 21:12 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 22:16 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Updates on Bill’s computers, Linux compatibility, and trusted programs. We also have contributions about Photography software, ExpanDrive, Kali, and VLC. We even have a ‘sudo’ story
00:00 Going Linux #403 · Listener Feedback 00:58 Bill's new computer 06:50 George: Photography software, personal experience, computer hardware 12:53 David: ExpanDrive 16:13 Highlander: Stretches Kali 18:23 Troy: Appreciates the podcast 18:56 Ambrose: A 'sudo' story 21:19 Liz: Laptops for Linux 25:51 Daniel: VLC in a Slackware-based distro 27:19 Ken: Linux-compatible computers 34:28 Hilander: Trusted programs update 37:44 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 39:35 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We are pleased to say we are in an excellent place with music streaming on Linux. For the most part all of the services we reviewed worked really well.
00:00 Going Linux #402 · Streaming Music Services and Linux 00:55 A rough start to 2021 01:58 Bill buys a new computer 05:17 Star Citizen 06:43 Streaming music services 08:50 Select streaming music services 11:53 Spotify 15:50 Deezer and Stitcher 24:01 Napster 28:21 Qobuz 35:12 Amazon Music Unlimited 38:47 Youtube Music 43:16 Tidal 52:29 Apple Music 55:20 Final conclusion 57:40 Pro tip 59:50 Streaming radio services 61:40 Do these services support artist who aren't in it for the money? 65:11 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 66:16 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
From creepy behavior online to media server updates to suggestions on mobile phones on Linux, file permissions, Pulse Audio, PDFs, and computer hardware designed for Linux, we have it all in this first episode of 2021!
00:00 Going Linux #401 · Listener Feedback 01:32 Bill: Star Citizen 03:26 We're on Amazon Music and on Spotify 06:01 Larry upgrades to Ubuntu MATE 20.10 08:42 Ken: Open Media Vault update 10:15 Daniel: Future topic - mobile phone accessibility with Linux 16:14 Hilander: Creeped out! 24:36 Jim: Ubuntu file permissions change on backup and restore 32:02 Rafael: About Spotify 33:14 James: Using Bluetooth speakers with ALSA instead of Pulse Audio 39:01 Liz: Feedback on PDF documents 40:36 Liz: Feedback on Manjaro and buying hardware for Linux 47:03 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 48:24 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Stories from our listener minions help us to celebrate our milestone 400th episode! From chocolate chip cookies to to accessibility on Arch, we have something of interest to many.
Paul's script for Google Earth: #!/bin/bash # This script configures any environment prerequisites needed by Google Earth. # Start Google Earth using this script rather than googleearth-bin directly.
# If you want to use an external copy of GPSBabel, you can specify it here. # if [[ -z "$GPSBABEL" ]]; then export GPSBABEL="$(which gpsbabel)"; fi
# If DISPLAY is not set, try to autodetect a value. LANG=en_US if [[ -z "$DISPLAY" ]]; then echo "WARNING: DISPLAY environment variable is not set." x_displays=(/tmp/.X11-unix/X*) display="${x_displays[0]}" if [[ -e "$display" ]]; then export DISPLAY=":${display/*X/}" echo " Found ${display}; setting DISPLAY=\"${DISPLAY}\"." else echo " X11 display not detected; Google Earth may not run correctly." fi fi
"$(dirname "$(readlink -f "$0")")/googleearth-bin" "$@"
00:00 Going Linux #400 · Listener Experiences 01:47 Distrohopping update 05:36 Going Linux podcast history 06:26 Celebrating 400 with you, our listeners 07:60 George: Chocolate chip cookie 09:46 Gus: Got hooked in middle school 13:23 Paul: 3 tips for Linux beginners 21:06 Anonymous: Search tool 22:55 Rod: Ripping DVDs 25:47 Dan: Can you use a touchscreen with Linux? 32:51 Daniel: Arch supports accessibility out of the box 36:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 37:10 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Our distro hopper looks like the hopping has stopped for the moment. We talk about upgrading, what's new in Ubuntu MATE 20.10, speeding up searches, software alternatives, mounting drives, and warnings about LibreOffice.
00:00 Going Linux #399 · Listener Feedback 01:05 Distrohopping: Bill is STILL using Manjaro! 01:34 Larry will upgrade to Ubuntu MATE 20.10 02:10 The most significant difference is Cheese is replaced with Webcamoid 03:57 Andy: Speeding up search on Linux 11:41 Mark: Alternative to DVD Shrink 16:30 Kelly: Editing and managing photos in Linux 17:31 Vince: Mounting drives using Gnome Disks 20:55 Daniel: Why do we have 3 feeds? 26:08 David: A warning about LibreOffice 35:02 Submit your contributions for Episode 400! 37:25 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 38:27 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In our second of two parts on editing and managing photos on Linux we describe a few additional applications for you to try. We share what they do but the trying is up to you! We also reveal what we are doing for our 400th episode.
00:00 Going Linux #398 · Edit and manage photos on Linux Pt. 2 01:30 Microsoft is driving Bill insane with forced updates 06:48 Forced install of Edge browser 08:30 Our 400th show! 09:58 Editing and managing photos on Linu part 2 11:15 Shotwell 12:14 Pix 12:58 Gwenview 13:38 Digikam 15:40 Darktable 16:40 Entangle 19:29 Try different applications for yourself 20:01 Gimp, Glimpse, Eye of MATE, gThumb, RawTherapee, Showfoto, KPhotoAlbum, LXImage 23:09 What's in store for our 400th show? It's all about you! 24:39 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 25:55 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We answer questions about problems receiving the podcast, SSH, printers, browsers and more. We also discuss photography and the new major computer brands selling computers pre-installed with Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #397 · Listener Feedback 01:14 Linux pre-installed expands to major-brand, high-end systems 08:59 Al: Problems with the podcast 11:20 Troy: Unable to play podcast 11:56 Paul: Similar issues 14:23 Joshua: Fun with SSH 18:34 James: Linux printers 23:19 Frank: fstab (file system table) 24:16 Ken Vivaldi browser 29:16 Ken: Dissaproval of Linux Mint 35:43 Sam: Password Managers 37:08 George: Manjaro Cinnamon 51:46 Troy: Photography app Entangle 54:44 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 55:47 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Want to know what applications are available on Linux for managing, viewing, modifying, and organizing photos? We talk about a few of them on this, the first of at least two parts.
00:00 Going Linux #396 · Edit and manage photos on Linux Pt. 1 00:59 Bill is still using Manjaro 01:47 Problem with PDFs 04:49 The world of photography 07:43 Linux applications for viewing, modifying, and organizing photos 08:18 Getting photos into your computer 09:24 Viewing and organizing photos in Linux 09:39 Shotwell 10:30 Digikam 12:46 gThumb 14:25 Piwigo 20:35 Gwenview 22:03 Gnome photos 25:09 Definition of terms 28:03 Applications for editing photos on Linux 28:17 Rawtherapee 33:13 Darktable 40:49 More terms 42:58 Fotoxx 48:08 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 49:14 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill is still on Manjaro! The Ubuntu MATE Guide is now available online. We answer questions about MeWe, dual booting, fresh install, replacing a sheet feed scanner, System76, Crossover, and LibreOffice spell check.
00:00 Going Linux #395 · Listener Feedback 01:09 Ubuntu MATE Guide available online 03:34 Bill pauses his distrohopping, explores Vivaldi browser on Manjaro 06:49 Daniel: Help with MeWe and screen reader 08:55 George: Thank you 09:38 George: Dual booting for Mike 16:06 Nathan: Fresh Install 21:24 David: Replacing a sheet feed scanner 25:46 Reid: System76 and Thinkpads 31:25 David: Manjaro and Crossover 33:51 Tim: LibreOffice spellcheck not working on Manjaro on Pinebook Pro 35:56 Next episode 37:07 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 38:16 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill searches for a non-Debian-based distribution that is suitable for Linux newcomers. He finds one in Manjaro!
00:00 Going Linux #394 · Manjaro Linux Overview 01:51 Rolling release 04:02 An Arch-based distribution for new Linux users 05:46 Windows vs. Manjaro on Dell Latitude 5450 10:13 Performance comparison after installation 13:09 The promise of perpetual upgrades 13:59 Installing Manjaro 14:44 The updates 16:56 Compared with other distros best for new Linux users 17:37 Default browser (Midori) 19:12 Manjaro Hello (Welcome) 21:30 Obtaining and installing software 24:12 Universal package format support 27:57 The community support 29:49 Manjaro: New user distro 32:25 A note on hybrid graphics 35:20 Overall: 'Thumbs up' 38:04 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 39:04 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill resists distrohopping, Robert is happy with Mint, Jeremy comes back, and we get advice on ThinkPad, reasons to leave Windows advice on office suites, and much muck more!
00.00 Going Linux #393 · Listener Feedback 00:53 Distrohopping 03:33 About donations 05:37 Robert: Happy with Linux Mint 08:31 Samuel: Advice on buying a ThinkPad 11:00 David: DejaDup - Another reason to leave Windows 14:17 Gus: Offers to contribute an episode 15:39 Highlander: COVID 19 scammers 19:28 Glen: Ubuntu Mate launch-bar on two screens 21:25 Mike: Dual boot Windows 10 with Ubuntu MATE 20.04 29:57 George: Libre vs. Open and about DRM-protected WMA 38:18 JackDeth: Linux FX10 40:49 Jeremy comes back 42:35 Daniel: Final word on Ubuntu 20.04 43:41 Frank: Belated feedback 44:32 David: Insignificant issue 49:58 Steven: About the Ubuntu MATE 20.04 book 54:06 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 55:20 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Once upon a time, there were Linux distributions that focused on the needs of computer users with disabilities. Today's Ubuntu MATE does the best job of any modern desktop Linux at including the broadest out-of-the-box implementation of accessibility software. This is particularly valuable because Windows does not and the "officially supported" software applications for Windows that are focused on accessibility are also extremely expensive.
00:00 Going Linux #392 · Accessibility On Linux 01:22 Once upon a time, there were distributions focused on accessibility. 01:49 Jaws screen reader for Windows is very expensive 03:47 Vinux 05:15 Vinux is a dormant project 05:36 Sonar GNU/Linux 06:08 Sonar is discontinued but deserves recongnition for its contributions 08:04 Ubuntu MATE comes closest to what Sonar attempted 08:40 What accessiblity/assistive/adaptive software is included with Ubuntu MATE? 08:47 Accessibility settings 09:33 Keyboard shortcuts 10:17 Enabling accessibility at startup 11:27 Orca screen reader is pre-installed 14:26 Braille support (BRLTTY) is provided by default 16:56 Kudos for Manjaro 19:44 Kudos to the MATE team 20:25 Ubuntu MATE enables Onboard the on-screen keyboard by default 22:01 Magnus: The pre-installed screen magnifier 22:48 Mouse and trackpad accessibility setting in the Ubuntu MATE Control Panel 23:35 Keyboard preferences for accessibility 24:07 Ubuntu MATE pre-installs the OpenDyslexic font for users with dyslexia 25:46 eViacam: Head and eye-tracking software is available in the Ubuntu Software Center 29:10 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 30:18 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
The voice mail line gets some use. Bill has some distro and podcast recommendations for exploration during isolation. We help with some issues and we highlight an embarrassing mistake.
00:00 Going Linux #391 · Listener Feedback 00:55 Bill participates in Ubuntu 20.04 test week 02:24 Testing colors other than green 03:23 Ubuntu DDE 05:38 Arco is a no-go for new users 10:05 Background noise generator 11:16 Nofications: Do Not Disturb mode 12:01 Bill's list of podcasts for sheltering at home 14:18 Vic: More workflow topics, hardware compatibility, LHS 23:26 Mike: Converting audio files from WMA 27:27 Ralph: Educational content for charitable organization 30:27 Labdoo 31:02 David: An OpenOffice update and a question 34:13 Highlander: Installing apps on live Kali Linux 36:18 Adrian: A Solus on a 2011 Macbook Pro 38:11 JackDeth: Colors and themes 41:32 David: Problem printing PDFs 47:56 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 48:54 End
Windows 7 has reached the end of its life. It will no longer receive security updates and Microsoft's technical support will stop. Running an out-of-date OS can have serious potential risks, and if you're using Windows 7 connected to the Internet, you will have a problem. Fortunately, there are two simple solutions.
00:00 Going Linux #390 · Replacing Windows 7 00:56 Bill's been redoing his whole machine with Makulu 06:17 Larry is sheltered in place with a paint brush 07:32 Ubuntu MATE website makeover 08:45 20.04 documentation 10:10 Ubuntu MATE fixes the Windows 7 Blues 12:30 Window 7 has reached the end of its life 12:59 Running an out of date operating system has serious risks 13:48 Why to install Ubuntu MATE to replace Windows 7 14:43 It's modern and full-featured 15:29 No compromise on Apps 15:57 Web browser 17:10 Office suite 19:10 Audio streamer/player software 19:37 Video player 19:49 Photo organizer 20:35 Video calling with Windows, Mac, Chrome, and Linux users 21:28 Friendly community support 22:31 There is a software catalog of thousands of tested additional apps 23:47 Ubuntu MATE is secure 24:50 How do I get Ubuntu MATE? 25:59 Summary 26:43 Adopting Ubuntu MATE is easy 28:42 Make your computer work for you, not the other way around 33:07 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 34:17 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill burns out on distrohopping after providing multiple release reviews. Our listeners provide feedback on new user recommendations, hard drive mounting, encryption, trying Linux via USB, and the Linux Spotlight interview. We answer questions on security audit results.
00:00 Going Linux #389 · Listener Feedback 01:43 Bill burns out on distro hopping 02:24 but he has some feedback on a few releases 02:46 Linux Mint 19.3 03:24 Linux Mint Debian Edition 4 04:38 Endevour OS 07:13 ArcoLinux 10:19 Open Suse 12:16 Ubuntu MATE 14:49 Zorin 17:55 New user recommendations 24:22 Gregory: Hard drive mounting 27:28 Gregory: Great interview 30:09 John: Security audit recommendations 34:19 George: Paul's encryption problem 37:57 David: Linux via USB 44:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 45:17 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Rocco (BigDaddyLinux) Interviews Larry on Episode 39 of the Linux Spotlight.
00:00 Going Linux #388 · Linux Spotlight Interview 01:55 Linux Spotlight episode 39 03:11 Who is Larry Bushey? 04:00 What do you do for a day job? 04:47 Do you have any other hobbies outside of Linux? 07:13 Are your family and your friends receptive to Linux? 09:24 When was the first time you used a computer and what was it? 11:02 Have you always been into technology? 17:46 Where and when was the first time you heard the word Linux? 19:04 What is it that intrigued you about Linux? 19:59 What was the first distro you tried? 22:29 What are the good and bad things you see about Linux at first? 24:09 Did you stay with Linux right away or did you switch back to Windows? 32:38 What about distro hopping? 35:39 What made you start writing tutorials and books? 41:40 Different people learn in different ways. 44:51 What made you go from being a Linux user to wanting to start podcasting about it? 48:11 How did you go about choosing the brand Going Linux? 49:54 What drives your passion to keep producing the show bi-weekly? 51:28 Do you believe listener feedback is part of the reason for the success of the show? 52:48 It's amazing the number of ways your listeners have to contact you. 53:56 Do you have any favorite moments or favorite episodes in Going Linux? 47:09 How did you get started with the Computer America Radio show? 59:32 What are some of the obstacles you encountered and what advice would you give for becoming a podcaster? 65:49 What are the future goals Going Linux? 66:51 What software do you rely on most? 68:57 What software that's not on Linux would you like to see made available? 70:47 Are you pragmatic or a purist about Linux? 72:35 Tell us about your talks at Linux conferences. 77:21 What drives your passion or love for Linux? 79:48 Has you experience with the Linux community been good or bad? 81:11 Do you do much coding or scripting? 84:25 What would you say to those people who are searching to find some way to contribute to Linux and the community? 89:19 Do you believe Linux is bad at marketing? 94:38 Is 'the year of the Linux desktop' just a meme? 97:22 If you could change one thing about Linux, what would it be? 97:27 Why is it you still choose to run Linux now? 97:27 Do the reasons you chose Linux still apply today? 98:57 Is there anything else you would like to share? 102:39 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 103:41 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We answer questions and comment on internal drive problems, Microsoft making Linux more popular, the Distrowatch podcast, gPodder and Orca, the Mint forums, print/fax/scan compatibility, games, Manjaro, and Chromebooks running Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #387 · Listener Feedback 00:56 Do we need the voicemail line? 02:38 Linux Spotlight interviews Larry 03:56 Paul: Second internal drive problem 20:22 Nancy: Microsoft makes Linux more popular 25:27 Michael: Unable to subscribe to the Distrowatch podcast 26:26 Daniel: gPodder and Orca 27:36 Ken: Great experience with the Mint forums 31:13 Daniel: A question about Larry's books on Ubuntu MATE 36:42 Carlos: Print/fax/scan compatibility 42:32 Albert: Running games 48:59 Richard: Contacting Manjaro 52:28 George: 385 and 386 60:39 Anand: Linux on a Macbook Pro 62:08 Alex: Switching from macOS 62:52 Paul: Chromebooks running Linux 68:16 Troy: Mark Greaves 69:30 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 70:50 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We focus on a handful of Linux distros and provide some feedback on how well they make a Mac user at home.
00:00 Going Linux #386 · Switching from OSX or macOS to Linux 03:54 Where to look as a Mac user 05:06 Ubuntu MATE 06:16 Brave browser 07:02 Elementary OS 10:19 Zorin 14:27 What is a PPA? 15:38 Deepin 19:40 Moving from Mac is easier than moving from Windows 23:21 Let us know what you've tried 25:03 Application pick: Brave browser 27:18 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 28:21 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Apple is to blame for our website insecurity! Paul has a couple of concerns about Linux Mint after listening to Destination Linux, we hear more about EULAs, and Zorin, and more about Orca. John wants to migrate his mail from Windows to Linux, Ken asks about VPNs and password managers, and James provides more hidden gems.
00:00 Going Linux #385 · Listener Feedback 00:50 SSH certificates issue resolved - it's Apple's fault! 04:28 Bill's distro hopping continues 10:14 Paul: Should I be concerned about Linux Mint? 16:05 Paul: What about PPAs on Mint? 24:13 Daniel: Problems using no monitor 27:31 Nathan: OpenSuSE and EULA 29:19 George: About EULAs 35:20 Highlander: Mass surveillance counter measures 39:38 Daniel: Manjaro and Linux 42:01 Michael: Linux Mint and Orca 44:03 John: Thunderbird migration from Windows to Linux 46:42 Ken: VPN and Password manager 54:12 Darren: Feedback on Zorin 59:17 James: Hidden gems part 2 67:44 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 69:13 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In our annual review of the previous year we discuss Larry's books on Ubuntu MATE, Microsoft's transformation into an open source company, the distros we've tried, and predictions for 2020. We read a couple of emails from listeners and recommend podcasts and Linux applications.
00:00 Going Linux #384 · 2019 Year In Review 01:12 Upgrade your computer. Ubuntu MATE is the alternative to Windows 7. 03:53 Bill's latest distro hop: KDE Neon, Linux Mint 19.03 07:17 Running Firefox and not using Chrome 08:39 No ZFS in the Linux Kernel 09:11 Microsoft: 400 million insecure Win 7 users should just buy a new computer 10:20 Going Linux: 400 million Win 7 users should keep their computer and upgrade to a secure Linux 11:52 2019: The year of distro hopping 14:36 Our favorite distros 17:12 Topics we discussed in 2019 20:13 Our 2020 predictions 27:33 Tech community in 2019 30:12 Open source in 2019 38:07 Bill gets another raise in pay 39:23 Microsoft: The open source company 42:29 Making money with open source 46:23 2019: The beginning of the grand move to the open source model for software development 47:50 Listener feedback: Ken 49:31 Listener feedback: Lymon 52:15 Podcast recommendations 61:09 Application picks 69:02 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 70:09 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill is back on Zorin after a brief diversion to Mint 19.3. He gives us a mini review of Elementary OS and compares the MATE desktop with the Pantheon desktop. We read your feedback on SSL certificates, software license agreements, accessibility, and computer hardware.
00:00 Going Linux #383 · Listener Feedback 01:00 Bill switches back to Zorin 01:52 Elementary mini-review 03:57 Comparing Ubuntu MATE and Elementary with Pantheon 10:41 Stefan: SSL certificate issues. 19:51 Carlos: Software licenses and WPS Office 24:38 Michael: For Linux users who also use Orca 30:04 Rossi: Huawei laptops 34:09 Troy: Asked our opinion on a Dell XPS 52:48 2019: The year of the Linux desktop 54:06 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 55:11 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
After a discussion about distro hopping, we wrap up our series on switching to Linux from Windows by discussing how to get updates, additional drivers, the kernel, finding and installing sowtware, and personalizing your computer.
00:00 Going Linux #382 · Switching from Windows and Upgrading to Linux Part 3 01:56 3rd Edition of 'Using Ubuntu MATE and its Applications' 02:52 Linux Mint 19.03 beta testing 03:54 ElementaryOS 05:32 Manjaro 06:18 Zorin Lite 07:57 Martin Wimpress' comments on distro hoppers 17:27 Switching from Windows and upgrading to Linux 17:51 Now that you have Linux installed... 18:33 Getting updates 20:35 Additional drivers 21:55 What is a kernel? 23:04 Finding and installing new software applications 24:56 Personalized settings 25:49 Experiment and let us know what you did 26:57 Thank you 27:12 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 28:18 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We describe how to generate a file with your computer's specifications. Our listeners comment on Zorin, suggest Feren, rebel against 'the man', rage against paying for SSL certs, and find videos. They also provide considerations for making live USB sticks, and give us a password manager review.
00:00 Going Linux #381 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:12 Raymond: Comments on Zorin 01:30 Craig: Topic suggestions 02:20 Ken: Comments on Zorin 08:25 Michael: Getting computer specifications 11:04 John: Has no Internet on Virtual Box 13:41 Lee: Suggests Feren OS 14:08 Hilander: A small rebellion 15:59 Kelvin: You should never have to pay for an SSL certificate 17:16 George: 'Going Windows' podcast 19:19 Joshua: Review of Bitwarden 24:59 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 26:04 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In our second episode dedicated to upgrading from Windows to Linux we describe how to create installation media from Windows, macOS, and Linux, booting from a USB device, making the right setup selections, and getting updates.
00:00 Going Linux #380 · Switching from Windows to Linux-Part 2 00:15 Introduction 01:06 Larry solves the issue with his bluetooth headset 03:40 Switching to Linux 04:16 Installing Linux 04:24 To dual-boot or not to dual-boot 06:35 Download the ISO file 07:32 Creating a bootable USB drive 08:31 Four important steps to complete before installing Linux 11:10 Easy installation for new users 12:11 Booting from the USB drive 12:45 Try before you install 13:33 Starting the installation of Linux 13:55 User name and computer name 15:02 Considerations for dual booting 16:17 Password 17:36 Connect to the Internet and download updatings during installation 19:44 Restart 21:07 In part 3: installing applications and customizing Linux 22:55 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 23:55 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
After some issues with Apple Podcasts, we have new URLs for our feeds. We get an update on Zorin and ZFS from Bill, on FreeOffice from a listener, suggestions for testing another distribution, and we solve some listener problems.
00:00 Going Linux #379 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:84 Apple drops the Going Linux Podcast 06:56 Zorin update 20:25 Bill tries ZFS 25:61 David: Try Makulu Linux 29:36 John: No Internet problem 32:84 Michael: A problem with Bluetooth 37:37 George: A report on SoftMake FreeOffice 41:53 Tila: Skidmap SSH vulerability on Linux 44:68 Koree: How to reset a forgotten password 48:86 Stefan: Google Chrome and telemetry 53:59 Michael: Volume is dropping 55:24 Tim: Thanks for the switchers episode 56:43 Göran: Feedback on random numbers 59:21 Michael: Python and Pluma 65:21 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 65:27 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Our review of of Zorin OS includes a give-away of one copy of Zorin Ultimate.
00:00 Going Linux #378 · Zorin Review 00:15 Introduction 01:47 Zorin Ultimate contest winner 05:33 Bill's new hobby 08:50 Zorin Review 09:33 Core vs. Ultimate 10:35 Is the Core version of Zorin crippled? 16:44 Any issues installing or running Zorin? 20:10 What about installing software applications? 22:45 Customizing the Zorin Desktop 24:37 Anything else we need to know about Zorin? 27:49 The overview 32:01 Bill's final rating of Zorin 33:02 What is the price of Zorin Ultimate? 36:09 What about upgrading to the next LTS? 40:39 Free educational version 42:43 Accessibility features of Zorin 46:39 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 48:43 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Our first giveaway. In this episode: hidden gems, Banshee abandoned, FreeOffice issues, back to Ubuntu MATE for accessibility, and NTP and hardware clock.
00:00 Going Linux #377 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:54 Going Linux Giveaway 07:50 James: Hidden Gems 09:05 Liferea to replace gPodder 09:45 Media Players 14:02 Geneology 15:18 Project Management 17:09 George: Banshee support 18:14 David: FreeOffice issues 22:09 George: 25,000 points 24:09 Michael: Moving back to Ubuntu MATE 28:23 Greg: Computer clock solution 32:19 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 33:27 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In today's show we start a series on how to switch from Windows and upgrade to Linux. We break the process down into easy steps.
00:00 Going Linux #376 · Switching from Windows and Upgrading to Linux Part 1 00:15 Introduction 01:03 Distrohopping: Zorin OS 11:58 How to switch 14:23 Browsers 19:09 Office Suites 22:58 Define: Snap and Flatpack 25:20 Entertainment and communication 28:21 Why do people switch from Windows to Linux? 41:50 What's in part two of this series? 45:17 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 46:19 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In this episode, we have several questions about accessibility in Linux applications, we discuss a couple of cross-platform office suites that provide a bit better compatibility with Microsoft Office file formats, and we discuss problems and solutions for Ubuntu, Barrier, video and privacy and security. Lastly, we comment on Linux Journal's goodbye.
00:00 Going Linux #375 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:55 Tugboat 10:00 Distrohopping: MX Linux 14:31 FreeOffice 25:37 Michael: Running Slint 32:51 Highlander: Errors and resolutions 35:39 Jim: Ubuntu problems 38:57 Juan: Barrier/Synergy question 43:25 Mike: Video capture question 45:52 Benjamin: MATE Applet Panel and Orca question 41:10 George: 'Windows Gone' - an issue of privacy and security 57:30 Daniel: gPodder accessibility frustrations 58:56 James: A question on Bashee 62:51 JackDeth: This sucks! 67:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 69:14 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We've heard a lot about them, but what ARE Snaps, Flatpaks, and AppImages? What do they do for us? Which should we use?
00:00 Going Linux #374 · Snaps, Flatpaks and Appimages 00:15 Introduction 00:53 Distrohopping: Fedora Silverblue 09:02 Snaps, Flatpaks, and AppImages 12:47 Snaps 13:46 Terms defined 16:15 Advantages of Snaps 17:42 Flatpaks 19:07 Is Flatpak a container technology? 22:05 AppImages 25:53 Which one should I use? 31:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 32:40 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In this listener feedback, we have a voice message from Nancy, Frank reports a flummox, Curbuntu is moving settings, is the Canadian wirless industry listening to Going Linux?, and much more.
00:00 Going Linux #373 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:39 Nancy: Provided voice feedback 07:38 Frank: A comment on File Manager Flummox 15:44 Curbuntu: Moving settings in Ubuntu 22:42 Highlander: 'Isn't this odd?' 24:12 Josh: A software recommendation 26:31 Benjamin: A problem booting Linux ISOs on Windows 10 1903 32:18 David: A Minty update 34:24 Jim: Answers for the GRUB questions in episode 371 39:27 John helps out Larry's memory 40:20 Mike: Google ANYTHING can not be trusted 42:36 Anuj: Promotion 43:51 Paul: Discord video freeze 47:14 Marian: An Ubuntu LTS correction 50:45 Locast 56:53 Shotwell 59:00 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 60:12 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill has a new computer he got for free. It's 5 years old, modern hardware, can't run Windows 10 (according to Microsoft), and is perfect for Bill to use to test Linux distros! In the main portion of the episode, we discuss 6 Linux distributions that are official Ubuntu derivatives you can use.
00:00 Going Linux #372 · Ubuntu Derivatives 00:15 Introduction 01:05 Bill's most recent free machine and how he got it 14:24 Ubuntu derivatives 15:42 Ubuntu MATE 24:10 Why to install additional desktop environments 25:29 Why NOT to install additional desktop environments 28:21 Lubuntu 34:19 Xubuntu 39:02 Kubuntu 44:53 Ubuntu Studio 52:25 Ubuntu Budgie 57:01 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 58:08 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill continues his distro hopping. We discuss the history of Linux and a wall-mountable timeline. Troy gives feedback on Grub. Grubb give feedback on finding the right distribution. Highlander talks communication security and hidden files. Ro's Alienware computer won't boot. David provides liks to articles.
00:00 Going Linux #371 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00.54 Summer weather 01:43 Distro hopping: Ubuntu 18.04 again 04:46 Greg: GNU Linux Distributions Timeline 17:49 Troy: Grub and dual boot 24:06 Highlander: Hiding files 28:54 George: William and the unmountable drive 34:27 Highlander: Communications security 41:57 David: Have you seen these articles? 49:33 Grubb: Finding the right Linux distribution 60:10 Ro: Why won't she boot? 69:16 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 79:41 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
After we discuss Bill's latest adventure in distro hopping, we continue our series on Linux applications for running a business. This time, the we are discussing the business of being a writer. From applications to word processors to desktop publishing and graphic creation, LInux has applications for it all.
00:00 Going Linux #370 · Run your business on Linux - Part 4 00:15 Introduction 01:14 Distro hopping: Deepin-ing distrust 02:11 Trust 03:14 Ubuntu MATE 10:04 Martin Wimpress 12:41 Community update 18:17 Open Source vs. Proprietary software 20:39 Linux applications for writers 21:22 Linux word processors 21:52 Linux e-book manager, viewer, converter 24:00 Linux software for desktop publishing 25:49 Linux software for graphics and illustrations 32:10 Other testimonials 35:01 Thank you to our team of Minions 37:52 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 39:01 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
With a shout out and application picks, this episode provides more than just listener feedback. The feedback we have received over the past month includes questions about OpenSUSE, Fedora 29, Zorin, Ubuntu, configuration file syntax, mice, printers, and scanners. Of course, there is more.
00:00 Going Linux #369 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:01 Shout out to Transworld 02:05 Distrohopping: Deepin Linux 03:55 Minetest 05:43 NZ17: How Helios got his voice back 07:38 Highlander: Bypassing GUI update blockage in Fedora 29 10:19 Hamilcar Follow up to Episode 359 12:26 Stephen: Discord and OpenSUSE 18:13 James: Config file syntax 22:00 Albert: Needs a new printer 27:25 Troy: Linux on laptops, tablets, convertibles, etc. for on the road 32:01 George: Comments on Back to Basics 37:01 William: Comments on Zorin 44:37 Highlander: Issue with Firefox security add-ons 46:53 Getto Geek: Ubuntu on an SSD 48:11 Nick: problems with LibreOffice 51:12 Scott: Trim function 56:29 Heath: Scanner issues 58:52 Highlander: Offline backups 59:25 Scott: A mouse tip 62:04 Barrier 65:01 Makehuman 68:00 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 69:04 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Our objective for this Back To Basics series is to update the information we've been providing over the past 12 years and to ensure that we continue to provide a reference for Linux users who want to adopt Linux for their day-to-day computing needs. Today: What is Linux and Why Linux?
00:00 Going Linux #368 · Back to Basics - Why Linux? 00:15 Introduction 01:57 Distro hopping to PopOS 05:34 and Ubuntu 19.04 10:05 and Ubuntu MATE 19.04 12:04 and Ubuntu Budgie 13:06 and Scientific Linux 13:54 Cleaning up DropBox 17:51 Last time on 'Back to Basics' 19:16 What is Linux? 20:50 Why Linux? 22:53 Try before you commit 24:08 Multiple sources of support 27:28 Linux is better-supported, safer, and more secure 30:11 Linux is a modern operating system for for any kind of user 32:36 Comparing restoring Windows vs. Linux 34:48 Linux and its applications are developed by its users 37:16 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 38:21 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Audio feedback from Paul starts our episode. We get thanks and emails on printers, SSDs, Linux dock applications, and Linux in the wild.
00:00 Going Linux #367 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:39 Paul: Experience with Samsung printer/scanner on Mint 05:05 Paul: Zorin OS 14:33 Michael: Ubuntu on an SSD 19:27 KF5TQN: Secret Squirrel Discord 20:37 Highlander: CPR falloff 22:44 Triple F Carl: Thanks 24:21 Juan: Controlling dock autostart using different desktop 28:51 Dillon: Linux in the wild 29:24 Greg: Feedback for Mike on printers for business 32:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 33:42 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We revisit Kubuntu, provide Bill's observations, go off the rails a bit, and somehow end up back at Ubuntu MATE.
00:00 Going Linux #366 · Revisiting Kubuntu 00:15 Introduction 00:53 What happened to MX Linux? 05:08 MeWe adoption results 09:18 Looking at Kubuntu 11:47 Important features 13:43 Vaults 17:09 Kubuntu as a distribution 17:58 Installation 24:09 Bill blames the minions 25:17 The workflow that works for you 25:59 Basic requirements to adopt Linux 26:33 Modest hardware requirements 32:17 Overall: 'Like' 33:40 Distro hopping can help you find the right Linux for the way you work 36:54 Long-term support with no forced upgrades 41:18 You can use Kubuntu to get things done 43:00 Recommended for switchers from Windows 43:37 For switchers from macOs 47:36 Install and start using vs. install and tweak to your way of working 50:17 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 51:18 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We hear from George about Windows and printers. Roger and Gord also comment on printers. Many questions as always, and a report of problems installing the Software Center.
00:00 Going Linux #365 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:59 Bill tries even more distros 09:01 Our official new community and chat room is MeWe 13:05 Donations 16:40 George from Tulsa: More Windows tales 20:05 Carl: A question for the wise minions and the masters 30:15 Roger: Ubuntu MATE and printer paperweights 33:23 George: Suggested Linux printer 39:01 Gord: More comments on printers 40:48 Tony H from the MintCast: Quality podcast audio 44:02 NZ17: Help for a hero 49:40 Michael: Problems installing the Software Center 54:22 MX Linux 54:53 Podnutz 57:21 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 58:43 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Today we define some basic terms used in the Linux and Open Source community. This is the first in a series of 'back to basics' episodes in which we will update the information we've been providing over the past 12 years. We also want to ensure that we continue to provide a reference for Linux users to use as a reference when using Linux for their day-to-day computing needs.
'proprietary' https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Non-free_software 'Non-free' https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Non-free_software 'freeware' https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Freeware 'Shareware' https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shareware
00:00 Going Linux #364 · Back to Basics - Definition of Terms 00:15 Introduction 01:01 Experimenting with MeWe 07:52 The Linux 'Back to Basics' series 09:33 Free: Freedon vs. no charge 13:21 Operating system 18:04 Distribution 19:36 Desktop environment 22:47 Application, Package, and Repository 26:00 Richard Stallman 27:05 Linux Torvalds 27:46 Where to get started 31:38 Distrowatch.com 34:50 Future Back to Basics episodes 36:20 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 37:18 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We reveal the new application for our Community. Our listeners commend on Mint, Slint, and print. We receive greetings, gratitude, and Google. Even more.
00:00 Going Linux #363 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:33 Michael: Provided us with a recording 05:33 Michael: The Slint distribution 08:04 David: Why he does not upgrade Linux Mint - and it's not why we thought! 09:47 Michael: Software Boutique is not accessible 16:20 Skip: An application for 'run your business on Linux' 18:14 Roger: Greetings from down under 24:38 Paul: Known audio issues on Discord 26:23 Mike: Printers for Mint 31:02 Juan expresses 'Much gratitude!!!!' 35:24 Daniel: Security patches 38:26 Mike: Loving Linux 39:39 Heath: Google Minus 40:36 NZ17: Synchronize your microphones 42:21 Tony from the mintCast: Requesting 'Value Added Extras' 48:18 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 52:29 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In this episode, we thought we'd provide some more ideas around software for every business. Accounting software. If you are running a small business and you are doing the bookkeeping yourself, you will likely quickly run into the need for ensuring that you keep track of your incoming revenue, your outgoing expenses, payroll, and other things related to money. Having to license or purchase accounting software, especially for starting businesses, is expensive. This episode will provide with a few things you can try out at no risk and at no charge to keep track of your business (and personal) finances.
00:00 Going Linux #362 · Run your business on Linux - Part 3 00:15 Introduction 02:33 GNUCash 03:23 Apache OFBiz 04:29 LedgerSMB 06:29 hledger 09:10 Xero 11:19 Invoice Ninja 12:52 Quicken 2004 running in WINE 14:45 Skrooge 15:17 MoneyDance 16:17 KMyMoney 22:12 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 23:11 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
More on accessibility in Linux, solutions for other listeners, and why I moved from Windows to Linux..
00:00 Going Linux #361 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:33 Making Linux install media from Windows without getting infected with malware 07:29 Primitive One: Gaming recommendations 18:50 Angelo: Compiling slint 21:15 James: A possilbe MATE Tweak solution 24:02 David: Mint upgrades 29:25 George: Mike Tech Show needs Invoice Ninja 31:25 Rick: Mounting shares over OpenVPN 34:27 Angelo: Learning Python 35:08 Highlander: Seize control 37:53 Ken: About episode 358 41:01 Ian: G+ alternative 43:43 Joshua: About episode 358 46:14 Rainy: G+ Alternative 46:52 George: Winders!!! 55:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 57:32 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In this episode, we mention some software that you might want to look at if you write for a living. These might be such jobs as a copywriter, an author of novels, or a creator of technical articles for publication in an online magazine.
00:00 Going Linux #360 · Run your business on Linux - Part 2 00:15 Introduction 01:26 Thank you! 04:30 Software for simple writing 05:52 Linux software for electronic books 10:30 Linux software for illustrating your document 14:08 Advanced image creation and editing for Linux 22:12 Collaboration software for writers using Linux 29:57 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 31.03 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We provide recommendations on Linux computers pre-installed with Linux. We also have two "Gone Linux" stories, recommendations on learning the terminal, some comments on Snap packages, suggestions on listening in Rythmbox, and information on where to purchase Linux distribution media. And more, of course.
00:00 Going Linux #359 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:10 Myer: Gone Linux Voice Mail 05:37 Joey: Awesome podcast 10:03 Michael: Learning Python programming 13:27 Michael: Comments on Episode 342 16:26 Angelo: Additional comments 16:47 John: Snap Packages 20:39 Sean: 3 topics of feedback 25:03 Michael: Listening to podcasts in Rhythmbox 27:31 Tim: Info on Acer SB111-32N 32:43 Sergio: Greetings from South America 35:36 Stefan: Used applications 37:22 Andy: Gone Linux with Linux Mint 19 39:54 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 40:51 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
This month we have voice feedback from Paul, suggestions on alternatives for G+, a question on OpenVPN, alternatives to the Steam gaming platform, and problems moving to Linux. Troy provides a Going Linux story on software for Linux users.
00:00 Going Linux #358 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:46 Paul: Boot Partition Saga Audio Feedback 09:00 Greg: A minion response for Paul 12:16 Sergio: G+ alternatives and gaming tip 16:11 Rick: Mounting shares over OpenVPN 19:17 Don: Feedback on moving to Linux 32:20 John: Problems installing Ubuntu MATE 38:29 Troy: Suggestion for forums 39:26 Troy: Windows for business 52:10 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 53:10 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Although the title of this episode says that we'll be talking about running a business on Linux, we focus most of our conversation beyond the operating system and onto other open source applications for use in business.
00:00 Going Linux #357 · Running your business on Linux - Part 1 00:15 Introduction 04:27 Office Suites 07:15 Open Document Formats 09:48 Compatibility across office suites 12:37 Linux email applications 13:47 Linux browsers 15:48 Linux chat application 21:05 Check you software repositories FIRST! 21:47 Business software for Linux in future episodes 23:21 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 24:20 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We get corrected (again). Michael has success. Daniel is frustrated by the lack of accessibility. Mike shares his Gone Linux story.
00:00 Going Linux #356 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:50 Mike Windows: Edge integration 03:47 Michael: Linux on a USB 06:52 Katja: Thanks 08:26 Daniel: Getting to the top panel 12:54 Mike S: Tip for 'no nukes' solution 24:58 Nathan: A minion fo ropenSUSE 28:11 Frank: Lost in the *buntuverse 30:05 Paul: Hard drive update 31:49 Peter: Comments on Paul's feedback 34:38 Gord: Correcting our terminology 37:00 Mel: Name in the toolbar 39:52 Mike: Blind guy gone Linux 44:45 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 45:58 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Our 2-part series on moving from Windows to Linux concludes with ideas on how to install Linux without an Internet connection, how to restore the files you backed up, and what applications you get out of the box, and what you will likely want to install after you have your Linux setup. We conclude with several suggestions for applications that we use, and that you may like.
00:00 Going Linux #355 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 2 00:15 Introduction 00:49 Google+ forums will vanish 03:28 Dell recommends Windows - and a subscription to antivirus software! 14:06 So I've got Linux installed. What's next? 15:00 Check for updates 16:42 Installing Linux without an Internet connection 23:17 Restoring the files you backed up 25:45 Installing additional applications after a Linux install 26:23 Browsers 30:17 Office suites 32:52 Text editors 36:24 Audio and video communication 38:11 Entertainment 40:02 Audio recording, playback, and editing 43:20 Video playback, recording, and editing 46:03 Screen shots 49:37 Larry's suggestions: AutoKey, Caffeine, Synergy, Simplenote, Simple Screen Recorder, Rsync 52:21 Bill's suggestions: Wine for games, Play on Linux, LibreOffice, Chrome, Firefox, Opera 56:34 What software do you use on Linux to get things done? 57:35 Application picks: Hex Chat and Shotcut 62:44 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 64:19 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We received audio feedback this time! We also answer questions about accessibility, 'hybrid' systems, replacing swap partitions, Kali, and usb sticks. We read the 'Gone Linux' story we mentioned last month.
00:00 Going Linux #354 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:31 Thanks to Sean for making Bill's Guild Wars xperience better 04:12 Paul: Audio feedback 12:52 Jackie: Hybrid system 20:35 Daniel: Accessibility on KDE 30:17 David: Linux market research 32:08 Colin: Replacing swap partition with a swap file 33:49 Michael: Putting Linux on USB using Windows 38:00 Hilander: installing Kali 40:47 Angelo: Linux for the blind 42:04 Mario: Gone Linux 47:52 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 49:25 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We look at switching from Windows to Linux in this first of two parts.
00:00 Going Linux #353 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:21 Extensive show notes links 08:11 Why would I want to ditch Windows if it's working for me? 28:19 Things to look at before you ditch Windows. 34:16 What do you do after you've selected a distribution of Linux to install? 41:48 How can I try it out before I install Linux? 47:24 Before you install, back up everything! 59:42 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 60:36 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We look at switching from Windows to Linux in this first of two parts.
00:00 Going Linux #353 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:21 Extensive show notes links 08:11 Why would I want to ditch Windows if it's working for me? 28:19 Things to look at before you ditch Windows. 34:16 What do you do after you've selected a distribution of Linux to install? 41:48 How can I try it out before I install Linux? 47:24 Before you install, back up everything! 59:42 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 60:36 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We start with a critical voice mail from Lester. We also have comments on our review of Linux Mint, discussions of Lexmark's lack of support for its printers on Linux, how to provide remote support, increasing swap and boot partitions and more.
00:00 Going Linux #352 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:20 Lester: Pinguy review was too critical 07:05 Cogoman: Mint 19 experiences 21:07 Ken: Comments on the Mint review 26:11 Paul: Hello from Ankara 35:27 John: Failure to reboot 41:45 Josh: An idea for the Lexmark printer 43:50 David: A work-around for the Lexmark 47:59 George: Backing Up iOS on Linux 50:24 Jim: Remote connections 54:59 Preston: Podcasting advice 63:29 Michael Installing Linux without Wifi 67:51 Michael: Coconut Linux 69:57 Paul: Increasing swap and boot partitions size 74:35 Sean: Guildwars tip for Bill 85:36 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 86:28 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We review Pinguy Linux, release 18.04.
00:00 Going Linux #351 · Review of Pinguy 18.04 00:15 Introduction 00:55 The Windows update prevents Bill's machine from booting into Linux, delays our recording 02:38 Guild Wars 2 on Linux 05:21 Pinguy review 09:15 Website looks nice but 'help' section needs a bit of updating 10:03 The developer is responsive 13:01 The 3.2GB ISO image is HUGE! 13:42 Some of the included software 16:29 Not for everyone 19:01 Pinguy relies on a lot of PPAs 21:04 OK for some 21:32 Desktop: A heavily modified Gnome with lots of extensions 22:11 Best Practice: Lean toward Standard vs. Custom functionality, customizations should add value 23:48 Slow, even on powerful hardware 25:57 Theme is not consistent 27:29 Needs a lot of polish 28:16 Could be more intuitive, discoverable 30:28 Bill's suggestions 35:23 Larry's suggestions 37:36 Pinguy needs more help 39:54 Summary 42:11 MRP Tech Podcast 43:54 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 44:54 End
Bill has not yet switched from Linux Mint. The eBook version of 'Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications- Ubuntu MATE 18.04 Edition' is now available. In this episode, Tom can now suspend, Dan reveals how on-site repair really works, James has a paperweight, and much more.
00:00 Going Linux #350 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:54 Bill is still using Linux Mint 04:19 2nd edition eBook now available 05:45 Tom: Found a solution to his suspend problem 10:34 Dan: About big-name machine on-sit repairs 14:11 Paul: First experience with Linux Mint 19 20:52 Stefan: Backing up an iPad on Linux 27:10 James: Lexmark x9575 Linux compatibility 31:04 James: A new Debian variant and MS Skype 38:05 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 39:25 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We review Pinguy Linux, release 18.04.
00:00 Going Linux #351 · Review of Pinguy 18.04 00:15 Introduction 00:55 The Windows update prevents Bill's machine from booting into Linux, delays our recording 02:38 Guild Wars 2 on Linux 05:21 Pinguy review 09:15 Website looks nice but 'help' section needs a bit of updating 10:03 The developer is responsive 13:01 The 3.2GB ISO image is HUGE! 13:42 Some of the included software 16:29 Not for everyone 19:01 Pinguy relies on a lot of PPAs 21:04 OK for some 21:32 Desktop: A heavily modified Gnome with lots of extensions 22:11 Best Practice: Lean toward Standard vs. Custom functionality, customizations should add value 23:48 Slow, even on powerful hardware 25:57 Theme is not consistent 27:29 Needs a lot of polish 28:16 Could be more intuitive, discoverable 30:28 Bill's suggestions 35:23 Larry's suggestions 37:36 Pinguy needs more help 39:54 Summary 42:11 MRP Tech Podcast 43:54 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 44:54 End
Bill has not yet switched from Linux Mint. The eBook version of 'Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications- Ubuntu MATE 18.04 Edition' is now available. In this episode, Tom can now suspend, Dan reveals how on-site repair really works, James has a paperweight, and much more.
00:00 Going Linux #350 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:54 Bill is still using Linux Mint 04:19 2nd edition eBook now available 05:45 Tom: Found a solution to his suspend problem 10:34 Dan: About big-name machine on-sit repairs 14:11 Paul: First experience with Linux Mint 19 20:52 Stefan: Backing up an iPad on Linux 27:10 James: Lexmark x9575 Linux compatibility 31:04 James: A new Debian variant and MS Skype 38:05 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 39:25 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill reviews Linux Mint 19 and discusses the Good the Bad and the Ugly. Well, there's really no Ugly. We compare it with Ubuntu MATE 18.04 and render a final verdict on which we'd recommend.
00:00 Going Linux #349 · Linux Mint 19 Tara 00:15 Introduction 11:21 Linux Mint 19 13:10 Working around Alienware problems 17:01 The Good 17:27 Update Center 23:02 Welcome screen 24:01 Comparing Linux Mint 19 with Ubuntu MATE 18.04 35:56 Out-of-the-box support for Flatpack but not for Snap 36:53 Cinnamon 37:57 Mint 19 feels noticably slower 44:07 Mint uses more memory 45:58 Final verdict 49:59 Software pick: ClamTK 50:40 Bonus tip: Be careful out there! 53:03 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 54:36 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We receive feedback on previous Listener Feedback episodes, including feedback for Bill on his issues with his Alienware computer. Joe wants to relive his childhood.
00:00 Going Linux #348 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 58:46 Bill has a 32bit vs. 64bit battle 05:31 Larry's Dell support call goes horribly wrong 06:55 Paul: Recording Discord 09:23 Daniel: Bad news 11:17 Paul: Linux Mint 19 is coming 15:56 Oscar: Linux on Windows 19:31 Troy: Re: Episode 346 21:53 Greg: Episode 344 feedback 25:15 Serge: Episode 346 Alienware 26:35 Thomas: Regarding Alienware problems 27:22 Serge: Episode 346 Discord for Daniel 30:39 Joe: Relive my childhood through bbs 34:32 P Durao: I’ve got a stupid difficult machine as well 37:19 Mario: Feedback from Listener Feedback #346 40:07 Tom: Ubuntu MATE Acer Laptop BIOS 48:26 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 49:45 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill needs some help! Listeners share tips and help for other listeners. George asks for a book. Daniel has problems writing to disk.
00:00 Going Linux #347 · Using the Terminal 00:15 Introduction 00:43 Terminal basics 02:00 The terminal 04:49 Installing applications 08:17 lshw to display your system info 09:43 inxi to display your system info 11:23 Easter eggs 12:34 Upgrade distribution releases 13:48 Determine if an application is available to install 15:59 Discover what a command does 19:14 Not as difficult as it seems 20:33 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 21:30 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill needs some help! Listeners share tips and help for other listeners. George asks for a book. Daniel has problems writing to disk.
Print copies and ebooks available for sale on Amazon: https://goo.gl/H5bwCc
00:00 Going Linux #346 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:21 Bill asks the minions for help 10:51 Another reason users switch from Windows to Linux! 13:22 Daniel: Discord is not accessible 15:46 George: May I please have a book? 24:04 Tom: Championing freedom and fostering success in the land of Linux! 25:15 Hilander: Getting Fedora video working 27:22 Leonid: Compare distros and desktops 29:40 Göran: Advice on Garmin GPSs 31:45 Rick: Help for Mike 33:14 Mathias: Help for Joshua on file ownership 35:52 Daniel: Trying to write to disk 38:13 Aaron: Installing software on Linux 42:51 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 43:13 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In Linux there are methods of installing software, from source code by compiling and installing, or through software packages and package managers. There are newer forms of installing software, for example using portable app installers like Appimage, Snap or Flatpak. In this episode we describe the common methods of installing applications on Debian-based distributions.
00:00 Going Linux #345 · Apt and apt-get and aptitude, oh my! 00:15 Introduction 00:39 Ubuntu MATE 18.04 LTS released 02:30 Debian-based Packages explained by 'minion' Ken Leyba 04:35 Debian-based package managers 14:37 .deb package anatomy 17:44 The dpkg command-line tool 20:07 The advance packaging tool - apt 24:48 Aptitude 26:47 Synaptic 27:39 Just for fun 30:06 Are you a minion? 31:39 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 32:58 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We have feedback on the Discord package, the Linux In The Hamshack Podcast, Linux hardware, Linux maintenance, file permissions, and more
00:00 Going Linux #344 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:02 We've remembered how to record! 02:45 Ubuntu MATE Guide for release 18.04 05:45 David: Update from a year ago 07:59 Michael: Comment on Discord 09:46 Ken: LIHS Podcast 11:22 Michael: Stores selling Linux computers 26:01 Greg: Linux Maintenance 28:28 Frank: Compiling from source 31:58 David: Garmin GPS compatible with Linux 33:20 Serge: Portable VeraCrypt for Linux 34:45 Paul: About AntennaPod 35:16 Michael: Feedback on feedback 36:58 Joshua: File permissions 42:46 ThisHostingRocks: Shameless plug 44:23 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 46:17 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Support for high-resolution computer displays (HiDPI or 4K displays) is still being perfected. Not all Linux distributions provide settings that behave well in high-resolution mode -- and most are somewhat clunky. With the 18.04 release, the Ubuntu MATE team is releasing a utility for the MATE desktop that automatically can detect your 4K display and set the appropriate screen scaling for you.
00:00 Going Linux #343 · HiDPI Auto-detection in Ubuntu MATE 00:15 Introduction 00:50 Alone again, naturally. 01:52 Adjusting for 4K on Linux 02:54 High-resolution scaling limitations 04:15 The best HiDPI Linux Desktops (until now) 04:40 Ubuntu MATE's auto-detection and auto-adjust settings 05:26 Choosing a HiDPI resolution 06:56 Adjusting Ubuntu MATE's new HiDPI settings 08:32 Hope for the future of high-resolution support on Linux 09:01 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 10:00 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Serge provides multiple suggestions for replacing Skype. Jim describes some mobile AntennaPod issues, Greg discusses powering off by force, Norm suggests Mail-In-A-Box, Emilio asks about a portable VeraCrypt for Linux, Simohamed offers a suggestion and Jack describes how he has Gone Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #342 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:59 Serge: Multiple suggestions for Skype replacement 02:31 Jim: AntennaPod issues on mobile 05:53 Greg: Power off - by force 08:33 Norm: Mail-In-A-Box 11:50 Simohamed: Episode suggestion 12:31 Emilio: Portable VeraCrypt for Linux? 14:58 Jack: Gone Linux 15:57 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 18:57 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill takes on a top secret special project. Jeremy recommends a backup solution, Greg removes cruft, George recommends Synology, Daniel asks about our Skype replacement, and more!
00:00 Going Linux #341 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:54 Internet problems resolved (we hope) 02:06 Jeremy: Backups recommendation 04:44 Greg: Autoremoving cruft 06:19 Greg: That's not an old computer. This is an old computer! 09:34 Scott: FSLint 15:07 Serge: Configuration management suggestion 16:01 Daniel: Replacement for Skype 17:47 George: Synology 19:57 Nigel: Installing Linux applications 22:44 Bill's next project 23:59 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 25:06 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We discuss security on Linux and provide basic Linux security guidelines. We discuss in more detail, backups, automated software updates and upgrades, and the uncomplicated firewall.
00:00 Going Linux #340 · Security on Linux 00:15 Introduction 00:45 Just you and me 02:04 Overview 03:55 Basic Linux security guidelines 05:39 Backups 07:45 What and where to back-up 11:20 Automating disaster recovery 12:26 Software Updater 15:44 Firewalls 17:01 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 18:49 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In this episode, we have a lot of interest in Internet filtering and wiping hard drives for privacy. Also, we answer questions about the Linux screen reader, Orca, make recommendations on hardware, and discuss a multiple screen issue.
00:00 Going Linux #339 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:56 Welcome to the podcast, Bear! 02:14 Daniel: Is Orca included with Linux Mint 06:34 Daniel: New or used limited-budget computer for Linux? 10:43 Alan: Ubuntu 16.04 issue with multiple screens 14:53 Kevin: Command-line access to network-attached storage 19:08 George: Answers for listener questions 25:57 Tony: Privacy on the Internet 26:39 Nathan: Contacting Ikey 28:00 Jim: Ubuntu MATE desktop options and a rant 33:01 Jim: Filtering out adult sites 41:35 Eldon: Fdupes to get rid of duplicate files 42:46 Craig: Hardware for Internet filtering 45:17 Paul: Wiping a hard drive 46:28 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 48:07 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Although you can do some basic tweaking out of the box with other operating systems, Linux is infinitely more configurable than macOS or Windows. Sure you can get add-on software to personalize your Windows desktop quite a bit, but most Linux distributions provide the customization tools built right in, with additional utilities just a few clicks away in the software repositories. This episode gives you some ideas as to what can be done with Linux, an operating system that is designed to be customizable.
00:00 Going Linux #338 · Personalizing Your Linux Desktop 00:15 Introduction 00:54 Show notes include screenshots and details 01:20 Personalizing the Desktop on Linux 02:50 Ubuntu MATE offers pre-configured panel layouts 04:27 Traditional layout 05:17 Contemparary layout 06:41 Redmond layout 07:34 Cupertino layout 08:32 Pantheon layout 09:07 Mutiny layout 09:48 Netbook layout 10:19 Keep personalizing 11:01 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 12:02 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
At the request of our listeners, we provide a few recommendations on various subjects ranging from distributions for a low-powered computer to software to wipe a hard drive.
00:00 Going Linux #337 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:41 Mike: Comparing files 06:08 Paul: Why the ThinkPad Wifi was not working 08:17 Paul: Wiping a hard drive 10:31 Craig: Recommendation for cheap computer for content filtering 15:49 Ken: Recommendation for Ubuntu MATE vs. Mint 19:10 Chris: Recommendation for configuration management 22:30 Jeff: Back channel connections to Solus 24:41 Justin: Recommendation on a light-weight distribution 38:56 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 40:48 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In the Going Linux holiday tradition, Bill and Larry review some of the significant happenings during the past year.
00:00 Going Linux #336 · 2017 Year End Review 00:15 Introduction 02:01 Highlights of 2017 02:57 Ubuntu MATE: Two books and a guide within the distribution. 10:19 Goodbye net neutrality 19:32 The Minion Network begins 22:58 Linux takes over the world! 24:33 Goodbye Linux Journal 28:14 Goodbye AIM 30:01 City of Munich goes back to Windows 35:13 Containers 36:25 Linux malware 39:00 Distrowatch top 10 47:48 Ubuntu leaves Unity for Gnome 51:27 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 52:29 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
The minion network grows! After our break for US Thanksgiving, we get more feedback on popular topics like progress when using the dd command, disk cloning, snap packages, and backups. In addition we get a suggestion on using info, and an alternative link to grsync instructions.
00:00 Going Linux #335 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:59 Holiday break 01:24 How to join the Minion Network 04:53 Andrei: One installation file alternative 07:51 Greg: Zoneminder 11:33 Greg: Getting help with Linux 13:04 Rai: Snaps and the like 15:29 Craig: DD progress 16:54 Heath: More on DD progress... and minions 18:27 Göran: Even more DD progress 19:19 Ken: Another volunteer minion 20:57 Jeff: Disk cloning 26:53 Ali: A question about Snaps 29:55 Greg: Another minion! 31:10 Mike: Grsync documentation link 31:56 Michael: An alternative link 32:43 Adrian: A minion-written article! 35:12 Paul: Read-only issue 38:26 Simohamed: A topic suggestion 40:18 Scott: Diagonal menus 46:34 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 47:45 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
This month's feedback includes a lot of commentary on why 64-bit Linux download files are sometimes labeled 'AMD64,' and Whole disk cloning. These appear to be very popular topics. We hear from another hardware hoarder... er... uh... collector. Adrian suggests a 'Minion Network.' There's more. You'll have to listen to get it all!
00:00 Going Linux #334 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:55 Bill is connected again! 03:48 Logan: Why a 64-bit Linux download is sometimes labeled AMD64 04:10 Ken: Explains AMD64 as well 05:47 Daniel: Explained Intel vs. AMD even more 08:09 Heath: Explains from an instruction set perspective 10:53 Rick: Grsync link is broken 12:04 Barbara: Cloning a drive with dd 15:36 Adrian: Cloning and the 'minion network' 26:14 Adrian: Another hardware hoarder 30:11 Dave: Confused 36:22 Jan: Thanks for the time stamps 36:52 Brune: Using Discord 39:07 John: How about a Patreon page? 41:01 Dennis: Comments on cloning 48:46 Colin: Whole disk cloning 50:02 Andrew: USB write speed 55:18 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 57:28 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
At a listener's suggestion, we describe three new solutions that try to answer the age-old question, 'Why can Linux distributions not agree on how to install and application?' We describe Snap, AppImage and FlatPak.
00:00 Going Linux #333 · One Installation File - Many Linux Distributions 00:15 Introduction 00:47 New Book: Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications 01:42 Why can Linux distributions not agree on how to install and application? 03:59 Snaps: Intro 05:31 FlatPaks: Intro 06:14 AppImages: Intro 07:02 Snap 08:58 AppImage 11:06 FlatPak 11:55 More details and how to create packages 12:07 Which should I use? 13:57 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 14:54 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
An excerpt on accessibility on boot from our new book, 'Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications.' Feedback on whole disk cloning, passwords, encryption, BleachBit on Linux, restarting after a freeze, and drivers. We also have a 'gone Linux' story from Craig.
00:00 Going Linux #332 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:55 Fun with phones 03:00 Scott: GPartEd for whole disk cloning 05:06 Michael: Which distribution is best for using the Orca screen reader? 19:33 Greg: Linux beta of Password Safe 20:46 Mike: Should I encrypt my backups 27:14 Tom: Recommendations for slide show creation and DVD burning 34:12 John: Bleachbit and autoremove for Linux maintenance 35:58 Paul: Skype alternative and restaring the computer 39:45 Craig: High performance graphics on Linux 45:22 Gone Linux: Craig a 'curiosity' since 1990's has now switched to Linux 49:55 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 51:21 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We discuss backup and disaster recovery options that involve cloning your computer's entire hard drive. We discuss five Linux-based options for cloning hard drives. We make our recommendations of which to use, but we don't quite agree.
00:00 Going Linux #331 · Whole Disk Cloning on Linux 00:15 Introduction 00:51 Podcast 'guests' 03:07 Backup Strategies 04:34 Cloning a hard drive on Linux 06:01 G4L 09:06 dd: Native Linux cloning tool 16:10 Partimage 20:09 Partclone 23:31 Clonezilla 27:20 Our recommendations 28:42 Bye bye Skype 29:30 Hello Discord 34:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 35:31 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Our listeners are the BEST! David solves his hard drive issue. Greg wants to know about really old computers. We get show suggestions and questions about such things as secure browsing.
00:00 Going Linux #330 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:02 David: Hard drive issue was hardware 07:44 Greg: Really REALLY old computers 14:03 Roger: Telegram? 14:46 Kevin: Advice on maintenence on Linux 19:05 Ken: Some show suggestions 21:00 Sean: Linux game review: Xonotic 21:57 Tom: Comments on the podcast 24:02 Greg: Secure browsing on Linux 29:06 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 30:09 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
If you have a HiDPI screen, like the one on the Dell XPS 13, you may find that it has tiny icons and fonts that make it difficult to use. You can certainly change the resolution on your display to 1920x1080 (1080P) and simply not use its full capabilities but this podcast episode walks you through adjusting the settings to take full advantage of the full resolution of your beautiful 4K display.
00:00 Going Linux #329 · Using 4K Monitors on Linux 00:15 Introduction 00:50 Bill buys the book 02:45 HiDPI (4K) monitors 07:30 Display settings 09:14 Change the font size 10:43 Change the icon size 12:49 Change the pointer size 13:49 Modify the greeter 15:50 Why you might not want to use the 4K settings 17:57 A wish for the future 20:24 Some thoughts on why you might use 4K 24:58 We switch from Skype to Discord 26:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 27:32 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We get feedback on stickers, books and Skype alternatives. We get questions on screen resolution, AppImages, network drives and issues, mouse buttons and more.
00:00 Going Linux #328 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:51 Technology adventures 02:02 Bill's new gaming laptop 05:08 Tony: Needs help with screen resolution 08:13 Roy: Asks about App Images 14:03 SkywardAbyss: System76 Stickers 16:21 Serge: Recommended Skype alternatives 20:13 Nancy: About her new book, and ours, 'Your Data, Your Devices, and You' 24:58 Mike: Creating a network drive 28:22 Bob: Mouse button thanks for the offer to help 29:27 Tony: Where do I contribute pictures for network diagrams? 32:41 David: Hardware? Firmware? Software? Bill wins! 38:25 Troy: Learned something new 44:02 Bob: Here's HOW he solved his mouse configuration problems 46:35 Bob: A strange network problem 55:41 Tips on listening to music while you work 58:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 60:30 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
This time we talk about several of the common things you may be familiar with in Windows and describe how you do those same things while using Linux. Sometimes the process the same, and sometimes it's different. Click the show notes links to find even more than we can cover in this short episode.
00:00 Going Linux #327 · Things You Can Do In Windows And How To Do Them In Linux 00:15 Introduction 01:53 This topic is revisited and updated 02:32 Co-hosts revisited 06:41 The Super Key defined 08:53 Display system information (graphical) 11:42 Display system information (command line) 15:54 Shut down or reboot 20:09 How to control the drag and drop action 22:07 Use a dialog box to open an application or a URL 23:10 Lock your computer quickly 26:05 Bill tries Netrunner 31:56 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 32:55 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Larry has published a book: 'Ubuntu MATE: Upgrading from Windows or OSX.' Sebastien solves his problem with the filled-up hard drive. We find out how, and some other things to consider. We find there is no magic key for installing Linux on Apple hardware. Much more!
00:00 Going Linux #326 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:58 Ubuntu MATE: Upgrading from Windows or OSX 02:45 Greg: Servers for home use 06:08 Sebastien: The community found the problem! 07:26 George: 'Magic Key' to installing Linux on a Mac 09:00 Orion: Refind 09:34 Steve: Mouse button mapping with Pystromo 10:38 Malte: Backup files created in the future! 11:18 Jim: Problems with Skype 14:02 John: Ethernet unplugged in Virtualbox 15:56 Paul: Where does a command-line installation get its applications? 18:03 David: The steps for clearing a filled hard drive 19:54 Heath: Other filled hard drive possibilities 22:40 Greg: Any update on Thinkpad T420? 24:39 Göran: File system mounts 26:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 27:35 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Inspired by an exchange between our community members in our 'Going Linux Podcast' Google+ community, we discuss how Windows, OSX and Linux all leave stuff behind after an upgrade, and what you can do to minimize or eliminate this on Linux. We provide several points of view on the concpets of Nuke and Pave vs. Rolling Release, and the differences between the 'remove' and 'purge' options for the command 'apt-get'. We also describe how to keep your preferences and settings for all of you Linux applications after an OS upgrade and after a nuke and pave.
00:00 Going Linux #325 · Getting Rid of 'Cruft' After An Upgrade 00:15 Introduction 01:02 It all started innocently enough... 01:34 Rolling release vs. nuke and pave 04:10 Our experiences 16:04 Limitations of upgrades and rolling releases 18:13 Uninstalling applications via the command line 19:03 Remove vs. purge 19:23 man apt-get 21:19 Additional insights 21:39 debOrphan 24:35 Configuration files 25:09 4 easy steps to nuke and pave, retaining all of your preferences and settings 28:40 In the final analysis... 29:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 30:45 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We have several suggestions from our listeners for Sebastien on his filled hard drive, a request for a recommendation on a screen recorder for Linux and a story about dual booting. Chard has a recommendation for Bill's next computer.
00:00 Going Linux #324 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:57 New processors have Bill drooling 05:10 Voice Mail: On requirement specs in reviews 13:04 Marian: Use 'du' to find out why hard drive is filling up; Linux isn't always easier 18:39 Miguel: A solute and a suggestion to use 'du' or 'ncdu' 19:32 Eldon: Also suggests 'ncdu' 20:48 Small Box Admin: Another vote for 'du' 22:56 Chris: Screen recorders for Linux 26:37 Richard: You will only boot Windows or else! 29:55 Chard: A suggestion for Bill 32:25 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 33:52 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Not every Linux distro is the same, but many have very similar features and applications. In today's episode we review Ubuntu MATE from the perspective that it is a typical modern Linux distro for the average user.
00:00 Going Linux #323 · Ubuntu MATE: A Typical Linux Distribution 00:15 Introduction 00:45 Ubutu MATE: A distribution for everyone 02:27 A typical modern Linux distribution 03:35 Modern and full-featured 04:07 Pre-configured, yet flexible 04:32 Security built-in 05:13 An official flavor of Ubuntu 08:26 Applications provided by the MATE desktop 09:00 File browser: Caja 09:34 Text editor: Pluma 10:08 Archive manager: Engrampa 11:08 Image viewer: Eye of MATE 11:30 Document viewer: Atril 11:50 MATE System Monitor 12:08 MATE Terminal 12:31 Control Center 15:45 Applications provided by the Ubuntu MATE distribution 16:11 Ubuntu MATE Welcome 18:51 Web browser: Firefox 19:10 Mail: Thunderbird 20:01 Office suite: LibreOffice 21:42 Mobile device support 22:27 Document management 23:10 Printing 23:54 Scanning: SimpleScan 24:52 PDF creation 25:38 Entertainment 25:54 Music and audio player: Rhythmbox 26:36 Digital photo organizer: Shotwell 27:09 Video player: VLC 28:56 Games 31:04 Security 31:35 Continuous updates 32:33 Infection insulation 34:48 Trusted software 36:23 Backups: Déjà Dup 37:47 Firewall: ucfw 38:24 Accessibility software 41:49 Specs? Who needs specs? 43:14 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 44:25 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Our listeners ask about Wifi issues, Ubuntu's changes, trackball configuration and more. We get comments on a password manager and on installing Linux on an HP Stream.
00:00 Going Linux #322 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:52 Episode Delay 01:43 Harold: Wifi problems 05:43 Greg: Password Safe and Dropbox 07:45 Ambrose: More wifi problems 12:52 Billy: How long will it take Ubuntu to get back on track? 16:27 Bob: The trackball, continued 19:29 Ambrose: Responds 22:36 Sebastien: Needs help 28:51 David: MATE Rocks! 32:19 App pick: Simplenote 34:44 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 35:48 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill has taken the time to review Sabayon Linux once again. He revises his score, gives some specific examples, plus and minus.
00:00 Going Linux #321 · Sabayon Revisited 00:15 Introduction 01:46 Bill needs a new desktop computer: build or buy? 04:57 Larry's upgrade to Ubuntu MATE 17.04 07:36 Sabayon revisited 08:46 System resource usage is quite low 09:57 What is Sabayon? 10:53 Sabayon facts 12:57 Package Manager: Rigo 13:59 Pros and cons 15:30 Rolling release 18:45 System requirements 21:03 Sabayon community 21:59 Rant: KDE! 22:49 Replacing KDE with Cinnamon 23:44 5 Official versions 25:37 Recommendation 28:46 Applications available 31:37 Bill's new rating for Sabayon 33:14 Ubuntu MATE or Linux Mint still better for a new Linux user 36:37 Sabayon should give you a pretty good experience as long as you stay away from KDE 41:58 Ubuntu Gnome vs. MATE 44:00 Recommend a new machine for Bill 45:10 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 46:08 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In this episode we have contributons from listeners on backup software for Linux, and questions on browsing networks, running Wine, setting up extra mouse buttons, buggy wifi, optimal partition sizes, and more.
00:00 Going Linux #320 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:54 320 · Listener Feedback 02:36 New computers? 05:23 Mario: Comment on Episode 319 08:30 Nicholai: Browsing a home network 10:56 Paul: Computrace? 15:24 Mike: Remote to Linux from a Surface 17:40 Bob: Using Wine 21:43 Bob: Logitec M570 mouse buttons 24:50 Rainy: Experience with Firefox Ubuntu Gnome 28:10 Daniel: Installing on a USB drive 31:05 Chard: Buggy Ubuntu wifi 34:05 Paul: Optimal home partition size 40:42 Jim: Lucky Backup 41:14 Bill's app pickLibreOffice 43:36 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 44:52 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Following our recommendations for strategies and methods of backing up your computer, we discuss an old tool, rsync, and it's graphical front-end, grsync. Almost all the options of rsync in a graphical form without the disadvantages of rsync. With the approaching release of the next iteration of Ubuntu and its derivatives, many of us will be looking to upgrade. Before making any major change to your system, a backup is an essential precaution.
00:00 Going Linux #319 · Backups with Grsync 00:15 Introduction 00:45 Bill moves to New Mexico 03:40 Grsync 04:06 Backup before you upgrade 04:58 Backup hardware 07:44 Backup software 08:40 A graphical front-end for rsync 09:28 Grsync is cross-platform 11:35 Almost all the options of rsync in a graphical form... 11:53 ... without the disadvantages of rsync 13:53 University of Aukland NZ 16:08 Piero Orsoni's list of features of grsync 19:00 Why use an old program like grsync rather than the more modern options? 21:30 Grsync outputs the rsync commands 25:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 26:09 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
As always, we receive feedback on previous episodes, but this time we also receive feedback on our feedback on feedback. We have a word of caution for Windows users burning Linux ISO files with ImgBurn, questions on Linux drivers and the differences between distros, suggestions on getting Ubuntu MATE installed, and a Gone Linux story. There is much more feedback in the episode than we can list here, so you will just have to listen. We know you will anyway!
00:00 Going Linux #318 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:09 David: Feedback on feedback on feedback 02:30 Troy: A word of caution on ImgBurn 04:28 Benjamin: A familiar suggestion 05:08 Charles: Why are there no standard drivers for Linux, like on Windows? 16:32 Paul: Mint 18 or 17.3? 18:48 Mario: Congrats on 10 years! 20:56 Armin: Discovered Linux through BSD 22:29 Michael: What are the real differences between distros? 25:52 Amar: Congrats on 10 years 26:15 Michael: Does Mint MATE come with Orca by default? 27:41 David: MATE 16.04 does not recognize screen resolution in Virutal Box 28:56 Michael: Needs some help 30:35 Matt: Provides a review on video 31:22 Anders: Suggests Lubuntu 33:11 Carl: What kind of voodoo witchcraft is this? 36:12 Jacabo: About the last episode 38:15 Joshua: Gone Linux! 41:36 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 42:34 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
At our listeners' requests, we provide a review of some non-Debian Linux distributions.
00:00 Going Linux #317 · Linux Distros Reviewed 00:15 Introduction 00:59 Rain in the desert 02:03 A review of non-Debian Linux distributions 03:01 RPM vs. DEB 07:12 Sabayon 17:51 Scientific Linux 25:20 openSuSE 35:53 Fedora 43:01 PCLinuxOS 50:10 ArchBang 53:52 So... did Bill switch to an RPM distribution? 60:29 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 61:29 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill's frustration with SecureBoot on an Asus netbook nudges him toward a computer with Linux pre-installed. Michael needs help burning a Sonar LiveDVD on Windows. David provides a 3-part email. Tony is burning DVDs. Chandra would like to see more content on RPM distros.
00:00 Going Linux #316 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:08 Will Secure Boot drive Bill to System76? 02:34 Cloud-based software enables Linux 04:41 How the cloud helps eliminate license fees for operating systems as well as applications 08:12 How cloud software improves data security 10:29 Michael: Burning a Live DVD in Windows 10 16:24 David: Installing and mounting additional drives 30:50 Tony: Burn YouTube videos to DVD 32:49 Chandra: More on Fedora, SuSE, and RPM-based distros 38:26 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 39:21 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We celebrate 10 years of the Going Linux podcast, and review some significant happenings for Linux in 2016.
00:00 Going Linux #315 · 10th Anniversary Episode 00:15 Introduction 00:42 10 years in review 01:39 6 years of Computer America 02:57 The year of change for Bill 04:02 Ubuntu includes support for ZFS 04:59 Open source licensing 08:15 Creative Commons licensing 11:44 Linux kernel license 13:52 10 years of co-hosts 20:18 Another pay increase for Bill! 20:51 10 years of Larry 22:55 Notable accomplishments 25:14 2016 Review 25:53 Fedora is first to ship with Wayland 29:42 Firefox OS 31:56 Mythbuntu shuts down 34:00 Microsoft loves Linux 42:04 KDE turns 20 42:45 Linux turns 25 46:47 Bill's favorite Linux 48:30 Larry's favorite Linux 53:38 2016: A good year for Linux 55:19 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 56:52 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
As is our tradition, our first episode of the year is Listener Feedback. We discuss screensharing, backups, and multi-booting. Nathan shares his "Gone Linux" story.
00:00 Going Linux #314 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:12 Llewellyn: Screen sharing across platforms 04:47 Dion: Backups 06:39 David: Recommendations for multi-boot 09:49 Gone Linux: Nathan 11:27 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 12:35 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
You can get help for your Linux computer in many ways. In this episode we provide some details about each kind of support. Many of the answers to your questions are available on your distribution's website. Often, the fastest and easiest way to get answers to your questions about how to use Linux and its applications is to ask in the distribution's community forum.
00:00 Going Linux #313 · Getting Support for Linux Computers 00:15 Introduction 01:12 How to get help when you are using Linux 01:47 Use the F1 key for onboard help 03:14 Official websites 03:21 Community help 05:10 RTFM 05:53 Search in the discussion forums 06:40 Examples of communities you can browse for answers 08:23 You may find your answer in another distribution's forum 11:25 Using search engines like Google 11:42 Enterprise level support 12:59 Contract support for Linux 14:17 Support from your Linux computer manufacturer 15:11 Getting support for Open Source and Linux applications 16:10 Listen to podcasts for support 17:22 Onboard help for Linux applications 22:59 Application-specific support 23:32 Help at the command line 25:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 26:41 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In this episode, Bill and Larry discuss feedback about backups, partitioning, cron jobs, Scrivener, the Windows MBR, and more.
00:00 Going Linux #312 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:14 Lyle: Test your backups! 05:39 Andrew: Partitioning and email 07:45 Jim: Launch Audacity in recording mode 10:09 Allan: Scrivener 13:58 Nathan: Converting others to Linux 18:31 Ambrose: MBR Filter 26:30 Application pick: Firefox 30:09 Application pick: Yelp 32:30 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 33:52 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Remote desktop technology for Linux has progressed since we first discussed it in 2010. Our recommendations have changed as a result. Now we recommend X2Go, which is more secure and more flexible. In this episode Larry describes how to install and use X2Go.
00:00 Going Linux #311 · Controlling a Remote Desktop 00:15 Introduction 01:13 Connecting to, and controlling a remote computer using X2Go 02:32 Installing X2Go 03:03 Installing the X2Go Server 04:59 Installing the X2Go Client 06:35 Setting up an X2Go session 10:10 Using X2Go 12:18 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 13:18 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill and Larry solve the world's Linux issues... well the ones provided via our listener feedback anyway! From printers to ThinkPads and from marketing Linux to backups and processors, we discuss it all, and more.
00:00 Going Linux #310 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:52 Larry needs more coffee 02:25 Snake: Partitioning a new hard drive 05:33 Tony: Email issues 09:24 JackDeth: Printers and Linux 14:46 Steve: ThinkPads on Linux 21:34 Marcio: New listener 22:18 JackDeth: 12-button mouse 23:58 Paul: Marketing Linux computers 30:42 Troy: Backups for small businesses 35:22 Ken: AMD processors and Linux 40:14 Eduardo: Securing backups 45:03 Madison: Gone Linux 54:24 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 55:33 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In today's world of Internet insecurity, it's more important than ever to maximize your safety and privacy, both on line and off. That's why we think that you should use a computer that runs Linux -- because it's safe. Well it's safer, at least, than the two other most popular operating systems, Microsoft's Windows and Apple's MacOS. In this episode we provide an overview as well as some specific recommendations.
00:00 Going Linux #309 · Today's Security Technology 00:15 Introduction 01:38 Bill has AI overload 03:44 The area of security changes so fast 04:07 Why Linux is safer 04:53 By default, Linux users do not run as administrators 06:36 Get software from trusted sources 07:04 Super User vs. Root 09:16 Linux requires your password to install sofware 10:14 Updates on Linux are never installed without your permission and always require your password 11:23 Good passwords are important 11:59 If you share your computer, setup a guest account 12:43 How is Linux setup to be more secure? 16:49 Passwords: A help or a hinderance for security? 17:42 Browser security 18:09 Tracking and cookies 22:08 Data collection by your operating system 23:15 How much information IS Windows 10 collecting about you? 26:22 ... and what are they doing with it? 28:27 Paranoia or just appropriately cautious? 29:24 Should you know what's in an update and have the choice of whether to install it or not? 31:49 Security patch release timing 34:19 Data collection and virtual assistants 39:30 Encrypting your data 43:21 Our basic Linux security recommendations 45:12 Use antivirus if you touch Windows files 46:05 Enable your software firewall 46:42 Stay updated 47:11 Use strong passwords 47:47 Make backups regularly 47:50 Install only from trusted sources 48:23 Use security-related browser plug-ins 48:56 Use common sense - be aware 52:53 Windows security recommendations 54:20 Run this list of software preventatively 56:05 Run this list of programs weekly 56:39 Run these programs monthly 60:37 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 62:03 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Commercial software licenses are a total FRAUD! That's how our feedback starts this month. We get into the difficulties of installing Ubuntu on a dual-boot system with Win10, audio technical details, full-disk encryption, and much, much more. We even have a Gone Linux story.
00:00 Going Linux #308 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:52 Bill is off 01:13 Charlie: Commercial software licenses are a total FRAUD! 07:09 Scott: Network manager shows only strongest access points 11:25 Bob: Is full disk encryption really encrypting the whole disk in a dual-boot system? 19:50 Richard: Dual booting with Windows 10 is not always easy 22:40 Paul: Building a new computer and looking for a Linux MOBO 25:16 Göran: Writing bash scripts 26:38 Nancy: Audio is perfect now 27:27 John: Thank you! VNC to Ubuntu MATE with VPN 28:38 Bruce: More in-depth on audio 32:41 Dylan: Gone Linux 36:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 37:59 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We've talked about backups and backup software in at least three previous episodes, but it's been a while. The last time we produced a full-fledged episode was in 2008! We take a fresh look at backups and some of the current applications and methods available today.
00:00 Going Linux #307 · Today's Backup Technology 00:15 Introduction 02:03 Backup Technologies 02:56 How do I know what and where to backup 11:07 Backing up your computer is cheap disaster recovery 16:56 How often should I backup? 21:05 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 23:08 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
This month's topics include Virutal Box on Ubuntu, remote into Ubuntu, installing netbeans, the dangers of rm, Mint vs. Ubuntu, wireless printing, network shares and feedback on past episodes.
00:00 Going Linux #306 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 03:01 Galen: Feedback on 303 15:52 John: Asks about VirtualBox and Ubuntu 19:52 John: Audio issues 23:09 Joe: It's my co-worker's fault! I've gone Linux 25:18 Greg: Replies to a question in Episode 304 27:53 John: VNC to Ubuntu with VPN 34:55 Marlo: Netbeans on Ubuntu 16.04 36:48 Brock: The dangers of the rm command 41:31 Augustin: App suggestion CastBack 45:24 Richard: Mint vs. Ubuntu 48:31 Alec: Audio issues with the podcast 50:50: Nancy: More on audio problems 52:13 Paul: Wireless printing on Linux 55:12 Paul: Verifying the Mint 18 ISO 57:58 Dries: Network shares 60:40 Jeff: Feedback from Episode 305 62:07 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 63:25 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We take a fresh look at gaming on Linux, including the state of Steam and some of the native Linux game titles.
00:00 Going Linux #305 · Gaming on Linux revisited 00:15 Introduction 00:46 Billl's audio 04:11 Gaming on Linux 09:26 Gaming with Wine 12:12 Installing games with Steam 12:36 DOS gaming 13:57 No physical media 18:12 How difficult is it to install Steam on Linux? 19:06 Graphics on Linux? 20:56 Sound on Linux 25:41 Bill's favorite games? 25:53 Team Fortress 2 26:16 Flight Gear 27:51 vs. X-plane 31:27 Free software 38:01 Pokemon Go! 39:41 Some games you may not have heard about 43:56 Getting started with gaming on Linux 46:17 What else you should know about Linux gaming 53:14 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 54:32 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill completes his move and finds another cloud service. We receive a suggestion from Gus, and a correction from Angelo. We answer questions on TMP partitions and desktop selections. Steve lets us know about Wordpress.
00:00 Going Linux #304 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:53 Welcome to California 02:28 Gus: Provides a suggestion 04:01 Angelo: It's not political correctness 05:15 Paul: TMP file size too small 11:05 Darren: Which desktop? 13:41 Steve: Regarding Wordpress 19:15 Bill finds another cloud service 24:39 Gone Linux: Greg 29:07 Application Pick: Virtual Machine Manager 34:23 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 35:16 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Did you know that Charles Tendell has his own radio show? Yep. He's on 1690 AM, KDMT Denver's Money Talk. And I was a guest on his show in June. Yep. I'm back on live radio! You can subscribe to his podcast at https://thecharlestendellshow.com/. Yep. He has one of those, too!
00:00 Going Linux #303 · Hacked! 00:15 Introduction 02:39 Welcome to the Charles Tendell Show 04:16 Who is Larry Bushey? 05:44 What is Linux? 07:02 Where do you find Linux? 07:43 Linux is more secure. 09:53 It's not as terrifying as you think 11:27 Which Linux is right for you? 14:24 Why would I do more work to install Linux 16:45 Does it work with my software 19:17 How easy is it to switch? 19:45 Installing Linux 26:08 How did Linux get its name? 28:03 Will it make my computer better? 31:55 The reasons for switching to Linux 33:10 The government is the problem 35:55 Why is the government still running on floppy-based and green screen computers? 37:29 Linux is widely adopted, but it has no money for advertising 38:52 Dispelling old myths 40:03 Linux 'just works' buy from System76 41:58 Or install it on an older computer 43:42 Email Charles to get a free USB disk to try Linux 45:45 Chromebooks run Linux 47:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 49:13 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
What are the best Linux certifications to get? Software replacement for a multi-button mouse -- gestures. Linux compatible printers. Follow-ups from previous show topics. A new Linux distro. And much, much more...
00:00 Going Linux #302 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:51 No voice mail lately 01:12 Cliff: Certifications 05:07 Martyn: Backups on Linux 08:01 Frank: Software pick - Easystroke 09:09 Scott: Can't send a fax 12:24 Gus: Has suggestion for window previews 12:48 Tony: Topic suggestion? 14:59 Richard returns! 16:22 Richard: Thanks 22:38 Sam: Please review Gecko Linux 29:11 Scott: ThinkPads and converts 33:05 Michael: Compatibility 34:27 Gone Linux: Nathan older computers 36:44 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 38:37 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Today we discuss Open Source software and services to meet your online media needs. It may be totally free software or it might be a application running on some service you paid for. But it all has one thing in common. Everything we discuss is using, in some part, an Open Source application or service.
00:00 Going Linux #301 · Open Source for Online Media 01:33 Alternatives to Facebook 03:06 Wordpress 15:23 The Maker 20:16 Blue Griffon 21:26 TeamSpeak 22:29 Mumble 26:03 Don't overlook your web host 29:08 FileZilla 29:46 Encrypting stored files 30:37 With open source you have choices 32:59 Application pick: Atom 35:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 36:41 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Aidan wants previews, Tony crashes, Will doubts Linux, Michael likes it light, Sean likes Puppy, Frank is unhappy and Angelo corrects some misinformation.
00:00 Going Linux 300 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:06 Aidan: Window previews with Mutter 03:51 Tony: Flash crash 06:07 Will: Why now, go Linux? 13:17 Michael: What about Linux Lite 15:15 Sean: What no Puppy? 17:38 Frank: Unhappy with Mint and Ubuntu 25:34 Angelo: Misinformation about Assistive Technology 31:19 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 32:31 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Ever wonder what it's like to work on a Linux distribution? We discuss that, and much, much more in our interview with Kendell Clark, one of the three developers of Sonar/GNU Linux. Sonar is a Linux distribution focused on assistive technology trying to give the best experience for everyone that depends on accessible software.
00:00 Going Linux 299 · Assistive Technology 00:15 Introduction 00:48 Welcome Kendell Clark 01:12 What's going on with Sonar? 03:24 Sonar overview 04:43 Sonar's assistive technology 06:58 Sonar developers 07:35 Latest release 10:25 New Sonar MATE version 11:47 A Cinnamon version on the horizon 13:38 The challenges of developing a distro 15:42 Accessibility software on Windows 18:59 The ongoing expense of using accessibility software on Windows 20:59 Chosen few get financial assistance - but for Windows only 23:29 The challenge of accessibility awareness 25:43 Government assistance comes with significant limits and restrictions 26:58 Why Linux for the disabled? 27:43 The challenges of sotware updates 30:05 The challenges with audio communication software 36:03 About fanboy rants 37:58 What's in the future for Sonar? 41:29 The Sonar project needs more people! 43:18 How to help the project 44:39 What you can do to help upstream 49:16 Cooperation with the Windows accessibility community? Nope. 50:23 Accessibility on OSX? 53:32 Accessibility improvements in Windows 10? 54:08 Challenges helping others switch to Linux 57:47 On coming back to Linux later 59:22 Chrome is not accessible 62:23 Other browsers? 63:27 Other applications? 64:20 Accessibility doesn't 'just work' on Windows 65:22 With Sonar, it just works 66:31 Substituting better applications 68:26 Mycroft on Sonar? 70:18 Sonar is not just for the disabled 72:08 Anyone can help with the project 74:21 Gnome accessibility 75:02 Managing expectations 79:13 ARM devices for sale pre-installed with Sonar 82:18 Linux is an equal opportunity operating system 89:17 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 90:18 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We have plenty of feedback on our ThinkPad episode. We are corrected on Puppy Linux and we discuss backups. Lots more, too.
00:00 Going Linux 298 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:52 Website outage and recovery 03:06 OpenFOSSTraining 04:02 Larry switches to Ubuntu MATE 04:42 Advanced Power Management with TLP 08:29 Pierre: Puppy Linux 11:51 Pedro: Chromebook or used laptop? 19:34 Ken: Bought a Lenovo T420 23:11 Amar: Linux on a 9 year old Dell for business 25:23 George: Is a ThinkPad really the equivalent of a MBP? 33:49 Martin: Disappointed by ThinkPad episode 37:14 Tony: Backups on Mint 42:03 Randy: Brother Printer solution 44:10 Steve: Windows 10 bash shell 51:13 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 52:17 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
When you buy a new computer with Windows or OSX pre-installed, you have to deal with planned obsolescence, a 'feature' that is so prevalent with proprietary software. When you replace that limiting OS with Linux, you will have a powerful, modern computer that can be used and updated and upgraded for years without trouble and without cost.
00:00 Going Linux 297 · Choosing a distribution for an older computer 00:15 Introduction 01:12 Linux Mint got hacked? 06:53 SKO is finally dead 09:55 Linux: Why on older hardware? 10:56 Planned obsolescence 11:43 Running Linux on your existing computer - old or new 12:20 Is Ubuntu Unity really a resource hog? 15:03 Why should you have to tweak your computer before it works? 20:56 Chrome OS? Really? 22:09 CloudReady 26:29 Xubuntu 32:16 Linux Mint 17.3 Cinnamon or MATE 37:28 Ubuntu MATE 41:26 Ubuntu Unity 44:16 Cub Linux 46:06 Conclusions 49:54 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 51:04 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
This time we have comments about our interview with Charles Tendell, overheating fan issues, a fix to softwear rendering mode error, and an expression of amazement with Ubuntu MATE
00:00 Going Linux 296 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:54 Victor: Overheating could be the fan 02:52 Ken: Bought a T420 thanks to Charles 04:45 Dominic: Increase swap size to solve suspend/resume issues 07:42 Richard: Switch to MATE to fix 'software rendering mode' issue 09:35 Daniel: Where can I get the T420? 10:42 John: Ubuntu MATE -- WOW! 11:33 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 12:32 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In this episode, Larry speaks with Charles Tendell about Linux on ThinkPad computers. Charles is an ethical hacker and has successfully adopted the 5 year old ThinkPad T420 as an economical substitute for a new Macbook Pro for his business -- without sacrificing performance or capabilities!
00:00 Going Linux 295 · Linux on ThinkPads 00:15 Introduction 00:40 Charles Tendell: Certified Ethical Hacker 01:59 Why the ThinkPad instead of a Macbook Pro? 07:07 Comparing specifications: T420 vs. MBP 12:31 Battery life: WOW! 16:21 The skeptic decides 17:25 How the operating system was selected 19:05 Dispelling the myth that Linux is still only for geeks 19:44 Why Elementary and Kali Linux? 22:28 What applications does a hacker use for daily use? 24:35 How does a hacker use Kali? 27:17 The T420 har What applications does a hacker use for daily use?dware quality 28:50 Is the T420 too much computer for the average computer user? 30:38 T420 for media production 32:10 T420 Macbook Pro Killer 32:56 Upgrade recommendations 33:40 Azorian Cyber Security 34:13 Charles Tendell on TV 35:00 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 35:59 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
From power issues to vanishing icons to video drivers, we provide suggestions on what to do. We also hear from listeners about their experiences with ligheweight desktops, LibreOffice, PAE Kernels and computers running Chrome or Chrome-like operating systems.
00:00 Going Linux 294 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:54 Bill is not available for this episode 01:06 Ken: Issues with older Dell computer 06:43 Gus: Lightweight desktops on modern hardware 08:02 John: LibreOffice saves the day 09:37 Martyn: An update... one year later 10:41 Ken: Vanishing icons 14:00 Ken: Cub Linux 16:06 Rich: More on PAE 17:13 Tony: Software rendering mode 19:23 Gone Linux: Lora's daughter gets a Chromebook 21:12 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 22:06 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
This time we break from the traditional format where we review Linux distributions individually. We discuss considerations for choosing a desktop and tackle topics like, 'Does the lightweight Linux desktop still have a place?' and 'Is it a mistake to promote Linux for use on older machines?'
00:00 Going Linux 293 · Distro Review 00:15 Introduction 01:19 Distro Review 05:35 Does the lightweight Linux desktop still have a place? 10:34 Is it a mistake to promote Linux for use on older machines? 11:59 The argument for lightweight Linux on new computers 18:14 Is the forced upgrade to Windows 10 the compelling event to move to Linux? 20:03 Bill's favorites 20:52 Larry's favorites 25:13 This is the 'go to' Linux distribution 25:47 This is the Linux distribution for more adventuresome users 29:07 This is the best Linux for new users 29:48 One more Linux choice for the advanced user 30:34 Bill's personal picks 31:35 Choice - Linux lets you choose how you want your computer to work 34:56 Some considerations when choosing your Linux 37:03 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 38:24 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
As usual, we have feedback on a wide range of topics, from Kernels to audio software to ham software and browser security. We also discuss laptop battery life, Chromebooks and Ubuntu Studio.
00:00 Going Linux 292 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:32 Mark: How Linux improved my life 04:14 Glenn: My PC can't run PAE kernels 06:41 Matt: Should I build my own music layering software 09:52 Ubuntu Studio 12:46 Ambrose: Browser security 16:53 Ken: More Chromebook love 20:00 Chris: Setting up a podcast 24:17 Richard: Laptop battery life 32:53 John: Ham software episode? 35:50 Are we becoming Linux luddites? 36:39 Guake Terminal 39:23 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 40:30 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Our assessment of the year that was 2015 concludes that it was more of an evolutionary year than a revolutionary year. We look at our own community, a number of stand out distributions, and some factors that have made a difference. We also take a moment to acknowledge the passing of Debian founder Ian Murdock.
00:00 Going Linux 291 · Year End Review 00:15 Introduction 00:42 Happy New Year 02:35 2015 was evolutionary, not revolutionary 06:04 Ian Murdock, father of Debian died 08:52 Our Google+ Community exceeds 1000 members 11:01 Ubuntu MATE explodes on the scene 13:47 MATE continues to evolve and improve 17:39 Linux Mint Cinnamon 20:02 Cinnamon and Mint tools continue to evolve and improve 22:17 Ubuntu Studio, Ubuntu Unity, Elementary 25:04 Chromixium 26:40 CloudReady 28:53 Netrunner 29:49 Web Browsers 35:47 With ChromeOS, Google has outdone Apple for making the user experience simple and easy 37:50 Is Windows 10 the nail in the coffin for Linux? 41:06 Apple OSX: More secure, or just better and hiding vulnerabilities? 42:15 The systemD controversy 43:55 The Internet of Things 47:56 Looking forward: The year of the Linux desktop; privicy security 53:07 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 54:40 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We received no emails for this episode, so we read some of the most recent posts from our G+ Community and provide our comments. We discuss the length of our episodes, Libre Office, getting around blocked websites, how local mirrors work in the latest Mint, video cards and Chromebooks.
00:00 Going Linux 290 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:31 Jack: Shorter shows and a browser tip 08:00 Bill: Using VPN to stop website blocking 09:33 Matt: Use Ubuntu Server to prevent website blocking 10:27 George: Mint Update Manager - How do local mirrors work? 12:42 Ken L: Libre Office extensions 13:48 Ken L: Story time - video glitches 16:35 Ken B: I love my Chromebook because... 23:51 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 25:01 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
OK, so it's a bit of a stretch to think of an operating system improving your life. But by the end of this episode I think you'll agree that, if you do it right, using free software can do just that. At the very least, it can save you some money. That would improve your life, wouldn't it?
00:00 Going Linux 289 · Improving Your Life: The Linux Advantage 00:15 Introduction 01:07 The Linux Advantage Series 01:17 Use Linux: Improve your life 02:14 Hidden hassles, hidden costs 03:36 Life hacks, life upgrades 03:55 6 ways you can improve your life by using Linux and Open Source software 05:18 Online classes 06:18 Free upgrades for life 07:14 A better computer 08:05 Continued support after upgrades, for the software and hardware you use 10:01 Keep your computer longer. Replace the old OS with a new version of Linux 11:32 Pick: The Chrome browser 14:28 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 15:45 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We discuss the possibility that the Going Linux podcast is blocked in Uzbekistan! Orca, the screen reader, is now in Linux Mint. We have a Gone Linux story from Michael
00:00 Going Linux #288 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:14 Kevin: Are we blocked in Uzbekistan? 06:22 Michael: Linux Mint 17.3 will include Orca 07:46 Gone Linux: Michael, the Frugal Computer Guy 11:59 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 13:09 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Have you seen today's Linux? It's beautiful! It's modern! And it's always secure and up to date with the latest in popular computer trends! Beauty may be in the eye of the beholder, but no matter your definition of beauty, with the vast array of modern Linux distributions available today, you'll be sure to find one that suits your taste.
00:00 Going Linux #287 · Beauty: The Linux Advantage 00:15 Introduction 01:01 Bill is famous! 02:40 Our thoughts are with the people of Paris 03:15 Beauty: The Linux Advantage 04:36 In the eye of the beholder 06:37 Improving on perfection 09:39 The eternal beauty of Linux 11:21 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 12:18 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Ubuntu MATE is now our official recommended distribution for new users to Linux. We also discuss Internet filtering, Red Shif, hardware recommendations and fixing Chris' issues that appear after installation. And the cliff hanger... will Larry and Bill both switch to Ubuntu MATE?
00:00 Going Linux #286 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:52 Ubuntu MATE 15.10 03:05 Ubuntu Studio 06:13 #1 distribution for new users: Ubuntu MATE 10:15 Nicholas: Internet filter recommendations 12:42 Fin: f.lux and Red Shift 13:49 Michael: Computer recommendation 17:59 Leonid: Is a separate boot partition really necessary? 22:37 Joe: No show filling banter 23:57 Chris: Problems after installation 34:46 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 36:56 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We have often talked about the Linux operating system being more secure, and better supported than the operating systems preinstalled on most home computer hardware today. At a high level, Linux is more secure, and we detail four reasons for that.
00:00 Going Linux #285 · Security: The Linux Advantage 00:15 Introduction 00:44 Hurricane! 06:22 Reasons Linux is more secure 07:21 Reason 1: All updates and upgrades are automatic and from trusted sources. 11:34 Reason 2: Linux is designed with security in mind 14:13 Reason 3: Linux doesn't get infections - as a rule 17:32 Reason 4: Linux users are not administrators by default 22:49 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 23:47 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Email explanations, VPN success, PowerPC and the FCC banning Linux. They are all part of this month's listener feedback episode.
00:00 Going Linux #284 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:56 Roger: IMAP vs. POP3 02:17 Jeremy: VPN success 03:56 Nancy: PowerPC 09:05 Manso: Keep up the good work 09:29 Christopher: FCC effectively going to ban Linux?! 16:53 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 18:04 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Having an inspiring, engaging, and enjoyable community is the lifeblood of any open source software project. The community provides product and feature ideas, user support, developer talent, documentation, financial support, visionary direction, and cultural norms. All for the benefit of anyone who uses, contributes to, or otherwise supports the project. Community is a 'Linux advantage'.
00:00 Going Linux #283 · Community: The Linux Advantage 00:15 Introduction 00:51 Bill encrypts his HDD, then forgets his password. Doh! 02:24 Demise of the perfect burger 06:18 Community - The Linux advantage 07:02 Linux distributions and the Linux Community 08:20 Open Source licensing 11:22 Developer Community - Who creates and updates Linux? 12:11 Linux and Open Source Communities 14:37 The advantage of Community 23:51 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 24:53 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Knightwise provides a cross-platform tip. Troy answers Jim's question. Tony, Jeremy and George have issues. Al provides a Gone Linux story. And much more.
00:00 Going Linux #282 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:48 Knightwise: Cross Platform Mind Mapping 06:54 Jim: Optiplex Bios Issues 15:42 Troy provides assistance to Jim 18:06 Tony: Shockwave is crashing 20:20 Jeremy: VPN issues 23:11 George: Linux on NUCs 30:11 Al: Gone Linux 31:34 Pick: Chrome 32:49 f.lux 35:04 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 36:07 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Have you ever wanted to share music, videos, podcast episodes and other files between different users on the same computer? This is only a consideration if your computer HAS multiple users, but some of our listeners have asked about it, so if you are one of those listeners, this is the episode for you.
00:00 Going Linux #281 · Sharing Files Among Multiple Users On One System 00:15 Introduction 00:47 Bill has a new recording setup 02:16 Adventures in Internet setup 11:30 Sharing files with multiple users on one system 12:33 Sharing on OSX 13:32 Sharing on Windows 15:03 Sharing on Linux 19:11 The 7 simple steps 23:21 Create additional users first 32:21 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 33:18 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We received a lot of feedback on Episode 279 - Getting Started with Linux. Mark is looking for a Linux alternative to Dragon Naturally Speaking. Ambrose finds the fame a burden. Martyn shares a Gone Linux story... and more!
00:00 Going Linux #280 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:51 Welcome back Bill! 02:02 Mark: Dragon alternatives 07:53 Alex: Linuxtracker.org 09:26 David: Episode 279 was excellent summary 10:57 Knightwise: Episode 279 clears up FUD 11:16 Martin: Episode 279 is excellent 11:32 Ambrose: Struggling with fame 13:42 Tony: Audio balance issues 16:43 Gone Linux in 6 parts from Martyn 29:14 Picks: Git and BitBucket 29:47 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 30:54 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
There are literally hundreds of versions of Linux to choose from. Each has its own look and feel. Each is designed with a specific purpose in mind. Each comes pre-packaged with a selection of software applications, and each is the same Linux at the core.
Having said that, if you ask 10 people which version of Linux is best, you will get at least 12 different answers. :) The recommendations we give in this episode are based on our experience and knowledge. (Larry has been using Linux as his exclusive personal computer operating system for about 10 years.)
00:00 Going Linux #279 · Getting Started With Linux 00:15 Introduction 00:55 What is Linux and why should I try it? 04:05 Misconception: For nerds by nerds 04:38 Misconception: Linux can not be used as a Windows replacement 06:15 Choosing the right Linux for you 08:03 Trying Linux 09:44 Installing Linux 10:57 Linux sounds too good to be true! 13:01 Linux FAQ 14:48 Linux is more secure 16:20 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 17:30 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Keneth shares a sharing site. George has concerns. David is doubly honored. Moe, Tim and Richard have issues. Paul offers his thanks and George has gone 100% Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #278 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:09 Kenneth: LinuxTracker.org p2p sharing 02:41 George: Concerns about downloading software 06:50 Frank: TinyCore 09:13 David: VeraCrypt shocker 11:27 Tim: Chrome Remote Desktop not working 14:40 Moe: Touchpad issues 21:45 Richard: The X250 26:03 Paul: Thanks for the help 26:55 Gone Linux: George LibreOffice vs. OpenOffice 33:25 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 34:23 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
VeraCrypt is High Security Disk Encryption software that picks up from where TrueCrypt left off. The VeraCrypt team has enhanced the security algorithms used for system and partition encryption, improve security and reduced its vulnerability overall. It can mount your old TrueCrypt volumes and allows you to convert TrueCrypt containers and non-system partitions to the VeraCrypt format.
00:00 Going Linux #277 · Using VeraCrypt 00:15 Introduction 00:44 A new-old office suite to try 05:18 Listener David suggested an episode on TrueCrypt 07:34 What is VeraCrypt? 08:03 System requirements 08:33 Overview 09:47 Installing VeraCrypt 10:26 Cautions when sharing VeraCrypt volumes 13:47 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 14:51 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill has finally resolved his audio issues. We offer our opinion on software, Gentoo, Ham Radio and Lenovo X250. More on pronouncing "MATE." We offer help on unresponsive script errors and creating a bootable USB drive from OSX.
00:00 Going Linux #276 · ListenerFeedback 00:15 Introduction 00:53 Bill has rebuilt his microphone: Back to great audio 02:34 RIP openSuSE 03:55 PCLinux OS installer issues 04:47 Seamonkey 07:31 Duck Duck Go Search 09:23 Bill's latest adventures 12:49 Leonid: Opinion on Gentoo 13:35 Lyle: Ham Radio 17:11 David: Bill's noise in recording 19:11 Richard: Opinion on Lenovo X250 25:40 Michael: Make bootable Linux USB stick using OSX 30:30 Michael: New Router 32:11 Richard: An unresponsive script 37:16 Linux In The Wild 40:59 Larry's App Pick: VeraCrypt 42:47 Bill's App Picks: WordPress, Chirp 45:15 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 46:46 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Windows XP is no longer supported and quite a few of the computers that came with XP installed just do not have the specs to run Windows 7 or Windows 8. It's not safe to run an operating system that is no longer supported, so what do you do? Buy a new machine? Or you could try installing a lightweight Linux distribution. We take a fresh look at the array of lightweight distros available today that might make good alternatives for lower-spec machines.
00:00 Going Linux #275 · Lightweight Linux Distributions Revisited 00:15 Introduction 00:43 Bill records on a phone app 01:33 Bill wants a Cray 02:59 Bill has SuSE system lockups 03:51 Blue Griffon and Wordpress 05:55 Why lightweight Linux distros? 07:36 The criteria 08:13 The process 08:26 LXLE 12:10 Ubuntu MATE 15:12 Lubuntu 17:17 Xubuntu 18:15 Honorable mentions 18:26 Puppy Linux 18:31 Bodi Linux 19:56 Tiny Core Linux 23:27 Application pick: Gentoo file manager 24:04 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 25:00 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Our fabulous listeners ask the burning questions of the day! They also provide comments on our sound quality, broken hardware, Linux setup, and how they have Gone Linux!
00:00 Going Linux #274 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:51 10 things that Windows users can do that Linux users can't 04:48 Jim: 32-bit or 64-bit? 10:36 Ben: Setup done quickly 14:57 Michael: Broken CD/DVD drive 17:54 Sydney: Pronouncing MATE 19:16 Paul: Recently Bill's audio is too low 21:17 Gone Linux: Frank 33:21 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 34:43 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Onine meetings have been popular in business for years. Most applications and services that enable online meetings work well on OSX and Windows, but not all work or work well on Linux. We review and compare important features of some of the most popular solutions and which features of each work on Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #273 · Online Meetings with Linux 00:15 Introduction 01:44 Online meeting applications 02:33 Which online meetings work with Linux? 03:05 Skype installed client 05:00 Google Hangouts 06:09 Citrix: GoToMeeting, GoToWebinar, WebEx... 08:45 WebRTC overview 09:50 Skype for web 10:56 Firefox Hello 11:40 GoToMeeting Free 13:39 OpenTalk RTC 14:34 Conclusions 15:08 The winner is... 18:19 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 19:15 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We hear from the lead developer on Ubuntu MATE. We answer questions about file and boot repair, and we have a Gone Linux story.
00:00 Going Linux #272 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:50 Len: Facebook? 04:24 Martin W.: Lead developer on Ubuntu MATE 07:23 Roger: Boot Repair caveate for Windows 8 09:07 Martyn: DVD or USB for repair utilities 11:04 Greg: Asus Transformer and Linux? 14:26 Jason: Gone Linux 15:55 Software Pick 17:22 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 18:26 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill has prepared a review of several Linux distributions. He also discusses Flight Gear and provides a Gone Linux story.
00:00 Going Linux #271 · Distro Review 00:15 Introduction 02:15 Peppermint 04:46 Ubuntu MATE 06:57 Ubuntu 14.04 09:00 Elementary OS 11:58 openSuSE 12:51 PCLinux OS 13:27 Mageia 13:52 Fedora 14:48 Flight Gear 16:13 Gone Linux story 18:17 Final comments 21:39 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 22:40 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We have feedback on migrating to Linux, remote desktop, Linux on SD cards, media keys, and more. We also talk about Spock, we have a Gone Linux story and Knightwise provides an interview with LibreOffice at Fossdem.
00:00 Going Linux #270 · Listener Feedback and Fossdem 00:15 Introduction 00:54 Going Linux meetup at SCaLE 02:15 Leonard Nimoy 03:42 Dave: Migrating to Linux 05:56 Ambrose: Disabling multimedia keys 10:57 Kirill: Remote Desktop 12:58 Mathijn: Installing Linux on SD cards 17:40 Andres: Tip to shut down 18:47 Rob: Truecrypt is still available 20:11 Tony: Backup issues 22:00 Greg: Fixed IP addresses 23:33 David: Lubuntu on an SD card 25:59 Bob: Gone Linux 29:54 Knightwise: LibreOffice Interview at Fossdem 42:05 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 43:50 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In our advanced look at what to do when things go wrong on Linux, we describe reinstalling GRUB, using TestDisk to recover deleted partitions, and using BootRepair for a one-button fix for boot problems.
00:00 Going Linux #269 · What to do when things go wrong on Linux-Advanced 00:15 Introduction 07:28 Reinstall GRUB 10:24 TestDisk 19:45 Using bootable BootRepair media 22:32 Using BootRepair from a bootable Linux distro 27:42 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 28:42 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
You, our listeners rock! We have a list of corrections you provided, and lots of shared input and ideas around lockups, syncrhonization, backups and optimizing your use of Linux. We even have a 'Linux in the wild' section this time!
00:00 Going Linux #268 · Listener Feedback 00:14 Introduction 00:58 Bill: Broken bones 03:32 Our Google+ community rocks! 04:08 Errata 10:15 Glen: A correction Ctrl+Alt+SysReq 12:11 Rick: System lockups 15:43 Tom: Amazon Glacier 20:14 Michael: Orca Firefox issue 23:26 Martin: Insynchq 24:17 Mark: Installing Maker 27:27 David: Installing Lubuntu on an SD Card 31:15 Dave: Migrating a small business to Linux 36:38 JALU: Netrunner clarifications 38:41 Tony: Saving Youtube videos 39:41 Ken: Dual monitor issues 44:18 Michael: Sonar problem solved 45:44 Linux in the wild 46:25 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 47:42 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Listener Dave suggested this topic. We detail how to recover from a crashed or frozen system. The topics we outline are: How to restart the Cinnamon desktop environment, how to restart the display server, how to restart and how to shut down a partially crashed responsive computer, and how to restart and shut down a completely unresponsive computer. We also walk through recovering accidentally deleted files from your hard drive or removable drive.
I mistakenly said, "Alt+F3" to start a full-screen terminal session. That is not correct. It's "Ctrl+Alt+F3" that you press. To ensure that all is clear, here are the commands I mentioned.
00:00 Going Linux #267 · What to do when things go wrong on Linux-Introduction 00:17 Introduction 00:48 Just Larry 02:38 Examples from Linux Mint 03:33 How to restart Cinnamon 05:35 How to restart X 10:14 How to restart a responsive computer from the command line 12:38 How to shut down a responsive computer from the command line 13:46 How to restart an unresponsive computer 18:05 How to force shut down an unresponsive computer 20:26 How to recover accidentally deleted files 25:52 Using PhotoRec step-by-step 35:11 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 36:30 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
As always, we start a new year with your feedback. The Grinch escapes Bill's grasp, Jared helps with printing, Michael asks about Mint versions, Greg wants encryption, Charles gets a new computer and Ken makes a recording.
00:00 Going Linux #266 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:54 Happy New Year 05:18 Bill and the Grinch 06:29 Jared: Setting up a Linux printer 11:37 Michael: Which version of Mint? 17:25 Greg: TrueCrypt alternatives 24:14 Jesse: A VPN for Netrunner 28:37 Charles: Linux pre-installed 32:10 Ken: Making voice recordings 36:06 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 37:42 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In this, our year end show, we review a few Linux distributions, look at the top of the list on Distrowatch, and comment on some of the significant Linux-related happenings throughout the year.
00:00 Going Linux #265 · 2014 Year End Review 00:15 Introduction 05:49 Open Suse mini review 17:19 Google Drive options 27:03 2014 distro news 27:22 Linux Mint 35:14 Microsoft loves Linux 35:42 Top 5 on Distrowatch 36:35 Mageia 37:54 Devuan 41:32 RedHat gets buddy-buddy with CentOS 45:26 Netflix on Linux 48:19 Shout out to other podcasts 53:20 Sonar GNU/Linux 56:28 Farewell Computer America 60:33 The future of Going Linux 61:59 Was 2014 the year of the Linux desktop? 65:27 Predictions for 2015 69:04 Application pick 71:39 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 72:46 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: Applications for Linux That I Use Every Day - And They’re Not Just For Linux! Some of the best Linux software is cross-platform. That means it runs on Windows, OSX and sometimes the ChromeOS, Android and iOS, too. This show contains over 20 applications that I use on a regular basis to manage my personal, podcasting and professional life.
00:00 Going Linux #264 · Computer America #80 00:15 Introduction 01:12 Craig, Ben and Larry are joined by Marcel Gagne 02:32 Introducing: Marcel Gagne 05:11 Topic: Applications for Linux That I Use Every Day - And They’re Not Just For Linux! 06:17 Chrome browser 15:09 LastPass 18:29 Gmail 26:53 Cloud File Sync Services 29:21 Google Calendar 29:54 Audacity 31:47 LibreOffice 34:31 Charles Tendell calls in 37:51 Maker 39:00 BlueGriffon 40:04 Gimp 42:55 Inkscape 44:11 Filezilla 44:53 HP ePrint 48:17 Synergy 50:10 Marcel's Christmas message 57:51 VNC 58:37 Skype 59:00 Google Hangouts 59:13 Lightworks 59:43 VLC 60:03 ... and the rest 63:04 Living n the cloud 65:42 Michael: Backups question 68:33 Jonathan: About Charles 70:30 Michael: Getting Orca to read webpages better 74:06 Jim: Leaving computers on all the time 82:04 Sleep mode vs. Hibernation 86:19 David: Leaving computers on all the time? Really? 87:58 John: Point Linux 89:41 Just another Linux distribution 92:03 Jim: Alternative search engine 95:56 Does Larry need a Kickstarter campaign? 97:06 Brandon: Thanks us for Sonar 98:14 Pass the spaghetti 98:55 What? Me, prepare? 100:07 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 102:36 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We have old topics, new topics, questions, "Gone Linux" stories and application picks. This month, we have it all!
00:00 Going Linux #263 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 03:12 Richard: An old dead topic 04:18 Chard: Disk cleaning 08:32 Jim: An update and some questions 20:38 Brandon: Up and running with Sonar 23:33 Steve: Gone Linux 26:38 Conky Manager 30:21 In-place upgrades 34:42 MATE Desktop 37:05 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 38:13 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Larry's second last appearance as the regular Linux correspondent on Computer America. Topic: The computer operating system doesn't matter anymore... so you should use Linux! Call me 'cheap' or just 'frugal' but I don't like spending money without a good reason. As long as you have an Internet connection and a browser, why do you need a specific computer? You don't need an expensive computer. Even a modest one with a good Internet connection can run cloud applications quickly -- because most, if not all, of the processing takes place on the Internet.
00:00 Going Linux #262 · Computer America #79 00:15 Introduction 03:56 Announcement 06:33 Topic: The computer operating system doesn't matter anymore... so you should use Linux! 52:45 Frank: Feedback in five parts 61:51 Learning Python 64:21 Software recommendations 68:43 About the show 72:53 Thanks 75:02 Jack: Good work on 261, Bill 76:53 Charles: Does the Galago Pro stand up to everyday use 89:12 Ken: Linux pre-installed 92:40 Michael: Setting up Ubuntu and Orca 94:56 Jack: ssh and Internet connections 100:55 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 102:11 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill recorded, edited and produced the body of this episode about KDE. He reviews some distributions that feature KDE. He highlights the differences in how KDE is implemented in each of those distributions.
00:00 Going Linux #261 · Getting to Know KDE 00:15 Introduction 00:43 Bill does the episode production 03:55 Bill breaks the studio 04:36 What would you like to hear next? 06:23 Getting to know KDE 07:20 Background 07:38 KDE on Kubuntu 14.10 08:41 KDE on OpenSuSE 13.2 10:36 KDE on Fedora 20 12:12 KDE on PCLinuxOS 13:36 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 14:57 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
This month, Paul has a complaint, Ryan and Vic have recommendations and Matt and Michael comment on Orca. Check it out! Ryan has a podcast, too! And more...
00:00 Going Linux #260 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:08 TWC under promises and over delivers. Twice! 11:10 Paul: A complaint 16:28 Vic: Tunesviewer 20:06 Mesh networks 23:36 Ryan: Gone Linux story and Auphonic 32:20 Matt: Kali has Orca now 34:48 Michael: Orca 'on' by default? 44:16 Ken: Buying Linux pre-installed 46:11 Steve: Gone Linux 51:08 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 52:03 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In today's episode, a more in-depth look at assistive technology for desktop computers. Assistive technology is designed to provide assistance to people with disabilities and impairments to help them improve or maintain the capabilities that their condition is preventing. Looking at the assistive technology in Sonar Linux as an example, we describe some of the assistive software that is available for almost any Linux distribution.
00:00 Going Linux #259 · Assistive Technology-Advanced 00:15 Introduction 00:49 New podcast recording and editing machine 04:46 Assistive technology 06:50 Screen Magnification 08:19 On-screen keyboard 09:18 Head and eye-tracking software 11:18 Screen reader 15:03 Keyboard shortcuts 18:14 Usability of web browsers 22:10 Multi-language 23:20 Voice recognition in Sonar 24:30 The Sonar "Getting Started Guide" 25:29 How to help the project 27:43 Accessibility on other distributions 28:51 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 29:49 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: Apple was right! The magic of hardware and operating system made for each other. Everything just works when a computer's hardware and software are designed to work together.
00:00 Going Linux #258 · Computer America #78 00:15 Introduction 03:19 Topic: Apple was right! The magic of hardware and operating system made for each other 23:21 What does the System76 driver do? 30:15 The reason Windows comes pre-installed 51:35 The reason OSX comes pre-installed 57:58 The reason to get a computer with Linux pre-installed 59:43 Why do we tinker with a computer? 70:33 Ken: Wait! You buy a new computer pre-installed with Linux, then replace the OS? 78:20 Joe: Backups? 87:38 Paul: Bill's mention of encryption 92:06 Ken: Netflix unlocked for Linux? 94:57 Rainy: Problems with AntennaPod 98.59 Rob: Nemo media columns extension problem 100:52 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 122:43 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We've received a lot of email from our listeners around the latest trend in Linux: Security concerns! We discuss the Bash bug, pasting commands into a terminal, and how malicious shell scripts can cause damage. We also discuss speech synthesis and speech recognition, photo management and more.
00:00 Going Linux #257 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:02 Still running Sabayon 01:14 Paul: Shellshock 04:15 How to test 04:57 Are you vulnerable? 06:51 Free OSs beat Google and Apple to a patch 07:30 How will this affect you? 08:23 The real risk is you! 10:00 The bigger problem 11:19 Will virus protection help? 11:41 How does a shell script cause damage? 14:30 Paul: Pasting commands from forums 19:16 Rainy: Problem with AntennaPod 22:05 Angelo: More of screen readers 26:06 Michael: Speech synthesis and recognition 29:44 Shoji: Photo programs 32:48 Paul: So much to do after installing! 36:09 Paul: Linux firewalls 40:05 Stay secure -- stay updated. 40:59 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 41:57 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In today's episode, an introduction to assistive technology for desktop computers. Assistive technology is known by several names: Accessible technology, adaptive technology, rehabilitative devices, accessible computing, assistive devices, and more. Whatever it's called, it's designed to provide assistance to people with disabilities and impairments to help them improve or maintain the capabilities that their condition is preventing.
00:00 Going Linux #256 · Assistive Technology-Introduction 00:15 Introduction 00:45 Welcome back Bill! 05:06 Assistive Technology 06:02 What is assistive technology? 08:00 What is assistive technology for computers? 08:03 Screen Readers 14:57 Screen magnification 16:56 OpenDyslexic font 18:01 Head and eye tracking software 21:06 On-screen keyboards 21:45 Not just for the disabled 23:08 Why is assistive technology important for the disabled? 24:03 Jonathan Nadeau 26:13 Next time: Advanced 26:47 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 27:53 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: The state of accessibility in Linux. "There are 1 billion people in the world with some type of disability. 360 million of these people are blind and have low vision. 90% of these people live in developing countries. How are they accessing technology you and I take for granted everyday? The problem is they're not. There is proprietary software for accessible technology but it is extremely expensive and out of reach of the people that need to use it in order to access a computer. Did you know that 80% of blind people in the United States are unemployed? That's why this is very important."
00:00 Going Linux #255 · Computer America #77 00:15 Introduction 01:08 Hello and welcome 06:24 Topic: The state of Accessibility in Linux 08:30 Why does the box shuts when installing applications in Fedora? 10:43 Jaws on 5 systems 12:18 Definition: Accessibility 13:33 Is open source accessibility expensive, like Windows accessibility programs tend to be? 17:09 Why is Jaws so expensive? 19:43 Assistive technology 23:15 Why is assistive technology important? 26:22 Why make a complete operating system for people with disabilities? 29:28 Google and Apple have done great work in text to speech and speech to text 30:12 Interview with Spencer Hunley 32:02 Examples of open source assistive technology 32:38 Orca screen reader 36:39 Screen magnifier 37:48 On-screen keyboard 38:37 eViacam head and eye tracking 41:01 Dasher text entry interface 42:48 OpenDyslexic font 47:22 eViacam details 50:31 Jim: File sharing on a Windows network 59:00 David: Lubuntu question 66:22 Arch slay command issue 70:09 Mario: Wants Tahoma font 72:58 Steve: 16 hour upgrade from he11! 82:01 Will: Find the episode listing 84:11 Curbuntu: AutoKey issues 90:28 Joe: Are 64-bit drivers still a problem? 95:43 Curbuntu: A "going mac" question 99:48 David: Flash is no longer working 103:38 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 105:08 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We have both feedback from listeners an to listeners in this episode. Alternatives to iTunes for Linux, getting past episodes onto CD/DVD, karaoke software for Linux, and increasing the cursor size are the topics for this month.
00:00 Going Linux #254 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:54 Stephan: iTunes under Linux 04:25 Paul: Past episodes on CD, karaoke, increasing cursor size 09:09 Feedback for our listeners 11:26 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 12:30 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: The most Googled Questions about Linux -- and some answers. We thought we'd try a few searches about our favorite operating system to reveal today's burning questions about Linux. Then we thought we’d answer them for you. We typed these four phrases into Google and waited for the suggestions to pop up. why is linux can linux does linux will linux
00:00 Going Linux #253 · Computer America #76 00:15 Introduction 02:50 IRC Chat Room 05:57 Topic: The most Googled questions about Linux 10:00 Why is Linux better? 16:09 Why is Linux more secure? 23:57 Why is Linux free? 28:43 News Tips Bulletin Review 31:36 Why is Linux better than Windows? 32:12 Why is Linux faster than Windows? 35:02 Can Linux read NTFS? 36:51 Can Linux run Windows games? 43:33 Can Linux read exFAT? 44:40 Can Linux get Viruses? 49:34 Does Minecraft work on Linux? 50:41 Does iTunes work on Linux? 52:59 Does Netflix work on Linux 53:45 Does Steam work on Linux 58:29 Will Linux overtake Windows? 61:06 Will Linux run on a Mac 64:41 Will Linux run on my computer? 65:33 Will Linux run Windows games? 66:29 Will: OSX tips 68:42 Will Linux make me better looking? 70:17 Richard: Upgrade issues 73:08 Del: Can I burn 64-bit on 32-bit? 77:53 Jonathan: Sonar GNU/Linux 73:57 Matt: Do you like Synergy? 76:06 News Tips Bulletin Review 79:27 Bill: Bootloader trouble 83:32 Andrew: Gone Linux story 87:17 Amy: Handling file formats in a Linux-only office 94:40 'Back in my day...' 111:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 114:26 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Jonathan Nadeau announces and discusses the release of Sonar 2014.1 on our podcast. Sonar has moved from being based off of Ubuntu to now being based off of Manjaro Linux and this is the first release using Manjaro as it's base. Toward the end of the interview, Jonathan mentions a new Sonar flavor. Raspberry!
Now Sonar will always have the latest and greatest in assistive technology for it's users. Sonar uses Gnome as it's default desktop but we will be releaseing a Mate version in a few. weeks. Sonar has been working very close with the Mate team and they had done a lot of work to assure the accessibility of the Mate desktop. They hope to have a Mate release in a few weeks. Here are some of the features of Sonar 2014.1
Gnome 3.12 Orca screen reader for blind users. Screen magnification for low vision users A font to use for people with dyslexia On screen keyboards for people with low motor skills. Eye/head tracking software to move the cursor on the screen with a webcam.
This is the best release of Sonar yet.
00:00 Going Linux #252 · Sonar Gnu/Linux 00:15 Introduction 03:44 Release of Sonar 2014.1 04:43 What is Sonar? 05:13 Orca screen reader 05:55 Screen magnification 06:20 On-screen keyboard features 07:55 eViaCam eye-tracking 08:59 How do Manjaro and Arch Linux fit in? 11:27 Why the switch to Manjaro? 15:47 Sonar on the Manjaro forum 16:24 Full-time lead developer Kyle Brouhard 18:52 Jonathan's work with Easter Seals Boston 21:48 What is "Computers for Sonar?" 24:33 What about hardware with EUEFI/Secure Boot? 27:19 Donate a computer for Sonar 27:57 Gnome and MATE versions 30:28 Sonar Pi? 31:35 How to join and donate 32:28 Getting involved with Sonar 34:03 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 35:10 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We help our listeners with upgrade issues, backup suggestions, and installation issues. We also have both a "Gone Linux" story and a "Linux in the Wild" story. Our application pick, yEd, is for anyone who needs to make flow diagrams, process diagrams, network diagrams, etc.
00:00 Going Linux #251 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:58 Solo 01:13 Richard: Upgrading issues 04:36 Rajesh: Software for making mirror backups 08:19 Gomez: (Re)installing packages from a list 13:39 Walter: Gone Linux 16:09 Greg: Linux in the Wild 17:18 Software Pick: yEd 20:04 Linux distro review 20:57 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 21:53 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In a previous episode, Troy provided us with his (and his company's) recommendations on which applications are best accepted by his Small Business customers switching to Linux. In fact, we wrote an article on the website detailing the list. Today, we thought we'd discuss some things to consider when attempting to get Linux and Open Source software adopted in your company.
00:00 Going Linux #250 · Introducing Open Source in Business 00:15 Introduction 01:28 Making the argument 02:37 Delivering the right message 07:11 Convincing the right people 08:28 6 key advantages to use to make your case for open source 09:33 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 10:41 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: Linux and total world domination... at least in the world of super computers! During the show, the Java-based chat room crashes 5 times on Craig and he has had enough. Charles takes on the challenge, finds a new chat room, configures it, moves all the listeners to it, and has it up and running before the end of the show. In fact, he goes from concept to fully-functional and live in about an hour. We answer a few Linux questions, solve some problems, listen to a "gone Linux" story and a "Linux in the wild" story as well.
00:00 Going Linux #249 · Computer America #75 00:15 Introduction
01:36 Tech troubles in broadcast land 01:56 New night - third Thursday 04:34 Topic: Linux and total world domination 05:51 The Linux operating system has 97% of the market 24:48 Too... many... chat... windows... 28:21 Audience says... "This topic is boring!" 30:58 The java-based chat crashes 5 times on Craig 31:24 Mission for Charles - Find new chat software 33:10 Charles convices Craig to use IRC (yay!) 34:02 Charles starts to build it - while we are on the air! 35:16 Charles has it running 36:02 Running Portal on a super computer 36:43 Charles finishes the new chat room 37:33 The members of the existing chat room move to the new one 39:07 It works! 41:38 The new chat room runs Linux! 52:00 Vic: Upgrading 62:04 Kevin: NAS or NOT? 70:00 Fiddling with the new chat... 73:34 Tom: Partitioning problems 74:37 More chat tweaks... 79:28 The new Computer America HTML5 IRC chat room (running Linux) is LIVE! 83:02 Pete - opensmallbusinesssolutions.com - a discount code! 86:44 Walter: Microsoft-less 90:35 John: Trouble with Mint17 95:50 Greg: Linux in the wild 97:48 Englebert: Switched to Linux 100:50 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 102:45 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In this episode we discuss file synchronization, installing on EFI machines and answer your questions about backports, where to start, and more.
00:00 Going Linux #248 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:03 Bill tries Spideroak 04:17 SyncThing 05:43 Dropbox is now more liberal? 06:06 OneDrive gives you more space for free 09:21 The return of Resonant Frequency 11:09 Robert: PCLinux OS issues 14:54 Richard: When to use backports 20:34 Bruce: Audio quality and other things 27:10 Craig: A question for new listeners to the podcast 31:12 Amy: Doing her part for open source, talks backups 37:27 Mark: A recommendation for Bill 39:49 Mint17 supports EFI in the installer 42:40 Computer America appearance changes 43:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 44:36 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In episode 244, Computer America 73, we discussed setting up a particular VPN (Virtual Private Network) That VPN is ProXPN, but there are many other VPN options and in this episode we talk about some of those options. We discuss some of the common settings for using a VPN on some of the most popular Linux distributions.
00:00 Going Linux #247 · Setting up a VPN on Linux 00:15 Introduction 00:41 Skype fails again! 02:42 Bill moves to Ubuntu 14.04 03:23 CQRLog 03:46 gnuGlucoControl 06:00 Bill crashed Manjaro/Arch 08:13 Sabayon does well in our upcoming review 09:59 Cinnamon Repositories Closing 14:13 What is a VPN? 15:34 Why use a VPN? 22:53 How do I set-up a VPN? 25:58 openVPN 32:31 Does using a VPN affect your connection speed 34:07 Zenmate VPN extension for Chrome 36:58 Shutter 40:34 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 41:35 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: "10 things to do after installing Linux Mint 17"
00:00 Going Linux #246 · Computer America #74 00:15 Introduction 111:03 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 112:05 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Linux on laptops, how to upgrade Linux Mint, GRUB, passwords and chapters for the podcast are all topics this month.
00:00 Going Linux #245 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:08 Bill: Still running Crunchbang 03:42 Jason: About upgrades 15:45 Chris: Linux on an older laptop 21:29 Kevin: KeePass(X) 23:01 Gus: A GRUB suggestion 24:49 Nils: Podcast chapters 28:03 Linux in the wild 31:39 Renew a ham radio license using Linux 34:03 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 35:05 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: Setting up a VPN on the new Linux Mint 17. We discuss setting up proXPN and other VPN solutions on Mint. We review the new features of Mint 17, as presented in the Release Candidate (RC). We read listener email and Google+ community posts.
00:00 Going Linux #244 · Computer America #73 00:15 Introduction 03:33 New segment 07:57 Topic: Setting up a VPN on the new Linux Mint 17 10:03 proXPN discount code COMPAM 12:10 proXPN is cross-platform, runs on Linux but is not supported on Linux 12:48 Linux Mint 17 RC 13:22 What is a VPN? 15:40 Must use PPTP for Linux and Android 17:25 openvpn 18:55 Network Manager has PPTP settings built-in 21:29 How does a VPN protect me? 26:46 Are "incognito mode" and/or TOR alternatives to VPN? 28:27 The proXPN interview 29:22 News tips bulletin 36:25 Linux Mint 17 RC in VirtualBox 39:03 Long Term Support: New Mint philosophy 43:28 Improvements in this version of Mint 47:23 Setting up a VPN in NetworkManager 52:19 Improvements in Cinnamon 2.2 58:03 Lee asks for advice “Moving Mother-in-law Off of Windows XP” 64:03 Gnome 3 65:49 Thor asked for help on G+ 74:15 Nancy wants some advice with her Macbook 84:36 London minute 87:43 Coherence and Seamless Mode 79:40 Mark has a recommendation for Mint users 93:50 JackDeth: A message for Charles 98:53 Andrew: Linux on Chromebooks 105:16 Jack: BURG instead of GRUB 109:08 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 113:02 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Our listeners and members of our Google Plus community have given us a list of questions to answer, and we do just that. Moving to Linux, installing Mint, storing passwords securely, and partitioning issues are just some of the topics we discuss.
00:00 Going Linux #243 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:33 Robert: Video for Installing Mint 05:10 Robert: Storing Passwords Securely 10:34 John: Help moving his family to Linux 13:46 John: Solution to Brother MFC printer issue 15:55 Thor: Trying Arch Linux 18:23 Lee: Moving Mother-in-law from Windows XP to Linux 23:32 Nancy: Moving Linux from Lenovo to Macbook 33:17 Sumedh: Struggling with Partitions 39:07 Bob: Has a Windows install that is no longer "Genuine" 45:13 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 46:13 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
The Chrome operating system from Google is based on Linux. This unique OS runs on Chromebook hardware and has a wide variety of Apps (applications) and Extensions available in the Chrome Store. We describe some of our favorites and provide some links to others so that you can try them for yourself.
00:00 Going Linux #242 · Cross-platform Chromebook Apps and Extensions 00:15 Introduction 00:43 Bill's latest distro: CrunchBang 01:39 Vacations (sort of) 02:17 Not dead yet! 03:39 Chromebook: cross-platform apps and extensions 08:09 VNC Viewer 09:51 Chrome Remote Desktop 11:00 Text 11:42 Google Keep 13:13 Voice Recorder 17:04 CloudConvert 18:46 Google+ 20:12 Google Hangouts 22:08 LastPass 25:27 Stitcher 28:05 Feedly 28:50 Box.com 30:21 Dropbox 30:57 SnagIt 34:18 Gmail Offline 39:19 Other resources 40:12 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 41:42 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: “Everything I learned about switching from Windows to the Mac I learned from Linux.” Larry gets a new job, a new computer and a new OS for work. OSX! Today we talk about moving from OSX to Linux -- the similarities and the differences.
According to ZDNet (https://www.zdnet.com/gnutls-big-internal-bugs-few-real-world-problems-7000027041/) you can either upgrade to the latest GnuTLS version (3.2.12) or apply the GnuTLS 2.12.x patch.
00:00 Going Linux #241 · Computer America #72 00:15 Introduction 03:44 Larry's secret 07:22 Follow along 08:08 Topic: Everything I learned about switching from Windows to the Mac I learned from Linux 58:43 Mike: I'm spooked! 63:51 Brian: Office on Linux? 76:37 Kenneth: Attempting, unsuccessfully, to go all Linux 84:15 Open ports are a risk, even on Linux. 102:21 Kenneth: More on Office for Linux 105:30 Kelly: Printing tip for Al from 234 107:05 Ken: A tip for users of HP printers 108:25 Ken: Canonical says 'goodbye' to UbuntuOne 109:42 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 111:06 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill was unable to record for this episode. Larry answers listener emails, responds to posts on Google+, and provides feedback of his own. From system directories to mouse buttons to Chromebook podcasts, as always, this month's feedback touches on the things that you have said are important to you.
00:00 Going Linux #240 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:53 Bill is unable to record today 01:04 Lone Marmot: Podcast 239 01:31 David: 239 was wonderful 02:22 Michael: Binary and library file locations may be moving 04:17 Scott: Mapping mouse buttons 05:38 Matt: Has become a Chromebook owner 07:03 Andrew: Linux on Chromebooks 10:53 Mike: Is a little spooked by GnuTLS bug 12:45 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 13:50 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Many of us use Linux everyday, well the ones that have switched anyway. But do we really know how the system works and how it is put together? We get the disk or usb key and we install it and everything just works for the most part. So in this episode we take some time to talk about how the Linux system is put together.
00:00 Going Linux #239 · How Linux Is Put Together 00:15 Introduction 00:45 Chromebook corner 05:34 Bill's latest: Salax 06:47 Rant: DRM on DVDs 09:36 Attribution: Ramesh Natarajan 11:53 root directory (/) 12:15 root user's home (/root) 13:25 user binaries (/bin) 14:16 system binaries (/sbin) 14:47 configuration files (/etc) 17:22 device files (/dev) 18:22 process information (/proc) 19:41 variable files (/var) 20:42 temporary files (/tmp) 21:12 user programs (/usr) 22:38 home (/home) 23:52 boot loader files (/boot) 24:40 system libraries (/lib) 26:28 optional add-on applications (/opt) 27:52 mount directory (/mnt) 28:37 removable media drives (/media) 29:49 service data (/srv) 31:15 dynamic link libraries (/dll) 32:38 Linux is designed to make sense 33:34 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 35:23 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: 7 Reasons To Switch To Linux In April. With Windows XP's end of life, now might be the time to make the switch to the Linux operating system. Don't buy new hardware just to continue to run Windows! Install Linux on your XP machine and extend it's life. Of course we answer listener questions from email and the Google+ community.
00:00 Going Linux #238 · Computer America #71 00:15 Introduction 03:53 7 Reasons to switch to Linux in April 54:21 Scott comments on Going Linux episode 236 63:54 Ken asked about printers and Linux 68:46 Jim has a simple request 70:20 Daniel has wifi and bluetooth issue 79:24 Jeremy of the “Linux Startup” wants our opinion 84:24 Patricia: Distros for modern laptops 86:25 Charles provided a photo of “Linux in the Wild” 87:33 Jack has a comment about my appearances on Computer America 91:11 Paul asks about system D 97:20 John provided a topic suggestion 103:06 Rich wonders about RAM 106:37 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 107:55 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Tom? What ever happened to Tom, the cohost of Going Linux from 2007-2012? Listen to find out, and to hear how you can send him a message. This episode also includes a review of file systems, and discussions on such topics as swap space, system D, fixing Linux, and streaming music players.
00:00 Going Linux #237 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:35 Update on Tom: Listen for contact info 05:15 Door-to-Door Geek: Swap space 09:03 Andrew: File systems 09:27 EXT4 10:12 BTRFS 11:22 ZFS 12:34 FAT, FAT32 13:38 NTFS 18:06 Len: Shownotes correction 19:02 Paul: System D 24:08 John: A G+ commented about fixing Linux 26:25 Paul: Who fixes Linux? 28:33 Application pick: Great little radio player 30:26 Application pick: cmd.fm 33:28 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 34:29 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Steve McLaughlin (Door-To-Door Geek) is our guest. "Door" is the owner of the Podnutz podcast network. Bill interviews Door and gets some insights on his network, a run-down on some of the shows and some inside information on how he makes his show sound so good.
00:00 Going Linux #236 · An Interview with Door-To-Door Geek 00:15 Introduction 06:06 Bill rants: Silverlight -- WHY!? 12:38 Door-To-Door Geek 70:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 71:05 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: "Who are the people behind Linux?" Charles reveal's Craig's past as an entertainer. Over 80% of code contributed by people who are paid for their work. The top 10 sponsors of the Linux kernel are all corporations. “Contributions from the mobile and embedded industries continue to increase. Linaro, Samsung, and TI, for example, together contributed 4.4% of the changes in the previous version of this paper; for the period up to 3.10, they contributed almost 11% of all changes.” There is a new Linux kernel release every 70 days. Releases are chunked into “patches” On average: 10,000 patches per release. That’s over 7 changes per hour!
00:00 Going Linux #235 · Computer America #70 00:15 Introduction 12:17 Topic: Who are the people behind Linux? 16:24 Victor: Which Linux distro is the best? 26:32 London Minute 47:32 Steve: Zorin OS is great 54:32 Craig Crossman: Nightclub singer 59:37 Tony: Monitor issues 63:36 Computer America live video 65:37 Matt: Multiple desktops 72:39 Jonathan: Northeast Linux Fest 76:55 Hunter: Gone Linux - Fedora style 78:52 Lee: Opinion on Manjaro and rolling releases 72:03 Mark: Which scanner should I get? 84:06 Another London Minute 90:49 Carlos: Additional info on swap space 98:11 Paul: Long term support vs. community support 105:08 Jared: Show idea - Tomato and DD-WRT 109:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 111:12 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill's distro hopping leads him away from Linux. We discuss browser performance. Cody has gone Linux and has some advice. Rich asks about the swap space rule of thumb. Al has trouble printing. (Maybe you can help.) Kevin comments on our year end show and Kelly can't play media.
00:00 Going Linux #234 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:56 Bill's latest: PC-BSD 01:55 zfs vs. btr fs 04:21 Chrome performance issues? 07:17 Tips for improving browser performance 09:16 Cody: Gone Linux advice 12:37 Gus: Comments about software 14:55 Rich: Why is swap space 2x the amount of RAM? 22:43 Swap space with an SSD 25:22 Al: Print sharing problem 32:39 Kevin: Deserving organizations 35:29 Kelly: Media playback in Mint 16 40:17 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 41:55 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
This episode was suggested by Troy, a regular listener both of the Podcast and of the Computer America episodes. Troy is known as "JackDeth" in the Computer America Chat room. Troy provided the suggestion… and the show notes. He did all the work for us! Although there are other applications that could be recommended, and those other applications may be the default for your particular Linux distribution, the applications mentioned in this episode are the ones recommended by Troy and his business.
00:00 Going Linux #233 · Linux Software Equivalents in Business 00:15 Introduction 01:56 Troy is the honorary "Chief Executive Minion" for this episode 05:25 PDF Reader: KPDF 06:15 Vector Graphic Design: Inkscape 06:49 Photo editing: GIMP, Cinepaint, myPaint 07:14 Page Layout: Scribus 07:48 Photo workflow: Darktable 08:05 Chat: Pigeon, Empathy, Chatzilla 09:06 Media Player: Banshee, Rythmbox, Audacious, Amarok 09:48 Photo management and organization: Digikam, F-spot, Shortwell, Darktable, Picasa 10:17 Office Suites: LibreOffice, OpenOffice 10:46 Web authoring: Bluefish, Kompozer, nVu 11:45 Web browsers: Firefox, Opera, Chromium, Google Chrome 12:25 Email: Evolution, Thunderbird 13:20 Paint: TuxPaint, myPaint 14:00 CD-DVD Burning: Brasero 15:42 Feed readers: Akgregator, Feedly 16:41 Text editors: Gedit, Kate 18:02 Disk partioners: GParted 18:51 Personal Finance: GNUCash, KMyMoney 19:30 Torrent: KTorrent, Transmission 20:01 Video Players: VLC, Totem 21:07 Audio production: Audacity 21:27 Video editing: Cinellera, Keno, Open Shot, VideoLAN Movie Creator 21:58 FTP transfer: Filezilla 22:20 Music ripping: Sound Juicer 22:49 Tethering DSLR cameras: Entagle https://entangle-photo.org/ 23:40 Scanning: Xsane 24:21 Remote desktop: KRDC, Vinagre 24:53 HP Print Driver: HP Universal Print Driver for Linux 25:51 Desktop notes: Tomboy notes 26:32 Video format conversion: Handbrake, make MKV 27:07 Backup: Simple Backup, Deja Dupe, Back In Time 27:36 Virtual Machines: VirtualBox 29:25 Record desktop sessions: Desktop Recorder 30:01 Beautiful user interface: Compiz, Cairo Dock 32:02 Thanks Troy! 32:21 Hacks, tips and tweaks: Plex 40:10 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 41:10 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: "Should I dual-boot Linux with Windows or Mac?" In this episode we answer these questions: What is dual-booting? Why would I want to dual-boot? What are the alternatives?
00:00 Going Linux #232 · Computer America #69 00:15 Introduction 02:43 Topic: Should I dual-boot Linux with Windows or Mac? 05:12 Tu: Should I try Unix, Linux or Ubuntu? 17:45 What is dual-booting? 19:26 Why would I want to dual-boot? 21:06 What are the alternatives? 27:33 Crossman: "I find, really, no reason left to run Windows" 36:26 The cloud option 39:08 Backup, backup, backup! 40:47 What are “partitions” and do I need them? 41:25 Partitioning looks complicated. Do I really have to do it? 43:16 Is it really difficult to install Linux on a Win8 PC? 46:38 What about installing Linux on a Mac? 54:11 Uwe: Done with Linux 59:29 Tom fills us in on Zorin OS 64:16 Victor won’t get “scroogled” 85:04 Bill discovered that his new computer came with UEFI and Secure Boot, but with Secure Boot DISABLED. Ben commented 85:42 Gus provided a suggestion for screen capture 87:59 Paul has gone Linux, but is a little frustrated 94:21 John is in “virtual” trouble: 99:55 Tony is using Mint 16 and is looking for monitor help 104:52 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 118:38 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Robert has issues with wifi on Elementary. John wants to know about burning an ISO, Andrew asks about connecting his phone. David asks a few questions. Hunter gets Ubuntu running using Wubi. Mel asks about Linux on a smart phone, and much much more.
00:00 Going Linux #231 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:56 Chromebooks 02:21 Windows 8 tablet 04:31 Robert: Wifi issues with Luna 08:00 John: Burning an ISO 12:24 Andrew: Connecting a phone to Linux 16:44 Hunter: Wubi for Fedora or Arch in Virtual Box 20:43 David: Installing a dedicated home partition 27:55 Mel: Linux Deploy 30:17 Application Pick: Kazam 32:59 PC Linux OS (again!) 33:21 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 34:24 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In this special episode, we review Linux news, highlights and advancements for the year 2013. We even offer a few predictions for the coming 2014. We discuss some of the most promising Linux distributions, Steam OS, making money in Open Source, notable organizations and a Linux distribution that comes with its own hardware: Chrome OS.
00:00 Going Linux #230 · 2013 Year in Review 00:15 Introduction 00:42 2013 Review 01:53 A new world record for PCLinuxOS 02:49 New technology before year end 03:37 Steam Box 04:23 Chromebook 10:44 News, highlights and advancements 11:44 Active Linux distributions 21:38 Steam 26:24 Invisible Linux 29:19 Ubuntu Community 36:54 Linux Mint's increase in popularity 38:12 Making money with Open Source 39:54 The battle of the dispay technologies 41:18 $32 Million Kickstarter for a phone 47:32 UEFI 56:40 2013 notable orginizations 57:22 Free Software Foundation 57:56 The Linux Foundation 58:23 Electronic Frontier Foundation 59:12 The Accessible Computing Foundation 61:22 2014 predictions 61:40 More screencasts 62:32 Chromebook corner 65:16 The year of the Linux desktop :) 68:18 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 70:02 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We complete our two-episode series on dual-booting by discussing how to manually partion your hard drive to prepare it for the installation of your second operating system. To be sure, you don't need to manually partition your drive with most modern distributions of Linux. Most installers these days will make sensible partitioning decisions for you and perform the partitioning automatically. We discuss why you might want to do the work yourself, and we walk you through the process step-by-step. Look for our upcoming screencast (glsc007) for the video version of these instructions.
We are proud to introduce our new "Hacks, tips and tweaks" segment from knightwise.
00:00 Going Linux #229 · Dual-booting-Advanced 00:15 Introduction 00:47 Maxx 03:44 Bill's latest OS - dual booted of course 04:49 Mint 16... problems? 07:17 Problem 1: Skype 09:20 Problem 2: Audio default device 13:03 Manual Partitioning for dual-booting 15:36 Command line partitioning tools 18:00 Graphical partitioning tools 19:48 Based on the libparted library 20:24 Partitioners during installation 21:39 Default vs. manual partitioning 23:13 Partitioning manually 33:16 Step 2: Unmount 34:54 Step 3: Make the Windows partition smaller 38:19 Step 4: Choose where to put /home and which file system to use 39:35 Step 5: Decide how many partitions to create 41:05 Step 6: Create a root (or boot) partition 44:35 Step 7: Create a swap partition 47:15 Step 8: Create a home partition 48:51 Step 9: Apply the changes 49:43 Step 10: Be patient and let all the operations complete 50:26 View the final results 51:18 Advantages of a separate home partition 55:04 New segment 56:56 Hacks, tips and tweaks 65:49 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 66:54 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Skype causes issues with newer distributions. Adam tells us how to pronounce "Ubuntu." More advice on Sansa devices. Al has gone Linux and Michael has seen Linux in the wild. This and much, much more... all this week on the Going Linux show! (Why does that last sentence seem familiar?)
00:00 Going Linux #228 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:46 Send us feedback 01:48 Google+: Our community forums 03:06 Bill's great openSUSE adventure 03:16 Pulse audio latency fix for Skype 04:27 Steam on openSUSE 04:59 Smooth UEFI install with openSUSE 08:23 Why the switch to openSUSE? 10:33 The profit motive 12:07 Robert: How to install Software Center on Zorin 18:50 Steve: Brackets HTML Editor 23:13 Adam: It's oo-boon-too! 26:37 Israel: Ubuntu problems 32:14 Jeff: Helping Paul with Sansa 33:15 Aaron: More Sansa info 34:34 Bert: Advice for Andrew 35:43 Gus: More advice for Andrew 37:01 Richard: Sent a Windows Weekly compilation 40:06 Michael: Linux in the Wild 43:38 Al: Gone Linux 48:05 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 51:27 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Dual booting sounds like it's something difficult or scary, and it's not. Bill and Larry provide a definition and an introduction to the topic, along with why dual booting is an important topic. They also discuss examples and why it might be something that you would want to do. Oh, and we provide an overview of "how-to" of course.
00:00 Going Linux #227 · Dual Booting-Introduction 00:15 Introduction 00:47 "Hi" from Tom 01:51 SonarGnuLinux 03:37 Our thoughts are in the Philippines 04:27 Definition: Dual Booting 06:04 How might I use dual booting 07:44 Why is dual booting important 09:22 What's the difference between dual booting and a wubi installation? 15:43 Dual booting and malware considerations 19:28 Where do I start? 20:37 Back up, back up, back up! 23:26 Clonezilla 26:44 Make sure Windows is installed first 28:21 Installation variations between distributions 34:38 Dual booting using two drives 40:57 Installation guides 43:03 UEFI and SecureBoot 50:42 Buying a computer with Linux pre-installed 56:10 In summary... 56:49 Additional resources 61:18 Pick: Unifying Receiver pairing tool for Linux - Solaar 65:59 Pick: TerraSync 69:11 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 70:44 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: When a Linux Distro Dies. We talk about the retirement of Puppy Linux's Barry Kauler and the announcement by SolusOS's Ikey Doherty that he can no longer continue that project. As always, we have plenty of email from listeners to both the Going Linux podcast and Larry's guest appearances on the Computer America radio show.
00:00 Going Linux #226 · Computer America #68 00:15 Introduction 01:41 Charles gets harassed 04:53 Topic: When a Linux Distro Dies 06:41 Open Source 09:29 Hacking vs. the media definition 14:09 Puppy Linux 19:01 Desktop environments 21:57 SolusOS 31:24 Spin-off distributions 38:36 Unlike with proprietary software, Open Source projects never die 47:06 When you HAVE to use Windows 54:05 Linux device drivers and updates 66:21 Ray: SolusOS 71:00 James: Why does Going Linux focus on Ubuntu 74:18 Gomez: Linux security updates 83:43 Converting an XP laptop to Linux 86:23 Robert: Going on an email diet 89:07 Kevin: Open Source Licences comments 92:46 Charles' perspective on Free licenses 95:14 What does Larry have against the GPLv3? 99:39 Tivoization 103:06 Richard: The switch to openSuSE 104:31 Open Build Service 108:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 110:33 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill has switched to openSuSE. Larry tries a replacement for iGoogle. Jonathan and Göran comment on our open source licensing episodes and we provide Andrew some advice on setting up a dance studio. There's a lot more in this episode, but you have to listen to find out what. (Yes, I said a dance studio!)
00:00 Going Linux #225 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:01 Version 8.1 issues 02:11 openSuSE: Bill's most recent most popular distro 08:32 iGoogle replacement: NetVibes 11:55 Victor: Pen Drive Linux security and Raspberry Pi 22:47 Jonathan: GPLv3 and the Linux Kernel 27:00 Paul: A reply to our answer to his question 31:27 Andrew: Asks advice on his idea 41:22 John: Feedback on cloud storage 47:08 Göran: Comments on our licensing intro 49:32 David: Linux in the wild 53:55 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 55:50 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill and Larry discuss Open Source and "Free" software licenses in a little more depth. This is a very deep subject, so we think we are still just scratching the surface. We do, however, discuss some examples and reasons for choosing one license over another, from both the user's perspective and the developer-distributor perspective. We underline the distinction made by the FSF regarding the GNU Public License (GPL) that its licenses are written to protect the freedoms of the software user by putting restrictions on the software developer.
00:00 Going Linux #224 · Open Source Licenses-Advanced 00:15 Introduction 04:29 Our focus 07:42 GPLv2 license 18:32 Licenses for non-software works 19:21 GFDL license 19:59 Creative Commons license 22:24 GPLv3 license 29:00 LGPLv3 license 34:51 Website for comparing open source licenses 39:19 Differences of opinion on the GPL 48:50 Is the GPLv3 holding back adoption of open source software? 52:05 Microsoft Public license 52:45 MIT and BSD licenses for additional freedom - for developer-users 55:43 WTF You Want To Public License Version 2 56:54 Public Domain and Copyright 57:29 License compatibility 59:52 Why you need to be careful how you license your software 61:12 Apache license 62:36 Do you think we still need the GPL? 65:07 A licensing example 69:19 Is the political posturing holding back open source? 70:21 Do you agree to this license? 73:47 The choice is yours 76:13 When you have no choice 80:12 Meeting half way 84:38 Military Drones 86:43 Google Docs 89:47 Choosing the best tool for the job 92:12 True cross-platform features are not "Free" 94:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 96:00 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Craig's new co-host is regular guest Charles Tendell, certified ethical hacker -- and Linux user! This episode is packed with surprises. The topic is "25 Reasons to Switch to Linux" but we take a lot of conversational diversions about Linux, random Windows errors and lots more. This episode is a Skype recording of the Saturday BlogTalkRadio show rather than the regular live show. That's why it's longer and more information-packed than normal.
00:00 Going Linux #223 · Computer America #67 00:15 Introduction 03:43 Charles Tendell: Certified Ethical Hacker 07:41 Topic: 25 Reasons to Convert to Linux 08:53 Reasons for Nancy 12:44 1. It's free 19:28 2. It's Free 30:47 3. High quality support 37:12 4. You are not at the mercy of the software publisher 41:52 5. Little risk of obsolescence 42:59 6. Upgrades are never forced 44:50 7. No upgrade fees 45:26 8. No onerous requirement to track licenses 47:04 9. Far superior security 48:47 10. Resistent to system crashes 51:29 11. There are applications for almost anything 52:58 12. Each distro is unique 53:26 13. Configure Linux the way you want 53:40 14. Applications conform to industry-wide standards 54:03 15. Linux runs faster on the same hardware 54:09 16. Linux is compatible with other OSs 54:23 17. Very high ethical standards 54:51 18. No forced hardware upgrades 54:55 19. Use Linux on almost any processor 55:06 20. Open source - no secrets 56:45 Unusual places you'll find Linux 57:24 Random Windows errors 61:33 Mike: VMWare player 68:14 John: VirtualBox 74:10 Richard: Moving to Unity 78:38 Paul: Sansa malfunction 86:18 Alfred: Printing problem 94:31 Charles Tendell on Linux Mint 98:58 Larry says "SolusOS" but means "Elementary OS" 102:00 Jay: Help for KYengineer 107:04 Ben: Switching Desktop Environments 110:53 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Robert suffers from the Ubuntu forums hack. Kevin and Fuzzy provide some feedback on Open Source licenses. Emails on a new Linux website and Unetbootin. A useful tip for cross-platform mobile text messaging.
00:00 Going Linux #222 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:02 Robert: Hacked 04:02 Kevin: Feedback on our Open Source licenses 11:54 Fuzzy: Background on the GPL 13:30 Andrew: New website about Linux 15:45 Roy: Mixed success with unetbootin 21:27 David: "Linux in the wild" 23:00 Tip: MightyText 25:02 Pantheon 27:41 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 29:39 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In this episode we discuss the world of Open Source Licenses. If you run Linux you have had dealings with a Open Source Project, you have heard the term License. For a selected list of licenses, we attempt to answer: What is it? How does it affect you? What does it allow you to do or not do? We cover the basics to give you a idea what all this means.
00:00 Going Linux #221 · Open Source Licenses-Introduction 00:15 Introduction 00:48 Technical difficulties out of the gate 01:28 Linux malware revisited 13:01 Do I really need to be a computer geek to use Linux? 16:52 Open Source Licenses 17:50 Definition: "Open Source License" 19:39 Free Redistribution 20:39 Source Code 22:54 Derived Works 25:14 Integrity of the Author's Source Code 27:42 No Discrimination Against Persons or Groups 28:51 No Discrimination Against Fields of Endeavor 30:29 Distribution of License 30:57 License Must Not Be Specific to a Product 31:59 License Must Not Restrict Other Software 33:46 Licens Must Be Technology-Neutral 34:37 Why is the license "stuff" important? 36:17 Some of the most popular Open Source licenses 36:37 Apache License Version 2.0 38:34 The BSD 3-Clause License 38:50 The BSD 2-Clause License 39:10 GNU General Public License Versions 39:37 LGPL Licenses 39:58 The MIT License 43:02 Open Source in commercial products 44:32 Examples: LibreOffice and Apache OpenOffice 45:35 Example: WordPress 45:55 Example: The Linux Kernel 46:44 Example: Asterisk 49:29 Pick: mintStick 52:34 Picks: Pendrive Linux and Unetbootin 55:54 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 57:43 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Grayson Hamilton is Craig Crossman's co-host while Larry talks about what you can do with your Linux computer. There are lots of links in the show notes to specific Linux software applications that you will want to explore as well. As always, there are plenty of emails as well.
00:00 Going Linux #220 · Computer America #66 00:15 Introduction 03:54 Topic: "What can I do with my Linux Computer" 08:34 Be social 15:23 Play games 30:37 Photo editing and photo management 31:56 Video production 32:58 Audio production 39:17 Norman has some further comments on “Linux Malware” 43:09 Clay in Myrtle Beach comments on our website redesign 52:22 Uwe writes to us from Germany 62:16 Gus commented on listener Nancy’s comments on wanting some reasons to use Linux 66:14 Andrew in Perth, Australia comments on “NancyGate” 70:43 Robert just sent us this for a future episode 73:02 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 74:59 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill and Larry answer your questions and revisit some previous topics like using Audacity, cloud storage and "Nancy-gate." New topics include BitTorrentSync, Own Cloud, a new 'Linux in the Wild' segment, and how to pronounce 'Drachenblut.'
00:00 Going Linux #219 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:45 OLF 2013 05:12 Robert: Audacity screencasts 10:05 Robert: Something went wrong with UNETBOOTIN 15:22 The origins of "Lord Drachenblut" 17:54 Door-to-door Geek: FAIL 20:03 Andrew: Review of BitTorrentSync 24:06 David: Perfect timing 26:31 Gus: Another comment on Nancy's comments 29:43 Dave: Topic Suggestion 31:14 TheMaker: Great results! 35:44 Gone Linux: Andrew 38:22 Charles: Linux in the Wild 40:00 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 41:33 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
David Perry is Craig Crossman's cohost as Larry discusses malware on Linux. David's experience as a malware expert comes in handy. His recent adoption of 3 Raspberry Pi computers shows that he's not just a Windows guy. This is not your average CA episode.
00:00 Going Linux #218 · Computer America #65 00:43 Guest co-host David Perry 05:00 Linux Malware: Hand of Thief Trojan 06:27 Definition: Trojan 16:19 Caitlin: Have bank robbery rates reduced because of cybercrime? 21:43 What can I do about the Trojan? 27:42 Protect yourself from Hand of Thief 29:29 David Perry: "Switching to Linux will make you many hundreds of times more secure than any anti-virus software can make your Windows machine" 36:16 More on Linux malware 45:57 The Raspberry Pi 55:33 Chris: Wifi on an old Dell 60:15 Linux: faster to boot, faster to run, faster to shut down, and sharper screen image 62:13 Dave: A suggest topic for the show 65:38 Paul: Not so fast with Mint 15 68:04 David Perry gets back into Linux 70:32 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 71:27 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We've redesign the Going Linux website! It's cleaner, more modern, easier to maintain and responsive to to the smaller screens of mobile devices. In this episode, we discuss a number of cross-platform web page editors and the decision process that lead us to choose one to replace the KompoZer editor that has served us well for over 8 years.
00:00 Going Linux #217 · Cross-platform Web Page Editors 00:49 In our last episode... 01:14 Going Linux website redesign 02:56 The search for web authoring software 04:19 How we got here 07:12 The search begins 08:54 The decision process 09:19 Establishing the requirements 09:40 The "must-have" criteria 09:43 No blogging software 10:23 Must be cross-platform 11:21 Ability to edit CSS and HTML manually 11:45 Free of charge 12:10 Open source 12:37 Not cloud only 13:23 Currently supported and actively developed 13:55 Support for CSS and HTML5 14:44 Optional: Content Management System (cms) 16:08 WYSIWYG 17:49 FTP uploader 18:32 The list of contenders 20:15 Elimination round 1 20:32 Amaya 20:41 Aptana 20:55 Arachnophilia 21:07 Bluefish 21:18 BlueGriffon 21:44 KompoZer 22:06 Magetta 22:19 Seamonkey Composer 22:30 LibreOffice and OpenOffice.org 24:41 The Maker 26:00 Elimination round 2 26:53 The final two 26:58 BlueGriffon 28:24 The final decision 29:45 Decision for: The Maker 30:28 Using The Maker 39:52 goinglinux.com makeover 42:08 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 45:26 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
As expected, Nancy's request for reasons to use Linux and JALU's response have created a bit of response from our listeners. And we hear from Nancy herself! Lord Drachenblut describes how Samba 4 makes Linux work in an Active Directory environment and suggests Zentyal Linux. Victor has a warning about shared home partitions. Dogphlap recommends xdotool. We talk about how Microsoft seems to be intentionally making Microsoft Office tell users that standards-compliant open document formats are broken and need repair. Imagine that! Much, much more...
00:00 Going Linux #216 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:02 Ham Radio logging software on Debian 04:10 Change your passwords 04:34 Ubuntu forums security issues 05:21 Victor: Caution. Sharing home partitions on different distros is a bad idea! 11:37 Matt (Lord Drachenblut): Linux compatibility with Active Directory 18:22 Knightwise: Defending Nancy, and freedom without a capital “F” 25:54 Nancy: You're doing it wrong! 33:49 David: Additional feedback related to Nancy’s message 35:25 Open Source Office user interface polish 39:19 MS Office 2010 treats LibreOffice files like they are damaged 42:19 Greg: Samba 4’s free alternative to Active Directory 46:39 The difference between proprietary and open source software 50:44 Dogphlap: xdotool 53:13 Wayland vs. Mir 56:45 Thad: Licensing and working cross-platform 60:42 MS Office vs. LibreOffice: New intentional incompatibility? 64:04 Paul: Printer problems 70:00 Debian 7 71:45 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 73:27 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Cloud storage can serve as a backup or just a place for you to share stuff with other people. We tried to pick the most popular ones in use today. This is not an exhaustive list, but should give you an idea of the landscape. We discuss your options, compare prices and identify why each is different from the other. We even help you choose the right one for you.
00:00 Going Linux #215 · Cloud Storage 00:15 Introduction 00:43 Cloud Storage 01:36 SomaFM.com 05:01 Online storage and how you can use it on Linux 05:56 How we use Dropbox 06:36 What is cloud storage? Why might I use it? 12:06 Share publicly as well as privately 14:57 Available storage 16:26 Dropbox 19:46 Spideroak 27:28 Ubuntu One 33:05 SkyDrive 37:38 Box.com 42:26 Google Drive 43:41 What is a 'client?' 47:16 Chromebooks 53:04 Google Drive pricing 56:30 Which one should I choose? 59:23 What's the catch? 62:42 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 64:48 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: Customizing your Linux desktop. We discuss the topic from episode 212 but the Computer America hosts put their own spin on things. Of course, we discuss listener emails in hour 2.
00:00 Going Linux #214 · Computer America #64 00:15 Introduction 38:00 Rich has questions on using SSD drives 43:21 David is making the switch 46:57 Sebastian from Poland provides some useful links 50:57 Bernd from Germany writes about our most recent episodes 55:30 Changes in Gmail inbox: Tabs! 58:02 Tony from New Jersey asks about screen resolution 62:23 Paul comments on our comments about fixing window/Ubuntu/linux dual boot loader 67:51 willhayes: Which distribution do you use? 68:39 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 71:57 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
The fastest super computers are running the Linux operating system. Bill wants to use the newest super computer for playing Team Fortress. We recommend distributions, help solve dual boot and wifi issues, and hear a rant. Gus and Knighwise provide configuration and software tips.
gconftool-2 --type Boolean --set /apps/docky-2/Docky/Items/DockyItem/ShowDockyItem False
00:00 Going Linux #213 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:57 Bill wants to use the newest super computer for playing Team Fortress 02:27 Gerjon provides a translation from Dutch 04:20 Knightwise: Kupfer 10:04 No9To5Blogger: Ultimate Edition and PPAs 18:01 Robert: Getting the message out 19:47 Kees: Linux in a big company? 33:20 Rene: Which Mint? 40:18 Dave: Dual booting woes 48:11 Gus: Configuration tips 51:03 Andrew: Wifi issues with an older computer 55:42 JALU: Takes issue with Nanci's attitude. 69:11 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe 70:54 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill is back with an idea for a new utility. In this episode we discuss more advanced ways you can customize your Linux desktop. From themes to system monitors to docks and from to applets to special effects, we talk about customizing the user interface of different distributions, and provide lots of links. We also discuss 7-inch and 10-inch tablet computers with Lubuntu Linux pre-installed. Not mentioned in the show is our own article: Customizing your Linux Desktop. How did we miss that?
00:00 Going Linux #212 · Customizing Linux-Advanced 00:15 Introduction 00:47 Bill is back 02:04 Anarchy Online 05:05 Eye candy downsides 06:50 Themes 12:38 Conky 15:25 Bill's Wife "Agro Monitor" 16:39 Docky 17:57 Plank 18:51 Cairo Dock 20:24 Applets 25:24 Screenlets and Desklets 26:57 Extensions 28:47 XFCE Customizations 29:15 Where to find desktop customizations 31:23 Installing proprietary drivers for special effects 36:21 Looking at Arch Linux 37:34 Tweaking KDE 38:11 Testing Internet Explorer on Linux 39:43 Extensions for accessibility 41:06 Compiz! 44:50 Accessibility is free on Linux 45:35 Just the beginning 46:09 PengPod 51:55 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe 53:41 Knighwise.com 54:48 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: How to buy Linux pre-installed. If you are buying a Mac, you buy one with the MacOS pre-installed. If you are buying a Windows PC, you buy one with Windows 8 pre-installed. If you are buying a Chromebook, you buy one with the ChromeOS pre-installed. It only makes sense that if you buy a computer to run Linux, that you buy one with Linux pre-installed.
00:00 Going Linux #211 · Computer America #63 00:15 Introduction 03:28 Topic: How to buy Linux pre-installed 08:43 Richard: Tired of infection, wants to look at Linux 23:12 System76 25:33 ZaReason 28:22 Stealth 30:43 ThinkPenguin 31:13 Emperor Linux 31:28 Dell - just one model 31:48 Linux Now 32:20 Linux Emporium 32:32 Tiny Green PC 32:50 Compulab 33:21 Telikin 33:39 Rasberry Pi 35:16 Ray Technology 36:18 Would you really recommend buying Linux pre-installed? 41:06 Emails 42:02 Frank: Already moved to System76 46:44 Kevin: Making a choice to by Linux pre-installed 54:25 Robert: You are getting the message out 56:55 Rene: Distributions for Hams 62:02 Robert: Switching to Ultimate Edition 65:54 Jenni: Criticism for Larry (and for Computer America) 70:07 Year of the Linux "cloud-top" 73:42 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe 74:36 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We shouldn't be using or recommending Linux Mint? Trying Mageia, another cohost and "Gone Linux"
00:00 Going Linux #210 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:04 Bob: Have you checked out Mageia? 09:29 Anonymous: We shouldn't use or recommend Linux Mint 12:34 Gus: A similar question 13:06 Andy: Gone Linux 18:38 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe 20:24 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: The year of the Linux desktop is here NOW!. We discuss how the Chromebook and Google Chrome has made this the "Year of the Linux desktop." Linux has taken over, not the Windows desktop operating system, but has replaced running applications on any computer operating system with Linux-backed applications in the browser.
00:00 Going Linux #209 · Computer America #62 00:15 Introduction 03:14 Topic: The year of the Linux desktop is here now! 18:40 Chromebooks 36:30 Magnum: Misses Tom 42:02 David: Misses Tom, too 47:54 Steve: Which distro closely mimics Windows? 52:18 Andrew: Possible reasons for missing free space 57:45 Kevin: Looking for a recommendation 61:31 Daniel: Updater can't find a package 63:35 Old Macs running Linux 64:28 Recommendations for Kevin 66:01 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe 68:05 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill recorded, edited and produced the reviews for this episode. He provides a high-level overview of Sabayon 11 and Open SuSE 12.3.
00:00 Going Linux #208 Reviews of Sabayon 11 and Open SuSE 12.3 00:15 Introduction 00:56 Bill produced this review 05:52 Sabayon 11 10:48 Open SuSE 12.3 15:45 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe 17:21 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill tries Fedora with Cinnamon and discovers the true license costs for Windows. We have feedback and ramplings on show 204, and discuss more on UEFI, icons, screen resolutions and desktops.
00:00 Going Linux #207 Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:46 Bill tries Fedora with Cinnamon 04:08 Bill's new role 05:27 Paul: My Cinnamon screen resolution gets tiny 11:19 Ben: Preferred desktops 16:56 Andrew: Best upgrades for VMs 24:33 Gordon: Feedback on episode 204 27:04 Default partitions on Windows PCs 29:11 Bill discovers the true license costs for Windows 36:27 Jeff: Irritated with icons 40:48 Mike: UEFI Secure Boot 44:32 Jay: Ramblings from show 204 49:04 Software pick: Clementine 50:29 Tip: Check your Skype 53:05 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe 54:45 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Tom hangs up his adjustable wrench and flies off into the sunset. Bill is promoted to cohost. A shout out to the minCast and to Linux in the Hamshack. Bill reviews Ubuntu Studio and Steam on Linux and shares his experiences running Team Fortress.
00:00 Going Linux #206 Steam and Team Fortress 00:15 Introduction 00:42 Tom Retires from podcasting 02:12 Your indie music library 05:59 Rathole Radio 07:44 Ubuntu Studio review 11:02 mintCast shout out 13:24 Linux in the Hamshack shout out 14:17 Installing Steam for Linux 16:52 Installing Team Fortress 18:37 Launching Team Fortress 19:18 A better video driver 19:55 23 hours later... 23:24 Starting the game 23:47 Performance comparison with Windows 28:23 Which games run on Linux? 30:04 Bill's rating: 4.5 out of 5 30:35 The Windows and Linux clients appear to be identical 31:28 The Steam Community 33:06 Level up 35:36 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe 37:34 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: Safe computing with Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #205 Computer America #61 00:15 Introduction 04:46 Safe computing with Linux 36:55 Gregory: UEFI and Secure Boot issues 46:43 kyengineer: Web server not visible from the Internet 50:36 Gus: Is playing multimedia on Linux illegal? 64:22 Ivor: Concern over comments 65:40 Richard: The Ribbon is not available for LibreOffice 68:47 Jim: Install Linux from a USB device 72:42 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe 73:25 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill has tried the new openSuSE and has some comments about UEFI and Secure Boot. Bill gets scolded and criticized. Listener David loses half his free space on converting ext3 to ext4 and we don't know why.
00:00 Going Linux #204 Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:52 OLF CFP 02:01 openSuSE 03:01 Works with UEFI 04:55 Build service 06:25 UEFI and Secure Boot 09:45 Dual booting with Windows 8 11:53 Scott: Scolding Bill 13:35 James: Google Reader and generating text from audio 21:13 kyengineer: Hosting a server from home 23:50 Nick: The year of Linux from Mum and Dad 28:03 Saint e: Why order a hard disk from Dell 29:49 Bruce: A suggestion and a criticism for Bill 32:13 David: Where is the missing free space after reformatting to ext4? 37:09 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe 38:56 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
There are many ways to personalize your Linux desktop. We describe how to do this on some of the most popular desktop environments. We cover the basics in this introductory episode. Changing the background, theme, and other things.
00:00 Going Linux #203 Customizing Linux-Introduction 00:15 Introduction 00:50 Engines, bolts, meteors, etc. You know the drill 02:35 Things that run Linux 05:35 Larry's 2 year old brand new laptop 07:34 SolydXK 10:03 Customizing your Linux desktop: It's about choice 14:33 Change the wallpaper 18:24 Change your theme 26:45 Icons, fonts and other things 28:27 Accessibility and magnification settings 31:33 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe 33:14 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
I have said that the greatest barrier to the adoption of Linux for home computing is the lack of advertising. Back in 2009 Ken Starks produced a professional advertisement for Linux that ran on KLBJ AM radio, the Kim Komando show and elsewhere. The links to the original voice track are broken but fortunately I remastered the ad, added some background music and the result is the first link, below. Everything is Creative Commons licensed and all the attribution is on the Internet Archive where we host our files.
As for print ads or advertising on a website, you may recognize some of the wording, but this fake ad copy illustrates that what the “big boys” say about their OS can apply to Linux as well. We discuss ad copy that might have been used by the Linux Mint distribution if others hadn’t beaten them to it.
00:00 Going Linux #202 Computer America #60 00:15 Introduction 05:50 Topic: If Apple wrote ad copy for Linux 06:37 A Linux Ad for radio and podcasts you can use 14:13 Apple advertises UNIX 23:01 Office on Linux 28:21 What about devices? 30:02 Printers 30:49 Running Windows apps 32:03 Connect to other PCs 32:46 Easy to use 36:35 Emails 37:46 Charles: Linux in the wild 39:38 Russ: On the edge of the desert in South Africa 43:30 Eric: Shares an idea 48:56 Jeff: A software engineer's view of Linux 55:00 Steve: Using Audacity 56:53 Tim: Asks about clouds 60:05 Jay: Gone Linux 67:22 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe 69:36 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Knightwise submits a complaint. Bill loans his Mint laptop and doesn't get it back. Robert wants less authentication, and we receive lots of additional questions and suggestions. What great listeners we have!
00:00 Going Linux #201 Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:31 Fallout from Tom 04:26 Bill tries more games 06:27 Larry's laptop 07:47 Bill helps a coworker 10:57 Robert: Too much authentication 17:17 Gord: Video conversions 19:09 Mike: How I convert video 20:59 Jay: Gone Linux 26:46 Jay: Log permissions and SSD drives 31:27 Benjamin: Open format player for iOS 32:46 Sonar Project 36:40 Andrew: Removing infections in Apples 39:21 Nancy: Challenge - Things Linux can do that Win and Mac can't 44:24 David: Edit PDF files 48:45 Lord Burghley: Live USB Drives 53:26 Linux acceptance 56:03 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe 57:33 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We reminisce about the old days on Going Linux. Leading distributions, our favorite podcasts, and Linux hardware.
00:00 Going Linux #200 Linux 2012 in Review 00:15 Introduction 02:03 Tom's engines acting up again 02:50 Linux professionals make more money 05:10 Reminiscences of 2012 06:40 Linux adoption 10:08 Linux distribution timeline 11:04 Linux Mint 14:29 The Cinnamon desktop 16:27 Mint installs to an SD card 19:03 SolusOS 19:34 Ubuntu 23:55 Slackware and derivatives 25:50 Debian and derivatives 28:45 OpenSuSE 30:44 Is Mandriva dead? 32:09 Fedora 33:22 PC LinuxOS 33:53 Android 35:20 Linux Podcasts 2012 39:20 Raspberry Pi 41:21 Thanks, Linux community 43:54 Going Linux improvements during 2012 47:18 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe 49:09 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
LinuxTopic: "The oddest places you'll find Linux and the 10 oddest distros." We also discusss Larry's upcoming 5 year anniversary of appearing on Computer America and Steam on Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #199 Computer America #59 00:15 Introduction 02:22 Welcome 06:12 The oddest places you'll find Linux and the 10 oddest distros 09:58 Steve: Where to find applications that run in WINE 41:43 Jan: Helping Slovak Linux users 50:27 David: Help with Audacity 54:59 Almost 5 years on CA 57:08 Chris: Our count is off 59:40 Scott: Recovering from SD card using Linux 60:47 Gary: Gone Linux 63:26 Kevin: Upgrading to Linux 66:42 Steve: Audacity video tutorials 68:10 Steam for Linux released 69:25 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe 71:38 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Lots of voice mail this month. Knightwise explains ogg on iOS, Richard Roocroft provides a review of NASLite, Mark needs a zoom tool and David wants an Audacity tutorial. Scott finds something Linux can do that Windows and Mac cannot. Gary has gone Linux!
00:00 Going Linux #198 Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:49 Our screencast on advanced editing with Audacity 03:00 Tom's mic 04:16 Bill's Steam 04:30 Knightwise: ogg on iOS 08:33 Anonymous: Xange Linux 12:15 Richard Roocroft: NAS Lite review 17:56 Mark: Zoom tool 21:00 David: Request for Audacity tutorials 25:30 Scott: Linux recovers data from SD card 27:30 Gary: Gone Linux 35:00 Pick: gtkRecordMyDesktop 38:42 Pick: Linux 39:00 Pick: IRSSI 39:35 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe 41:33 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We discuss audio files on Linux in a more in-depth way. We define "compression", "formats", "codecs" and "wrappers" and describe the differences. We also talk about the "best" formats to use on various media players.
00:00 Going Linux #197 Audio Files-Advanced 00:15 Introduction 00:51 Bill's audio book adventure 08:59 Converting formats 12:56 Audio compression 18:05 Audio formats vs. codecs 20:07 Containers or wrappers 23:58 4 common formats 24:21 ogg 26:24 mp3 26:49 wma 29:45 flac 30:11 Our recommendation 31:33 The best file formats for audio books 36:01 Audio tools for Linux 38:46 Formats for Android phones 39:44 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe 44:55 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: "Why I choose Linux".
00:00 Going Linux #196 Computer America #58 00:15 Introduction 02:16 Why I choose Linux 39:43 Charles: Lazarus 42:04 Happy Birthday Tom! 42:48 Clay: Synergy setup 46:30 Jeff Windows domain integration 59:58 Ben: Uphill, both ways, in the snow, in sandals 60:54 Chris: SSD recommendations 67:42 Paul: Expands on SSDs 69:58 Steve: Advice for woud-be SSD users 73:05 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe 74:08 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
You, like Larry, may have decided to upgrade your existing PC and not to buy a new Linux ultrabook with a super-fast solid-state drive. When installing a solid-state drive (SSD) in your Linux machine, there are several things you will need to do to optimize Linux to get the best performance from the drive. We detail the 5 tweaks we have discovered for making SSDs work best under Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #195 Solid-State Drives on Linux 00:15 Introduction 00:45 Happy 2013 01:21 How I came to install an SSD on a 2 year old noteook 02:25 ZaReason's UltraLap 430 beats the competition 02:57 System76 Lemur Ultra is the runner up 03:15 Why upgrade vs. replace? 04:59 Researching SSD drives on Linux 05:52 5 Tweaks to optimize your Linux system for a solid-state drive 07:06 Edit fstab to enable TRIM and limit writes to the SSD 09:58 Reduce swappiness 12:00 Edit GRUB to prioritize "reads" over "writes" 15:05 SSD makes an HP dm4 into a fast-booting, high-performance dream machine 15:50 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe 17:34 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill and Larry discuss how Linux handles audio files. We differentiate lossy and lossless formats. We discuss several popular file formats and how, on the podcast, we are able to use comments that come to us in unusual formats.
00:00 Going Linux #194 Audio Files-Introduction 00:15 Introduction 00:56 Bill's adventures in new computing 03:15 Larry gets an SSD upgrade 05:34 Upgrades for the holidays 09:38 Homework for the next episode 10:32 Handling audio files in Linux 12:13 Lossless formats 12:47 Lossy formats 15:28 Sound quality vs. file size 17:34 The "best" quality 18:39 Caveat: Use a format that your device can play 21:22 Playing audio formats 22:49 Ripping audio 26:29 mp3 is the current default cross-platform format 28:53 Converting and playing unusual formats 31:14 Linux is superior for audio 32:52 Our favorite audio formats 34:08 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 36:26 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Larry talks to Craig and Ben about why he uses Linux. To "get things done" of course! They also talk about why YOU might use Linux - even without knowing it.
00:00 Going Linux #193 Computer America #57 00:15 Introduction 03:24 Topic: "Why do I use Linux?" 14:31 Why you might use Linux 22:56 Steve: How long has Linux been around? 31:40 Richard: WOW 64-bit 36:33 JackDeth: Linux and Active Directory 39:25 Aaron: Mistakes he made buying a Linux laptop 43:19 Rich: De-frigging 4611 Simon: Wants something more advanced 49:21 Robert: NixiePixel installs Netflex on Linux 57:06 Chris: Uses a Zune on a Zenbook 61:21 Göran: VMs and CPUs 62:15 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 63:24 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We have voice mail, audio feedback and emails this month. We get feedback on processors, virtual machines, malware and Unity. Bill tries Sabayon again, Tom moves back to Firefox and Larry upgrades to Mint 14.
00:00 Going Linux #192 Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:47 No Audible 01:33 Going Linux Google+ Community 06:08 Tom: Back to Firefox from Chrome 07:38 Bill: Sabayon with MATE 08:15 Larry: Mint 14 08:44 Nemo 09:32 AMC Yoooonity vs. a Packard 11:47 Anonymous: Resizing VM images 12:48 "fork saver"?: Multiple cores vs. multiple threads 14:43 Thor: Alt-click-drag 16:14 Ken: Inspired to try VMware 16:47 Eric: Clone VDI and other comments 20:52 Joran: More processor feedback 22:36 Bill: Pet peevesd 29:02 Nancy: Theoretical Linux malware 30:45 Greg: VLC fix? 32:15 John: Can I delete the image file? 35:40 John: Feedback for David 38:28 Bill: Which hard drive? 43:14 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 45:09 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: "Linux not doing what you want? You're doing it wrong!" This month Ben looks at a System76 Gaming Laptop, Craig notices changes in Firefox, Microsoft gets it wrong and Canonical gets it right. Is Canonical's vision of the future of Ubuntu something like LCARS?
00:00 Going Linux #191 Computer America #56 00:15 Introduction 00:47 Welcome 01:43 Firefox 17 Update 02:54 Linux Mint 14 release 03:19 Ben looks at the System76 Bonobo gaming laptop 04:37 Craig notices a change in behavior in Firefox 05:59 Linux not doing what you want? You're doing it wrong! 11:01 Microsoft is doing it wrong! 11:40 Microsoft: Building a single UI for all devices 12:05 Canonical: A single OS that adapts it's UI to the device 13:32 The future of Linux is SNG 17:14 Star WHAT? 17:41 Video training 19:11 Steve: How do I determine if my computer is Linux-ready? 23:01 Computers with Linux pre-installed 24:29 Menu differences 27:40 Closing a window 29:23 Finding an application 31:11 Package search 32:30 Installing an application 33:05 Software updates 33:50 Getting support 34:22 Upgrading your Operating System 36:34 Ken: Glad to hear his email on the show 40:32 Tom: How to stream audio 44:02 Peter: Comments on VM episode 45:54 Havier: Performance tests 60:59 Scott: Linux on a Mac 64:21 Pagal: Windows games under WINE 66:22 inetken: rEFIt related to using graphics 67:14 Ray: Comments on the UI 68:46 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 50:02 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
A more advanced look at virtual machines. We discuss the virtual machine that is built-in to the Linux kernel, KVM, and Bill describes some of his adventures with VMware. We discuss the differences between "CPU" and "Core" and how that relates to "multi-threading". Curbuntu provides us with a real life example and wonders how to make a virtual machine larger. We also lament the disappearance of the Linux Basement podcast.
00:00 Going Linux #190 Virtual Machines-Advanced 00:15 Introduction 00:45 VLC Leakage 03:27 Removing bolts again 04:25 The KVM virtual machine 08:50 Virtual Machine (VM) review 10:17 Virtualizing a hardware installation 14:56 Improving virtual machine performance 15:24 CPU vs. Core vs. multi-threading 22:25 Other hardware considerations 25:30 A real world example from Curbuntu 26:32 Increasing the virtual machine image size 31:18 Windows license considerations 38:57 Trying VMware 40:33 Try KVM - it's already in Linux 41:40 Linux Basement, where are you? 43:14 Tip: Enabling automatic updates 45:48 Running cron jobs as system administrator (root) 48:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 50:02 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We dust off some old voice messages and old emails, and we address a few newer topics as well. We revisit some old topics like "73", freshclam, and virtual environments. We talk about Ubuntu 12.10.
00:00 Going Linux #189 Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 03:03 Ubuntu 12.10: New Shopping Lens 10:53 Troy: VirtualBox guest editions 14:24 Bob: Likes Unity now 17:54 Jarrod: Downside to installing multiple desktop environments 20:58 Steve: A fascinating suggestion 24:42 Charles: 73 again 26:11 Bob: A VM correction 27:27 Karim: Freshclam suggestion 29:18 Jenny: Wireless woes during an upgrade 36:46 Steve: 73 again again 31:56 Nikko: Fresher clams 35:01 Kasey: Virtual corrections 36:53 VMware Converter 37:35 Imagination software 40:30 Tom's tip 41:22 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 43:34 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Our introduction to virtual machines includes a discussion of 4 Virtual Machine software products that run on Linux. Some are cross platform and some are not. We also discuss two Windows-only virtual machines. We talk about installing, features and what to expect.
00:00 Going Linux #188 Virtual Machines-Introduction 00:15 Introduction 01:51 Bill's ASUS G75VW 05:07 Why not a laptop with Linux pre-installed? 10:36 What is a virtual machine? 12:15 Why use a virtual machine? 14:24 System requirements 15:15 VirtualBox 15:42 VMWare 19:23 Parallels 20:59 More on system requirements 25:30 More reasons to use a virtual machine 33:16 QEMU 35:41 Windows VirtualPC 36:46 Microsoft Azure 39:55 Is BootCamp a virtual machine? 43:02 Installing a virtual machine 47:12 How do I get started with VirtualBox? 49:18 Getting started with VMWare 50:51 Virtual modes 57:53 Virtual sharing 58:50 Sharing and backing up your virutal image 62:23 Finding more information 65:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 66:43 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic of the month: "Step-by-step: Trying Linux."
00:00 Going Linux #187 Computer America #55 00:15 Introduction 00:47 Step-by-step: Trying Linux 36:38 Hour 2: Listener Feedback 69:51 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 70:41 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Back to the basics of listener feedback. From Mars to electric sheep and everything in between.
00:00 Going Linux #186 Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:46 That Mars thing 04:25 Open source's dirty laundry 05:40 Johnathan: Not looking for a fight 06:10 Buyer: Biggest fan 07:00 Victor: Free speech 07:48 Curbuntu: Wing walking 08:20 Mario: Super - Free vs. free 11:34 Mark: Socialism and social movement 13:40 Paul: Antivirus - freshclam 21:00 George: Stallman is correct, not right 24:50 Andy: Gaming mouse to sensitive on Linux 26:45 David: Programming episode? 29:00 Rick: The meaning of 73 31:30 Martin: The 1% has gone Linux 32:35 Software pick: AutoKey 35:40 Electric sheep 36:20 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 37:58 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We have received so much feedback about episodes 181 and 183. Today, our episode starts with a lengthy email from Jonathan Nadeau of the Accessible Computing Foundation, who is critical, not of the Windows 8 bashing, but of our treatment of Richard M Stallman (RMS) and the Free Software Foundation (FSF).
Despite Richard Stallman's contribution to GNU/Linux, his words and how he says them often overshadow his message. His message is one of extreme socialism in some ways. Our conclusion is that the price you pay for "Free" (Free-as-in-a-social-movement) software, is your freedom of choice.
We also conclude that the Open Source community has actually chosen to exercise all of the four freedoms championed by the FSF. They chose to NOT run GNU/Linux as it is, but to study and change it, and to redistribute copies with those changes. They have forked it! They have chosen to call it "Linux."
00:00 Going Linux #185 At What Price Freedom? 00:15 Introduction 01:01 Tom goes 15 rounds with Time Warner Cable 04:14 More feedback about Episodes 181 183 05:03 "Free," "free," "libre," and "Open Source." What's the diff? 05:51 Tom does not hate Microsoft 06:57 Jonathan Nadeau defends Richard M Stallman 11:05 Really listening to what RMS has to say 12:06 All non-Free software is an injustice 13:51 Credibility crumbles 16:07 Giving kids needles full of herione 17:22 An arrogant socialist 19:15 Out to pasture 20:00 Badger, badger, badger 20:35 Redistribution of wealth 20:40 Read the RMS website 20:19 Ahuka: HPR episode 163 23:18 Freedom is not absolute. There are limits 23:55 Producer freedom vs. user freedom 24:33 The GPL protects only 4 freedoms. Conspicuously missing from the list is the freedom of choice. 25:50 OGG Camp 11: The future of Linux must include the freedom of choice 25:54 RMS and the FSF work against freedom -- the freedom of choice 26:28 Kudos to Richard M Stallman for the contributions and ideas 28:15 Kudos to Linus Torvalds for making it actually work 30:00 Kudos to Canonical for making it usable and popular 31:07 What is the cost of "Free" software 32:10 The cost of "Freedom" is "freedom of choice" 33:14 The response to Jonathan 34:00 The words overshadowed the message 35:15 The four freedoms 36:25 The missing freedom 37:35 Choosing your own freedom 38:50 The Open Source community abides by the four freedoms - They chose to fork GNU/Linux and called it "Linux" 40:21 Good-bye 42:00 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 44:25 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
The topic this time: "The Linux Community. What is it and how do I join?"
00:00 Going Linux #184 Computer America #54 00:15 Introduction 02:38 The Linux Community. What is it and how do I join? 07:04 Help others 07:40 What's a LUG? 11:36 Finding a LUG 12:45 Write a blog 14:08 Getting help on forums 17:59 Start a podcast about Linux 20:31 Provide help on Linux forums 23:45 Fix it for others 26:23 Translate documentation 26:53 Work for a company that uses or develops Linux 30:34 Martin: Help for Bob with video 35:59 Linux on Tablets 38:00 Dave: Feedback for another listener 42:33 Gnome, EOL and other pronunciation 43:18 Linux in the Ham Shack 46:38 Bill: Feedback on the Jono Bacon interview 53:45 Vince: XBMC better resolution than native video 58:01 Jim: Use Debian - it's got everything 63:31 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 65:06 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We have received feedback from several listeners letting us know that with this episode, we have gone too far. We are beginning to get elitist in our attitude toward non-Linux operating systems, and in fact we are doing way too much Windows bashing! I have posted a public apology to our listeners in my response to K. D. Murray on his blog post, "Going Linux - A Case for Tolerance". Going forward, the Going Linux will focus less on “why this software is better” and return to our focus on “why and how to use Linux to get things done.” Bill and Larry discuss the topic during this episode.
00:00 Going Linux #183 Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:45 The controversy over the direction of Going Linux 02:31 The audio: Knightwise 10:26 The email: Keith Murray 15:20 The trip to the Apple store 15:54 The blog post 16:13 The apology 19:54 The comments and discussion 24:30 The new approach - return to the old approach 29:25 The inspiration: A choice between a new Macbook Pro and a 5 year old 15.5 inch HP laptop 31:06 The case for cross-platform sliding (credit: Knightwise.com) 33:04 WB4BBC 33:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 36:41 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: "How To Avoid Computer Infections and Malware" We make recommendations on light weight Linux distributions for older computers, describe the differences between major distribtions and more! Listener JackDeth explains that you DO need to install guest editions on each virtual machine with VirtualBox.
00:00 Going Linux #182 Computer America #53 00:15 Introduction 01:55 How to avoid computer infections and malware 30:16 JackDeth: Virtual Box guest editions add-ons explained 35:42 Ken: Looking for specialized applications 40:53 Joe: Light weight distro recommendations 46:08 Gord: An answer for Norman 48:57 Dominic: Another answer for Norman 52:11 Gus: Favorite WINE application 54:02 Greg: The differences between major distributions 60:30 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 61:54 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Microsoft's latest operating system release, Windows 8 is coming soon. Maybe you have heard the bad press about the OS formerly known as "Metro" or maybe you haven't. Either way, Microsoft appears to be taking lessons from the Apple by forcing you to use your computer the way they want you to use it. Perhaps you have already decided to avoid the latest from Redmond, but soon you won't have a choice when purchasing a new non-Apple PC in a brick and mortar store. Before you upgrade or buy a computer with Windows 8, there are some things you should know. Computers running an operating system from Microsoft may represent 92% of the computer market, but when you use a Windows computer, you have almost a 1 in 3 chance of becoming infected with malware. Do you REALLY want to take that risk, when you have better choices? Especially if you've decided you don't want the latest "user experience" from Microsoft, you can eliminate the issues around adjusting to an uncomfortable user interface, AND you can avoid malware infections. It's easy. As Knightwise is fond of saying, "Let technology work for you, not the other way around!" Use a Linux computer, and choose from the tens of thousands of no cost native Linux applications.
00:00 Going Linux #181 Avoiding Windows 8 00:15 Introduction 00:47 Avoiding Windows 8 02:08 Soon you will have no option but Windows 8 on new computers 02:52 Windows 8 testers can't figure out how to use it 04:34 Microsoft removes bypass of Metro interface 06:11 Why use an operating system already predected to be a flop? 06:56 Why use an operating system with a 31% chance of getting infected? 08:08 There are no Linux viruses in the wild 09:30 Market share: Windows 92% Mac 7% Linux 1% 10:03 You are 3 1/2 times more likely to find a computer user with an infected Windows computer, than to find one running a Mac or Linux 11:34 Linux market share is growing 12:48 Windows 8 represents a growth opportunity for Linux 13:31 How to avoid having to us an OS with bad reviews and a 1 in 3 guarantee of getting infected 15:55 Microsoft slams the door on developers, developers, developers! 16:59 "Let technology work for you, not the other way around!" Knightwise 18:06 You can afford a super computer if you use Linux 19:42 Prevent problems: Don't run applications from Microsoft or designed for the Microsoft OS... ever! 21:12 Ease into Linux: 12 Cross-platform applications you can use today that work exactly the same on Linux 25:16 Save this podcast 26:25 Microsoft Linux 27:18 Software pick: Calibre 27:46 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 29:28 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We begin with a review of Skype 4.0 for Linux -- well, it's sort of a review. Bill says goodbye to Windows 8. and Tom interviews Jonathan Nadeau, Executive Director of Accessible Computing Foundation. We answer email questions, as well of course!
00:00 Going Linux #180 Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:46 Skype 4.0 review (sort of) 08:52 Rant: Netflix sux 09:47 Goodbye to Windows 8 12:32 Matt: Doesn't like the last episode 15:02 David: Learning *nix systems 20:31 Norman: Gone back to Windows 30:03 Jim: Failing video. Time for a light server distro? 35:44 Bill: Elitist? Really? 38:50 Defending Ubuntu 42:37 Jonathan Nadeau: AccessibleComputingFoundation.org 44:33 August 25 fundraiser 52:29 accessiblecomputingfoundation.org 53:03 Linuxbasix.com for instructions 53:48 Why is open source assistive technology important? 57:19 Software pick: Firefox 58:14 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 59:53 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Based on our article, "Installing Linux Software" this episode takes a deeper dive into Linux applications. Although it is possible to control where applications are installed with Linux, it's not something you want to do. We discuss why that is so, and how Linux handles this in a much better way. By design, Linux makes backing up, restoring, and reinstalling problematic applications very easy. By design, Linux installs its applications in predictable places... so you know exactly where to go to find the application files. By design, Linux application preferences are stored in a predictable place, too.
00:00 Going Linux #179 Linux Applications-Advanced 00:15 Introduction 01:03 Bill is still on Ubuntu 02:41 Applications for Linux - advanced 06:43 Binary files: /bin 06:50 Linux kernel the boot loader: /boot 06:56 System-wide configuration files: /etc 07:08 Shared libraries: /lib 07:16 Optional and commercial apps: /opt 07:32 Programs you have installed: /usr/bin /usr/share 07:57 /home/username 08:48 Hidden .folder 09:08 /home/username/.mozilla/firefox 09:30 /home/username/.thunderbird 09:42 Manage misbehaving apps 10:06 Backups made easier 10:45 Predictability by design 11:12 Software pick: Chrome remote desktop 14:26 LibreOffice 15:25 Fedora: What the heck? 18:07 Distribution naming 18:47 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 20:21 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
"What Microsoft's Secure Boot means for Linux" is the topic for tonight. We discuss the firestorm that has arisen in the Linux community about Microsoft's security measure know as "Secure Boot" and who is fanning the flames. Does it really mean you will not be able to install Linux and other operating sytems on Windows 8 certified computer hardware? What about this $99 signed kernel thing?
00:00 Going Linux #178 Computer America #52 00:15 Introduction 02:03 Topic: “What Microsoft’s Secure Boot means for Linux” 14:14 Linus Torvalds on Secure Boot 18:20 Alternatives to a Windows 8 PC with Secure Boot 21:15 Left-wing organization fueling the Linux community's paranoia 24:38 Let's ask the developers of Linux: Fedora and Canonical on Secure Boot 28:39 What Microsoft actually says about Secure Boot 31:48 So, Windows is trying to destroy Linux 34:28 Greg: Saves an old computer using Linux 39:01 Ham radio and Linux: Linux in the Ham Shack 40:48 Steve: The future of Linux 43:31 Steve: Are there Linux-based mobile phones? 46:54 Paying for Linux 50:06 Nancy: Skype 4.0 for Linux 52:05 Burt: Keeping up with the latest Linux applications 53:59 Chiphead: Recovering deleted files 62:05 Brian: Video problems - a monitor hardware issue 67:25 How we decide on topics for the show 68:14 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 69:16 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In today's listener feedback we talk about Windows 8 and Skype 4.0. Oh, and we read all kinds of questions and answers about Linux and open source software. Included are comments on Zotero, MSI Wind Sorcerer Linux and Xubuntu. Linux on old hardware and switching from other operating systems are also discussed.
00:00 Going Linux #177 Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:46 audiblepodcast.com/goinglinux 01:43 Bill tests W8 for a "friend" 02:40 Tom tries Skype 4.0 03:17 Jono's message for Tom 04:05 Ken: Clarification on episode 172 06:12 Amy: Dual boots Ubuntu and Mint. Reviews Zotero 11:18 Bob: Comments on Ubuntu 17:26 Jared: MSI Wind advice for Tom 18:57 Tony: LUG couldn't help with hardware issue 20:01 Bradley: On using older or newer distros on older hardware 20:39 Burt: Comments on recording with Skype 22:45 Richard: Noticed something odd with Google searches 26:41 Don: Sorcerer Linux 27:35 Mark: Switching from the Glass desktop interface 34:47 Brandon: Has a CR-48 running Xubuntu 36:14 Burt: Gone Linux 48:53 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 50:32 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: Can a light-weight netbook run a 64-bit operating system? Windows 7 Starter vs. 64-bit Linux: an unfair comparison. We also talk about ultrabooks, Linux tablets and answer listener questions.
00:00 Going Linux #176 Computer America #51 00:15 Introduction 00:47 Topic: Can a light-weight netbook run a 64-bit operating system? Windows 7 Starter vs. 64-bit Linux: an unfair comparison. 04:07 Brian's experience with 64-bit Mint on an HP netbook 08:52 You CAN run a 64-bit OS on a netbook - and it runs better than Windows Starter edition 09:46 What about an ultrabook? 11:11 Linux: A lightweight option for modern computers 13:01 Linux on tablet devices 14:56 An unfair comparison? 15:59 The Vivaldi tablet runs KDE 22:41 Who is K? 24:04 Is Linux on a tablet DESIGNED for a touch interface? 25:34 The latest version? 27:17 What about Linux on Ultrabooks? 32:00 Running Microsoft Office on Linux 39:24 Tony: Clock skips, jumpy apps, audio cuts out 42:48 Burt: Gone Linux 44:28 Vinux Linux for the Visually Impaired 46:18 Don: Debian on Raspberry Pi 50:35 The Mint Boxes: Computers pre-installed with Linux Mint 53:27 Burt: OpenOffice and LibreOffice history 60:13 Chris: Virtual Box answers 63:57 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 68:09 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
In this interview, conducted in early June 2012, Bill speaks with Canonical's Jono Bacon, Community Manager for Ubuntu. They discuss some of the decisions that lead to the Unity interface, the current state of Ubuntu with 12.04, and the future of Ubuntu in today's environment of "technology convergence". Knightwise provides a commentary that frames the issue with Unity as the perfect introduction to the interview.
00:00 Going Linux #175 An Interview with Jono Bacon 00:15 Introduction 02:14 Knightwise on Unity 07:59 The Interview 08:34 Overview: What Jono does at Canonical 11:51 Writing "The Art of Community" 12:18 "The Art of Community" 2nd Edition 12:22 About Ubuntu 12:45 The reasons behind Unity 16:53 Another shell for Gnome 18:03 Bill talks about the polish, multiple launches 18:52 Choice: The great thing about Linux 20:24 Developers put their hearts and souls into free software 21:00 Getting to 12.04: Unity has been an evolution 22:17 If you want rock-solid, use LTS 22:47 Unity: The "dumbing down" of Linux? Really? 23:33 Technical elitism 25:36 12.04 has additional configurability for power users 26:06 Community support: The Ubuntu forums 27:32 Juju: It's what's next for Ubuntu 29:28 Ubuntu client offerings: UbuntuTV 30:10 Ubuntu computer/phone convergence 32:37 On Canonical's funding and profitability 34:07 The cult of Mark Shuttleworth 35:03 The importance of community 37:52 Jono tells Tom to upgrade 38:17 How do I get involved in the Ubuntu community? 41:58 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 42:49 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
This month we have LOTS of audio feedback! Thanks to all of our listeners. A promotion for Eric Nantz's R-Podcast. We discuss Linux distributions, Unity, Skype, feed issues and a "Gone Linux" story or two. Knightwise asks about installing Linux on older computers. Should you use a release from the same year as the older computer, or use a lighter-weight recent release? He's installing it on an iMac G4 from the LAST CENTURY. We have a link to the Knightcast episode where he discusses his installation and plays our audio feedback.
00:00 Going Linux #174 Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 03:00 R-Podcast 05:52 Welcome back Larry 07:27 Bill likes My Unity 13:29 Bob: has had problems with Skype in Ubuntu 14:33 Nathan: Likes Puppy 15:29 McVries: SolusOS 17:55 David: A problem with our ogg feed 21:59 Don: USB stick issue 30:21 John: Has no sound 38:22 Jared: Has a problem with our podcast feed 42:32 Gus: Trinity - Like MATE for KDE 44:45 Paul: gPodder on Mint 12 46:39 Bob: New mainstream uses for Linux 50:53 Ian: gPodder and ssh on Mint 52:49 Vega: Video card issues? 55:56 Knightwise 67:13 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 68:49 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: Resolving (and preventing) issues after installing Linux. Larry joins Craig and Ben and discusses getting help with issues, preventing issues, ensuring hardware compatibility and purchasing a computer with Linux pre-installed and supported.
00:00 Going Linux #173 Computer America #50 00:15 Hello and welcome 02:09 Topic: Resolving and preventing issues after installing Linux 03:43 Try the forum 07:36 Linux distributions 10:40 Hardware compatibility 15:37 Dexter: What's a repository? 23:48 Purchase a computer with Linux pre-installed 32:14 John: VirtualBox 36:51 Warren: GNU? Is it still GNU/Linux? 39:06 Richard: Networking issues 50:02 Göran: No "but" 51:57 Clay: Identify a distribution on a thumb drive 57:53 Bob: iTunes DRM? Really? 62:10 Sidney: Shutdown icon vanishes - solution 64:22 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 66:39 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Larry is missing. Tom and Bill take the episode and make it great! In this episode we discuss some of the key applications used by average users, regardless of the operating system. We identify which versions of those common applications are installed by default by several of the most popular Linux distributions.
00:00 Going Linux #172 Linux Applications-Introduction 00:15 Introduction 00:47 Larry is absent 01:17 Bill tries the new Ubuntus 02:20 Tom is underwhelmed with 12.04 02:45 Bill tries Ubuntu Studio 04:38 Linux applications 05:42 Ubuntu default applications 06:16 Browser: Firefox 07:40 Music Player: Rythmbox or Banshee 11:18 Photo/graphics editing: Shotwell 13:11 Video player: Mplayer, Totem 15:30 Office: LibreOffice 18:48 Picture viewer: Shotwell 22:35 PCLinuxOS default Applications 22:50 Browser: Firefox 22:55 Music player: Clementine 24:17 Graphics: GIMP 24:25 Music player: VLC 24:56 Office: LibreOffice 25:03 Picture viewer/editor: Digikam 25:49 Linux Mint default applications 26:04 Browser: Firefox 26:13 Music player: Banshee 26:17 Graphics editor: GIMP 26:21 Video player: VLC, Totem 26:38 Office: LibreOffice 26:54 Picture viewer/editor: ImageViewer/Shotwell 28:12 OpenSUSE default aplications 28:40 Browser: Firefox 28:45 Music player: Banshee 28:49 Graphics editing: GIMP 28:53 Video player: Totem 28:58 Office: LibreOffice 29:01 Photo editing: Shotwell 29:09 Fedora default applications 29:15 Browser: Firefox 29:19 Music player: Rythmbox 29:22 Graphics editor: GIMP 29:25 Video player: Totem 29:28 Office: LibreOffice 31:33 Picture viewer: Shotwell 32:00 Debian default applications 32:40 Browser: Ice Weasle 33:46 Music player: Rythmbox 33:57 Graphics editor: GIMP 34:02 Video player: Totem 34:06 Office: OpenOffice 36:36 Picture viewer: Shotwell 37:14 Sabayon default applications 37:53 Browser: Chromium 38:04 Music player: Banshee 38:08 Graphics editor: GIMP 38:11 Video player: VLC 30:19 Picture viewer: Shotwell 39:15 Learning the application names 42:22 Using applications to get things done 43:04 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 44:39 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: Adjust your thinking to make using Linux easier.
00:00 Going Linux #171 Computer America #49 00:15 Introduction 02:27 Topic: Adjust your thinking to make using Linux easy 05:38 No reboot after installing software 10:11 Look before you buy 14:39 You CAN have the latest modern software 23:30 Copy, share and give it away -- legally! 27:00 Use it for any purpose you want 28:59 If you don't like it, change it! 31:39 Support is just a Google search away 32:11 The terminal is not just for fixing things 35:41 Ian: Multiple X session 37:51 Carlos: An explanation about X sessions 43:13 Richard: Solved his problem 47:33 Rich: PAE Kernel 52:37 32-bit vs. 64-bit 57:57 Shogi: Problem with gPodder 67:01 Bob: Words of encouragement 69:44 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 70:36 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
More feedback from our Listeners. Tom flys solo this episode.
00:00 Going Linux #170 Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:17 Bob: PCLinux OS 04:18 Dogphlap: Puppy 05:58 Grizzly: Gnome or gnome? 08:44 Matt: Hanna Montana is back! 09:41 Joe: ASUS problem 12:18 Keesat: Topic suggestion 13:06 Jonathan: Gone Linux 17:23 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 19:22 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: Finding the Right Linux Distribution. There are several websites dedicated to helping you pick the Linux distribution that's right for you. We discuss 3 of them. We also answer listener feedback -- as always.
00:00 Going Linux #169 Computer America #48 00:15 Introduction 05:43 Tim: Why Linux? 14:06 Choosing the right Linux for you 15:31 Linux Chooser 21:32 zegenie studios 28:52 Getting support after you choose 32:39 Niko: Comments onHanna Montana Linux 42:06 Annie S: Compaq troubles 48:06 Gomez: Suggestion for Charlie's clock, Linux from Scratch 56:21 Niko Freezing problems in F 66:10 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 66:56 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Most new computers have 64-bit processors. Do you need a 64-bit operating system? What are the differences, advantages and disadvantages of 64-bit Linux vs. 32-bit Linux?
00:00 Going Linux #168 32-bit or 64-bit 00:15 Introduction 00:51 NVidia joins Linux Foundation 04:26 Disclaimer 06:16 Definitions 08:57 64-bit - What's in a name? 11:09 Can you run 32-bit apps on a 64-bit machine? 11:45 More RAM 18:02 How do I know if I have a 64-bit machine? 21:13 Larger file sized 22:44 Disadvantages of 64-bit 27:34 Our recommendation 33:54 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 35:06 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We discuss running Linux on persistent thumb drives, our errors, multiple logins and multiple x-sessions. Bill hops to another distro. (No surprise.) Oh, and we answer listener questions. :)
00:00 Going Linux #167 Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:44 The minion 02:24 Bill has hopped to PCLinuxOS 04:31 Making a persistent thumb drive 08:18 Nautilus is slowing down 10:07 Nathan: Linux experiences and ideas 14:44 Karim: Keeping Windows and Linux on the same time zone 16:49 chattr: Provides a correction 20:54 jimzat: Switching Users on "W" 21:55 Mattew: Installing Apps 23:23 Chris: More on multiple users 27:06 Sean: Multiple x-sessions 30:44 Jim: An email within an email 36:33 Jes: He's a "he" 39:19 Aidan: Asks a few questions 45:19 Walter: Correction on Hulu 46:15 Aldo: Talks technical 48:55 Anonymous: Gone Linux 56:52 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 58:47 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
This month's topic is "Listening to Podcasts - gPodder". We talk to Charlie again, and answer listener questions. Craig talks about trying Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #166 Computer America #47 00:15 Introduction 00:47 Hello and welcome 01:59 Topic: Listening to Podcasts: gPodder 07:41 Definition: What is a Podcast? 09:12 Charles: Installing Linux Mint on a specific partition 16:33 Windows doesn't keep the correct time, but Linux does 21:24 Podcatchers 27:43 Botsync: Wireless sync gPodder to Android 31:54 Richard: Calls Larry out on a comment 37:09 Why not just dual boot? 40:34 Handling hardware under WINE 44:28 Brian: What is Gnome Shell? 50:54 Gregory: Unity Dock fix 54:14 Macbuntu 55:39 Dick: Authenticating on publick computers 59:06 Daniel: Audible client? 63:15 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 65:12 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We discuss KDE, XFCE, Gnome 3 Shell, Gnome 2, LXDE, Cinnamon and Mate. We talk about how to install each and how to switch between them on a single computer. Of course we have conversations about how to pronounce "Gnome" and whether it should be "Linux" or "GNU/Linux".
00:00 Going Linux #165 Switching Linux Desktops 00:15 Introduction 00:49 USB hardware issues 02:44 Skype causes recording issues 04:28 Bill switches to Mint Debian 05:12 XFS tested 06:46 Unity tip: never hide setting 09:14 Will HUD help Ubunut regain popularity on Distrowatch? 19:27 Definitions: X Windowing system, window manager, desktop environment, desktop shell 12:01 Examples 16:07 Switching to KDE 19:24 Switching to XFCE 21:36 Is it Gnome, Gnome or Gnome? 22:05 Switching to Gnome 3 Shell 24:12 Switching to Gnome 2 25:30 Switching to LXDE 30:00 Switching to Cinnamon 41:10 Switching to MATE 43:17 Hardware pick: KDE Tablet 45:33 Software pick: Google search 46:16 Software Pick: Minitube (again) 47:58 Software Pick: Latex and Tux Type 50:13 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 51:58 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Tom's back! This month we have feedback from the forums, desktop fun, Linux in space, software picks and lots, lots more.
00:00 Going Linux #164 Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:46 Welcome back Tom 02:29 Rant: Google Chrome 05:15 Bill switches to OpenSuse 12.1 07:34 Bert: Comment in the Forum 11:18 TwistedLucidity: Forum post on episode 163 18:47 David: LMDE continued support? 26:11 Bob: Space... the Linux frontier 28:01 Robert: Did my performance improve? 31:06 Sam: A perspective on desktop environments 36:56 Martin: Needs to find old episodes 39:50 Tom's Zenity script 42:02 Eric: Provides a solution to the zoom issue 44:59 Tom: A "Gone Linux" story 47:37 Pick: botsync, ssh and gpodder 48:45 Knightwise 52:01 Pick: Zymeaway 52:31 Pick: Hulu and Remind (TkRemind) 55:22 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 57:12 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Craig's son has installed Linux Mint 11. Microsoft's Skype gives us trouble again. We help Charlie to upgrade, and many others with their issues.
00:00 Going Linux #163 Computer America #46 00:15 Introduction 00:46 Hello and welcome 01:59 Ben's brother Aaron installs Linux Mint 05:47 Microsoft Skype crashes under Linux 08:18 Faulty SSD causes 12 hour install 11:55 Installs from USB stick 12:18 Why would Mint 11 work when Mint 12 did not 13:24 Success! 14:54 Has Ben installed it yet? 15:37 How long does it take to get used to using Linux? 16:45 Common reasons for converting to Linux 17:23 Linux designed for new users 19:36 With Windows, you're a criminal 21:09 Playing Windows games on Linux 24:38 My son goes to Harvard AND uses Linux! 26:30 Linux in academia 27:28 I don't think he'll be using Windows again. 28:27 You don't need a copy of Windows to use WINE 29:16 Charlie: Upgrading Linux Mint 32:06 SOPA and SMNL 36:25 Charlie is back 38:28 Upgrading from CD or DVD 41:14 Richard: Linux commands on the Windows cmd 43:59 Chris: Playing with Linux/Itunes 49:32 R3AV3R: App to convert .avi to DVD format 52:40 Richard: OggCamp, Unix-based Operating systems, and programming 64:06 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Bill and Larry discuss what's different about Mint 12, previous versions of Mint and other distributions. Topics include Mint extensions, Gnome 3, Cinnamon, Ubuntu and Unity. We also talk abouthow to setup AirPrint on Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #162 What's Different? Mint 12 00:15 Introduction 00:43 Black mold in "Studio C" 01:55 AirPrint for Linux 05:45 Autoplus for Fedora 06:58 More on PinguyOS 07:34 Nook ebook reader as media player 08:31 Gnome overview 09:41 Gnome 3 vs Unity 13:20 Similarities: Gnome 2 and Mint 12 with Gnome 3 17:31 Window Managers and Extensions 18:47 Gnome 3 Extensions 22:24 Mint Community vs. Ubuntu Community 26:33 Gnome Shell and Gnome 3: What's the difference? 28:50 Innovation and resistance to change 30:49 Key differences: Gnome 3 vs. Gnome 2 31:33 Additional Gnome 3 extensions 34:39 The Flippery 37:53 Cinnamon 43:48 How do I find settings in Mint 12? 45:41 Where are the categories? 47:48 What's going on with my virtual desktops? 49:26 Desktop zoom and accessibility 52:48 Screen sharing with Skype 54:37 Panel Applets 54:49 Drag windows between virtual desktops 55:54 Default desktop themes 56:13 Synergy issue 61:15 Software pick: Google Docs 62:16 Amazon and Ubuntu music stores 63:25 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 65:01 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Tom is beginning to feel better, but our Chief Executive Minion Bill Smith continues as co-host to help answer listener questions, provide software picks and generally add valuable comments to our episode!
00:00 Going Linux #161 Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 04:24 Karim: VOIP on Linux 12:26 George: EFI and Linux 21:13 PinguyOS installs on Mac easily 22:00 AJ: Can't control fan under Lubuntu 27:09 Steve: Making switching languages easy 32:31 Rich: Feedback on Linux desktops 38:36 RadioTray 39:50 Tiny Core Linux and Conky 44:24 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 46:15 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Tom is still under the weather. Chief Executive Minion Bill Smith takes over the co-hosting duties to help us discuss the details of recording Skype conversations on Linux for a podcast.
00:00 Going Linux #160 Recording with Skype-Advanced 00:16 Introduction 00:50 Welcome Bill Smith 02:18 Linux in the Ham Shack 03:15 Managing podcast listening with an Android phone and Linux 04:12 Forums 05:52 Linux Mint 12 vs. Ubuntu 11.10 11:06 Recording using Skype 12:28 Bill's recording setup 13:54 Our article has pictures of the setup 14:53 Photo: The connections 16:15 Why the "Y"? 17:01 The mixer 18:48 Skype-call-recorder 20:39 Timing the podcast 22:03 Audacity for recording 22:34 Google Docs for notes and outline 22:53 Skype Chat 24:50 Audacity description 26:20 Supporting the podcast 41:31 Recording the Computer America episodes 30:35 Software pick: Open Media Vault 35:17 Software pick: Opera Unite 39:41 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 41:31 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Larry joins Craig and Ben for the last Linux show of the year. The topic of the month is "Synergy" but we don't get to talk about it much. We have a Skype crash, but we get lots of email and even a caller into the show.
00:00 Going Linux #159 Computer America #45 00:15 Introduction 03:42 Topic: Synergy 04:05 Charlie: Got his computer running 12:45 Wy Larry prefers Mint 18:10 Skype crashes 19:45 We're back 20:28 What is Synergy? Which version should I use? 28:14 How Synergy works 32:47 Paul :Tip for LibreOffice users 35:39 Aldo: Trouble with Ubuntu 11.10 40:51 Fred: His Linux goes "poof" 44:50 Martin: Gone Linux 49:24 Paul: Hast trouble installing Linux 54:34 George: Installing any OS can be scary 60:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 61:27 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Tom is under the weather, so Larry flys solo. Our listeners share an iTunes killer for Linux, solutions to issues, and a "Gone Linux" story. IFS=$'©' explained. Is Linux Mint Debian Edition (LMDE) abandoned? Is Unity worth it? Is iTunes doomed? Find out. Listen to this episode!
sudo add-apt-repository ppa:pmcenery/ppa sudo apt-get update sudo apt-get install ifuse
00:00 Going Linux #158 Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:01 Malcore: Don't use my last message 03:36 Mike: Backups and IPod help 10:09 Richard: Has a problem with PDF files 14:57 Bill: Worries about LMDE are well-founded 17:24 Bill: Internet shortcuts under Linux 20:31 Richard: Goodbye to Unity 25:25 Martin: Support of the monetary kind 26:44 Eddie: Has been listening to early episodes 28:07 Mark: Has an issue with Synergy 32:58 John: Gone Linux - no more iTunes! 37:22 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 39:06 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
This episode provides an overview of the magic behind the recording of the Going Linux Podcast. We provide insights into how we do it, and suggestions for others using Linux to record a conversation over Skype, Google Talk or other VOIP setups.
00:00 Going Linux #157 Recording with Skype-Introduction 00:17 Introduction 00:51 Synaptic in Hardy looks old now 01:39 Tiger Direct gets kudos... sort of 04:32 Google Talk works! 05:12 Welcome Steve McLaughlin, CES 05:38 We've got forums! 07:54 David: Inspired the episode 09:08 Quality of Service (QOS) 10:01 How do we record the Going Linux Podcast? 10:29 What's the magic? 11:41 What we have tried in the past 11:51 Skype call recorder 12:46 Using 2 computers 14:35 What is comfort noise? 16:04 Make a 'safety recording' 19:06 How we record both ends with one computer 22:48 Tom's setup 23:39 Recording Google Chat - where's the button? 24:46 Forums - Thanks DoorToDoorGeek 25:58 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 27:44 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Skype and Internet problems. Microsoft's continued support for the Linux version of Skype comes into question. And of course be read your feedback. Tonight's topic: The Software Center: The 'App Store' for Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #156 Computer America #44 00:15 Introduction 02:18 The App Store for Linux 33:50 The Internet issues continue 35:10 Jenni: User agent for Firefox 43:24 Grandmaster B: Wants to know about Linux certification 53:39 Sean: Going Linux 62:02 Marc: Uncertain about the future support for the Linux version of Skype 67:39 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 69:17 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Printing, simple CMS systems, Bluetooth, safe password storage, and government insecurity are all feedback topics this month. Tom and I discuss the state of Ubuntu 11.10 and advertising vs. donations on our podcast.
00:00 Going Linux #155 Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:47 Ubuntu 11.10 still a no-go 05:04 Bob: Got a non-Linux printer working with Linux! 08:34 Sister Amy: A small CMS called get-simple.info 12:05 Malcor the techie: Backup strategies for videos and for business 15:40 Troy: Amazes his coworkers with Ubuntu 29:02 Primefalcon: Positive comments on Computer America 32:23 Klaatu: What's wrong with Linux? 34:58 Dave: Upgrade errors Ubuntu 11.10 37:56 David: Whats' taking up all that space on my fresh Debian install? 41:42 Rick: Ideas for safe password storage 43:54 Ryan: Offers to contribute content for us. 45:43 Leslie: Locking out Linux 53:38 Kevin: Government websites that insist on a lack of security 56:38 Advertising vs. Donations 59:28 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 61:17 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Interviewed live by Knightwise, Larry provides some insight on what's wrong with Linux and what is holding Linux back.
00:00 Going Linux #154 What's wrong with Linux? 00:15 Introduction 32:58 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Ben makes room for Linux Mint. We talk about 6 reasons NOT to use Linux. (OK, it might be a bit of a tongue-in-cheek list.) Feedback, questions and comments as always.
00:00 Going Linux #153 - Computer America #43 00:15 Introduction 00:47 6 Reasons NOT to use Linux 33:34 John: Remoting in to Linux 39:38 Bill: Giving and old computer new life 44:12 Aldo: A suggestion and a complaint 51:08 Leo: A neuroscientist with a comment and a question 64:59 Jenni: Preoccupation with price 72:34 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Tom gets a phone, thanks to Google. Larry tries to pronounce Swedish names. Losts of voice mail and email. "More" tips. Viruses found on Linux! Bill has Gone Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #152 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:52 Tom now uses Google Voice 03:09 ctrl-0 to reset zoom level in a browser 04:54 John: The “more” command 09:03 Mike: Running a Live CD on public computers 15:36 Protecting user names and passwords when using a public computer 16:46 Danny: Asked about Mumble 19:28 Scott: Wants to know how to get his processors back 23:00 Danny: Linux for seniors 24:58 Jes: Speeding up Linux Mint 26:39 Egil: A suggestion we've heard before 29:59 Jay: Found a virus on Linux 31:44 Göran: Found a virus, too 33:28 Bill: Gone Linux 43:15 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 45:02 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic of the month: "What applications come with my Linux distribution?"
00:00 Going Linux #151 - Computer America #42 00:15 Introduction 00:47 Hello and welcome 04:23: What applications come with my Linux distribution? 11:26 Follow along at distrowatch.com 12:18 Linux Mint 19:20 Why do people develop Linux? 22:00 Fedora 24:33 What's up with Firefox release numbers? 26:48 Linux desktops: screen shots 30:15 Danny: Blind user trying to navigate through LiveCD menus 40:04 3D Desktops 41:59 Mikolaj: Asks about backups 45:27 Danny: Vinuux, Linux for the blind 46:47 Chris: Needs help with wireless 55:34 Intel demos new processor using Linux 57:31 Jim: Listenes on Miro 59:39 Nasser: Should I buy an Alienware PC to run Linux? 63:50 Barry: Switch to Mint is going well 64:34 Jim: I found a Virus on my Linux netbook 70:40 Chris: Browsing network shares cross-platform 71:46 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 73:46 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Larry's appearances on the Noscillacast and Mintcast podcasts. Both of these segments were recorded earlier this year. In both appearances, Larry talks about Linux Mint. The Nosillacast was recorded a couple of months ago. In this episode Larry helped Allison, the host, step-by-step installing Mint 11 in VMWare on here Macintosh computer. The Mintcast segment was recorded back in May and is the longer of the two segments. This segment will appeal to anyone weighing a rolling release vs. a timed-release distribution.
00:00 Going Linux #150 - Nosillacast and Mintcast 00:15 Introduction 01:00 Overview of the two segments 01:47 Noscillacast 50:10 Mincast 73:58 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Larry discusses the disadvantages of a rolling release like Linux Mint Debian Edition (LMDE). Want to learn how to use LibreOffice? We have a resource. How to partition a hard drive with Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #149 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:33 LibreOffice Calc: The Frugal Computer Guy 03:02 Jack Deth explains how to get rid of Skype 07:35 Bill: Mint Debian rolling release 10:24 Richard: More on Mint Debian 11:34 Larry's take on LMDE 18:08 Karim: Android is Linux 21:24 Jim: Linux Mint dual-boot 24:19 Jim: How to partition 24:30 Michael: Removed Ubuntu, won't reinstall 25:54 Michael: Setting up wireless printing 27:54 Software Pick: TuxBoot 30:02 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 31:30 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We install two Linux antivirus solutions: ClamAV and BitDefender. We run a scan of each. No surprise, we don't find any viruses. We go about all of this like a neophyte Linux user might, and have some trouble, just like a new user would! We don’t think you need an antivirus to protect you from Linux malware just yet. There is no Linux-specific malware in the wild. But you might want antivirus software installed on your Linux computer for three reasons: 1. To be prepared - just in case there is malware released for Linux. 2. To be courteous to your friends who use other operating systems. Antivirus for Linux currently scans your computer looking for malware that might infect other operating systems. 3. To connect to networked Windows machines and clean up their infections
00:00 Going Linux #148 - Linux Antivirus-Advanced 00:15 Introduction 01:34 No crashes (we are professionals) 02:54 Let us know if your Linux antivirus finds any running viruses, let us know 04:22 3 reasons why you might want to install a Linux antivirus 05:50 The ClamAV installation begins 10:44 Overview of the ClamAV options 15:24 Updating the virus definitions fails (not intuitive) 18:40 The scan ClamAV begins 21:27 Installing BitDefender from the website (navigating the marketing hype) 25:50 The BitDefender download 30:58 The BitDefender installation (multiple attepts) 40:34 Overview of BitDefender user interface 42:58 Updating the virus definitions 44:33 Running BitDefender (not!) 45:38 What we learned 47:00 Change swappiness to speed up your computer 52:20 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 53:59 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Connection issues, ringing phones, commercial breaks. All of that is edited out. This is just Craig, Ben and Larry talking about Linux and answering your Linux questions. (We did leave in the bit about hooker names in Linux Mint.) The topic of the month: 5 Linux distributions for computers you never thought would run again!
00:00 Going Linux #147 - Computer America #41 00:15 Introduction 00:42 Hello and welcome 01:49 5 Tiny Linux Distributions for really old computers 35:07 Hour 2 37:00 Richard: Define Linux terms, commands and directory structure 47:46 Steven wrote with a question about opening old word processor documents. 52:43 Jeff: Asks about the Linux equivalent of "administrator mode" 59:53 Johnny was a little upset at a comment I made on the last Computer America show 64:36 Bob asked for help in staring a local Linux User Group (LUG) 69:20 Don provided some feedback on my appearance on the Noscillacast Mac podcast 70:52 Kids these days! You have it so easy with your point and click and swipe and gestures 73:36 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We get feedback on Linux antivirus software, Computer America episodes and Skype. Learn how to install Ubuntu with a NetInstall. Larry is corrected: Is Finland part of Scandinavia or not?
00:00 Going Linux #146 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:14 Stitcher 04:10 Tom tries Ekiga 05:07 Chief Executive Minion Bill: Swiffy 06:55 Google Chrome features 09:15 Anonymous: Calling from iPod 10:03 Paul: Hooked on Linux Mint 14:14 Anonymous: How do I change Ubuntu's indicator applet? 17:09 Setve: Mac exploit required no click. A problem for Linux? 19:25 Hans: Comment on Larry’s description of Linus Torvalds’ homeland 21:27 David: Ignoring Computer America episodes again 24:58 Gordon: Linux AV scans for Windows viruses 26:52 Justin: Run Linux AV to protect your friends with Windows 27:38 Bradley: Update ClamAV with "freshclam" 29:48 Jeff: Try Ekiga as an alternative to Skype 31:01 Ilya: Ubuntu has a NetInstall from a mini ISO 37:59 Roger: DLNA Servers comparison table for streaming media 40:40 Use the "1" key in top to display separate processors details 41:58 Use Conky for desktop system monitor details 44:26 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 47:05 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
The market for antivirus and anti-malware software is booming. Windows has over 1000 new viruses a day, so this is not likely to decrease any time soon. Now the Mac users are getting the fake antivirus warnings, and because more and more Windows users are moving away from the OS, the new Mac users are falling for it! Can Linux users be far behind?
00:00 Going Linux #145 - Linux Antivirus-Introduction 00:15 Introduction 02:16 It's chilly 03:24 Ubuntu drops Synaptic package manager, drops in popularity 06:48 Switch to Linux: Beat Windows 8 and Mac OSX Lion by a year! 08:40 Antivirus for Linux. Really? 11:35 Linux is difficult to infect 12:39 Social engineering is how you could be infected 15:08 Don't say 'yes' to the fake anti-malware 16:45 Can Linux be infected? 19:50 Antivirus for Linux 24:28 Should you install antivirus software? 25:22 YOU are the hacker! 27:19 How to prevent an infection 31:23 Recent switchers to Linux are most at risk 32:45 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 34:41 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic of the month: Installing Linux-What are the options? Lots of questions from the chat room, facebook and the phone lines.
00:00 Going Linux #144 - Computer America #40 00:16 Introduction 05:00 Topic: Installing Linux - What are the options 10:17 Linux means personal preference - lots of varieties 13:44 Can you change the Linux kernel? 18:01 Linux on an older computer - what about replacing Windows 95 21:25 Is Linux free? Can you charge for Linux? 25:50 Charlie: New computer, now has no wireless on Ubuntu and Linux Mint 37:09 Hour 2 37:45 305t3ch: DLNA server for server 39:48 Bill: Minitube is awsome! 44:51 Bill: Gone Linux with Smoothwall Express, Bondi Blue iMac, freeNX 49:58 John: Issues because Apple does not provide iTunes for Linux 54:50 kyengineer: Install Linux on a Mac Mini as a file server 57:50 Frank: Where can I find what are the latest features of Linux 58:56 S!ick: Installing both Joli OS and Ubuntu using WUBI alongside Windows 61:37 Paul: What Linux certifications are available? Where to get them? 68:31 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 70:40 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Larry has switched to Linux Mint Debian Edition. (LMDE) Firefox vs. Chrome. No more slash Linux. Mumble mumble... We explain that there is a reason it's called a "voice mail line." Ubuntu 11.04 isn't ready. Ubuntu 11.04 is great. How to tweak Gnome 3 so that it works. Skype is dead. Long live Microsoft Skype! Now what do we do?
00:00 Going Linux #143 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:45 Larry goes Linux Mint Debian's rolling release 05:15 Chrome vs. Firefox 10:30 Steve: On-line lug at the Linux Basix forum 14:05 Anonymous: Installing Linux on a specific drive 18:12 Robert: How would I start a local Linux Group? 20:01 Bill: Hello google.com/linux 20:29 Steve: Goodbye google.com/linux 22:28 John: Unity is working well 25:19 Brian: Issues with Vidalia TOR bundle 28:54 Primefalcon: A separate home partition helps when backing up 31:00 Rich: Now Unity makes sense (see the video) 32:13 Mike: Banshee problem on Mint 36:26 Paul: A rant about open source and audio 42:33 Paul: Switching desktop environments without switching distros 47:41 Jared: Are there any Skype alternatives? 52:38 Brian: Tweaking Gnome 3 to add back removed features 53:31 Rick: Gone Linux Mint 56:50 Software picks: mumble and minitube 60:28 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 63:35 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: "Has Adobe abandoned Linux?" Craig introduces Larry to his new co-host -- his son, Ben. Ben is a Windows gamer who hasn't looked at Linux since the 1990's. Larry has him convinced to try Linux by the end of the show!
00:00 Going Linux #142 - Computer America #39 00:16 Introduction 00:53 Meet Ben - new guy does good 03:00 Didn't know it existed, still? 03:49 Has Adobe abandoned Linux? 05:30 Adobe AIR software development platform no longer being supported 07:20 Adobe to focus on mobile phone platforms 11:00 "The Linux Minute" -- sorry Intel 11:18 Linux flat, Android growing, iOS growind, Mac OS flat, Windows declining 12:35 Linux community to the rescue! 14:54 It's all about the money 23:00 Android is Linux 27:17 Ben thinks he is a secret Linux admirer and didn't know it until now 27:38 Browsers on Linux 29:42 Computer America Facebook page 30:14 How to get started with Linux: Linux Mint 11 LiveCD 33:25 Ben: Why would I want to use something that is not intuitive 36:22 Bill: NetFlix on Linux? 41:58 Curtis: Unity - as slow as Windows on an older laptop 47:21 Rich: Some alternatives to Unity - XFCE, LXDE 49:04 Who is Shuttleworth? 50:00 Jared: Gone Linux 52:57 Ben: What are the pros of using Linux? 55:52 Ben: Can I create a partition on my hard drive and use both Linux and Windows? 59:06 Ben: In one show you are convincing me to try Linux! 59:38 305t3ch: What about ClearOS for a small buiness server 62:54 Any distros that come with Joomla CMS pre-installed? 64:23 dogphlap: Samsung driver for CX-3175 printer is NOT proprietary! 68:27 Ubuntu's contribution to the Linux community 72:45 Mike: New listener - coupon printing (again!) 77:37 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Let technology work for you rather than the other way around. Larry interviews Knightwise of The Knightcast, KWTV screencasts, Live webcasts, the Aussie Geek Podcast and the Noscillacast, etc. Knightwise is a cross-platform slider who uses Windows, Linux and Mac computers and other technology. The topic is "Installing Ubuntu on a Mac" but we veer off into other things, like podcasting sound quality and aircraft engine maintenance at 10,000 feet.
00:00 Going Linux #141 - Install Ubuntu on a Mac 00:15 Introduction 01:40 Who is Kightwise? 10:28 Mac hardware quality and variability 13:37 Why install Linux on Mac hardware? 15:00 Linux on a Macbook Air 16:13 Installation process on Mac hardware 17:49 Differences in installing Linux vs. on a Mac as on PCs 19:06 What could possibly go wrong? 20:49 Mac hardware drivers for Linux 23:59 It's faster! And it rocks! 26:46 OSX slows down or gets a little unstable after a year or so 27:51 Refit: a better way to dual-boot Linux and OSX with bootcamp for podcast production 29:37 Tom does durability testing: Aircraft engine maintenence in mid-flight at 10,000 feet 32:12 Getting support for Ubuntu on your Mac 34:30 What's tha-a-a-t? Impress your friends! 36:02 Cautions and tips about installing Ubuntu on your Mac 38:45 Installing on Macs with G3, G4, G5 processors 41:32 It's my computer. I'll do with it what I want! 45:29 Lenovo: The PC equivalent of Mac hardware 46:12 Improve your Mac experience with Linux 47:12 What's next? All-Linux podcast production on a Mac 50:27 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Larry switches to Ubuntu 11.04. Larry switches to Xubuntu 11.04. Will he stay with Xubuntu, or switch to Mint... or openSuSE? We answer questions and discuss Unity, XFCE, Plop, upgrades, Gnome Shell, Mark Shuttleworth, and much more.
00:00 Going Linux #140 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:10 Larry installs Ubuntu 11.04 03:16 Until Unity is finished, Ubuntu is no longer for noobs 06:55 Larry switches to Xubuntu 11.04 - requires "tweaking" 13:39 Tom does not upgrade to Ubuntu 11.04 15:56 Aaron: Plop for installing from a USB 16:02 Bob: If I upgrade will I need to re-do compatibility 20:07 Roy: Try gnome-shell --replace command 20:46 Tom tries Roy's suggestion -- while recording the show! 24:43 Brad: Try Xubuntu 11.04 as an alternative to Ubuntu 11.04 with Unity 26:56 Brian: Monitor headaches 31:45 Rich: Shuttleworth on Unity's future 36:30 Curtis: Nosillacast was special 38:33 Egroegeorge: Show topicsuggestions, listen to Going Linux like Star Wars 41:41 Software picks: ARandR, gprename 45:00 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 47:12 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We have some new listener-contributed content. Thanks to Richard Roocroft for his tutorial on how to use the Audacity audio recording and editing program.
00:00 Going Linux #139 - Audacity Tutorial Noscillacast 00:19 Introduction 02:03 Richard: Audacity Tutorial 13:48 Lots of links 14:38 Allison: Chit Chat Across the Pond 59:56 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Subject: "Linux gets a new look". Larry is on the Computer America show as Carey's co-host, while Craig is on vacation.
00:00 Going Linux #138 - Computer America #38 00:17 Introduction 01:00 "Patch Tuesday" - Avoid it all. Install Linux 03:27 Microsoft buys Skype - changes in the works? 06:44 Copyright infringement law suit. Will it affect Linux users? 18:10 New looks for Linux 27:50 Gnome 3 and Unity as compared with KDE 4 29:38 Isn't WINE a desktop? 34:20 Virtual Machines and Coupons 37:45 Curtis: Use power line adapter in place of wireless card 46:52 Seth: Compiling on Slax 6.1.2 51:25 dogphlap: Likes RedoBackup 53:53 Drive cloning 57:55 Charles: Upgrade Derringer to Natty - no issues 62:22 Kross: Download Helper plugin for streaming videos in Firefox 66:27 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Tom and Larry discuss Ubuntu 11.04 and Unity (after a total of about 10 minutes of use between them.) Stickers for your "Windows" key. Resistance to change. Listener questions. Gone Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #137 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:31 Ubuntu 11.04 impressions 08:53 Super Key stickers 12:38 Blogfan: Having trouble with Ubuntu 7.10 17:25 Brian: Finds Ubuntu “just seems to work” 26:27 Ed: Problems with installing an ebook reader on his SliTaz Linux computer 32:44 Steve: Where do you think the gaps and weaknesses are in the world of linux? 38:13 Robert: Bleach Bit stopped his working webcam, tries sudo chmod +x /dev/video0 43:49 Charles: Installed Ubuntu 11.04 on Racing Cow and Derringer 48:26 James: Wrote about his printing experience - hplip 53:32 William: Gone Linux, too 54:53 Ray: Roku let's Ray use Linux and Netflix 57:12 Redo Backup - "bare metal" restore 59:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 61:53 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Listener Danny Crone provided us with this episode on every day things you can do with Linux. Danny discusses the topic of Linux, audio recording, accessibility and more. He also interviews a Linux user, who goes by the name Stormdragon, about Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #136 - Every Day Things You Can Do With Linux 00:16 Introduction 01:48 What is Linux 08:20 Orca 08:39 Interview with Stormdragon 19:20 Skype 20:18 Money Management 21:13 Advantages of computers with Linux pre-installed 30:13 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
As usual, Larry is the guest on the Computer America radio show. Unlike usual, A.J. Stringham of the Linux Geekdom podcast is the co-guest. Welcome A.J.! Great job. Today's topic: "10 Ways Linux Can Fix PCs."
00:00 Going Linux #135 - Computer America #37 00:16 Introduction 00:54 Welcome Larry 02:15 10 Ways Linx Can Fix PCs 05:50 Welcome AJ 11:34 Which distribution should you use? 14:24 Anthony: How do I learn about Linux, converting from a Mac? 21:00 Alternate methods of fixing PCs 21:54 JackDeth: Rescues a DVR using Linux 23:40 Mohammed: Making a bootable thumb drive 28:13 USB boot drive vs. CD repair utilities 30:08 Linux-based repair tools are not intimidating 31:50 Use a repair CD if possible, but a LiveCD will do in an emergency 32:44 Linux on Web servers 34:27 Linux security updates 35:42 Linux geekiness 39:55 David: Where do I get older Computer America episodes? 47:25 Larry: Looking for a light-weight distribution 52:10 Michael: Media player as a rescue disk 56:10 Tim: Sharing printers in a Windows network 64:15 William: Conversion to Linux success story 66:15 Aldo: Uses Going Linux podcast to improve his English 67:50 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 71:32 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We have so much feedback we have had to summarize a few of them together. My guess is that we'll be doing more of this. We also received a lot of audio feedback and voice mails for this episode.
00:00 Going Linux #134 - Listener Feedback 00:16 Introduction 02:39 Listen to Larry's SCaLE presentation 05:17 Bill provides Tom with another opportunity to tinker 08:16 Linux Planet article on PLOP 10:13 AJ: Linux Geekdom is back! Sceencast and Voice Mail software 13:37 Bill: Distro reviewDistro review - Cunchbang 22:03 Richard: How to use Levelator on Linux using Wine 26:15 Danny: Every day tasks that can be done with Linux 27:38 Bob: WikiHow on Puppy and Quick Synergy 28:42 Aario: Laptop gets too hot 32:54 James: Needs one-on-one help 34:34 Ray: Any kind of freedom as long as you use Mint 37:00 Bill: Using Linux to fix Windows 37:49 Daryl: Set us straight on multiboot 41:27 Brad: Gone Linux (so has his wife and brother-in-law) 46:27 Tom Wubis his sister's computer 49:28 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 51:29 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
This is the audio from Larry's presentation at the Southern California Linux Expo (SCaLE9x) on February 27, 2011.
00:00 Going Linux #133 - Produce An Audio Podcast Using Linux 00:16 Introduction nm 01:40 Hi Bob! 02:40 Special thanks to Allison Sheridan for "Podcasting on Podcasting" 04:25 Produce An Audio Podcast Using Linux 62:41 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
This month's topic: "Other Podcasts for people interested in Linux". We list a lot of the Linux podcasts on Larry's media player. AJ of Linux Geekdom podcast calls in to ask a question. We also answer listener questions from the emails we have received.
00:00 Going Linux #132 - Computer America #36 00:16 Introduction 00:52 Hello and welcome 03:18 Other Podcasts for people interested in Linux 07:04 AJ from Linux Geekdom 16:00 The Linux Action Show! 20:17 Linux Basement 23:25 Linux in the Ham Shack 24:39 Linux Outlaws 26:58 Tux Radar 29:16 Ubuntu UK 30:07 mintCast (Linux Mint) 32:07 Lotta Linux Links 32:56 The Linux Link Tech Show 35:07 The introduction of IE9 could mean more converts to Linux 42:11 Chris: Removing kernels 54:25 Brian: After 2 years, gone Linux! 56:56 Steve: Gone Linux 60:55 Is Larry switching from Ubuntu? 62:51 Rosa: Finding downloaded mp3 stream 67:31 U-Cubed 68:12 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Our topics this month include: Grappling with skype-call-recorder on Ubuntu 10.10. Grappling with Mobilin - and failing. Media player as a rescue device. Oh, and we answer listener questions.
00:00 Going Linux #131 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:46 Skype Call Recorder does not separate channels on Ubuntu 10.04 and Ubuntu 10.10 03:27 Tom's attempt at using Moblin 08:01 Thanks for the feedback 08:45 Audible 10:31 Richard: Levelator vs. Chris' Dynamic Compressor vs. Audacity's Compressor 24:04 Nick: Gone Linux over a 5 year period 29:21 Mike: Struggling with Lexmark Prevail Pro 705 printer/scanner on 64-bit Ubuntu 32:03 Paul: Boxee does not have an RPM package! 36:12 Ryan: Boxee does not yet have Netflix on Linux 38:29 JD: WD TV Live HD+ runs on Linux AND supports Netflix 41:13 Thomas: Using an old computer as a security system and file server 45:23 Heather: Where should I start with Going Linux? What about Linux for kids? 49:00 Bill: Ubuntu installed in 60 minutes on a cast-off computer 50:22 AA has BSOD in DFW 52:15 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 55:37 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
With the recent release of Synergy for Linux, our updated setup instructions are simpler and easier for Linux users than ever before. Today, on the day of the release of Synergy 1.4.2, I interview one of the project owners, Nick Bolton, on the release of Synergy 1.4.2 for Linux. We discuss the origins of the project, the features of the latest release and why this new synergy is the easiest to use ever.
00:00 Going Linux #130 - Synergy 1.4.2 for Linux 00:17 Introduction 00:35 Interview with Nick Bolton 30:40 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: "Getting ready for Linux with cross-platform, open source applications" (On-line apps don't count!) We talk about applications that run on Windows, Mac and Linux, and using them to ease the transition to Linux. We explore LibreOffice a bit, and answer listener feedback.
00:00 Going Linux #129 Listener Feedback 00:52 Introduction 01:34 Cross-platform software 36:26 Joe and Larry: How do I remove GRUB menu entries? 43:30 Al: How do I find repositories? 52:06 Sean: Stallman, FSF and Linux marketing 61:35 Lester: Great show! 65:33 SCALE 9X Promo: Listen for a 40% discount on your registration! 66:48 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Android, Ubuntu, Slackware, Mint, Puppy... we talk about them all in this episode. Tom tries some cool new stuff. The pragmatic Larry returns... and rants again. (Well, a mini-rant.) We discuss video issues, wireless issues, gPodder/iPod issues, and much, much more. Two cool software picks and two cool Linux events. Listen to get 40% off your registration for the Southern California Linux Expo (SCALE 9X) Larry will be speaking. Listen to the end to get a 40% discount off of your registration. Below is a link to the details of his talk.
00:00 Going Linux #128 - Listener Feedback 00:14 Introduction 02:58 Tom tries a bootable USB drive 06:07 Bob: Android player is Linux, right? 07:38 Ger: Gone Linux, the hard way! Ubuntu with a table pre-installed? Episode on PGP? 13:49 Charles: Out of range error suggestion for Tony: resolution settings 20:00 Bradley: Resolution error may be due to off-brand monitor 21:14 Paul: Lack of Netflix streaming service under Linux 22:26 Nosilla Cast mentions Boxee which may have Netflix 27:45 David: WUSB54G problems solved in Ubuntu 11.04 pre-beta 32:00 Tom is no longer afraid of Enlightenment 32:50 Todd: gPodder working with iPod 33:42 Harley: Ubuntu/Slackware family 35:15 Keld: Video problem: Editing xorg.conf is still possible on Mint 10 38:22 Jerrod: MSI Wind BIOS update... is it safe to do? 42:23 Charles: Shutdown icon is missing! 46:26 Gene: Agrees with Larry's rant about RMS 50:46 Steve: I want the pragmatic Larry back! Linux advertising. Disagrees with Larry's opinion of Oracle. 54:37 Software Picks: pySDM - Python Storage Device Manager, motion - motion detection for your webcam 59:13 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 61:10 SCALE 9X Promo: Listen for a 40% discount on your registration! 62:25 Indiana Linux Fest https://indianalinux.org 63:27 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Knightwise interviews Larry on his 2010 year-end extravaganza. You can use the link below to go directly to the recording of the full live 'cast including all the interviews from day one, and the music as well. You can get the day two recording and all of Knightwise's podcast and videocastings at www.knightwise.com.
00:00 Going Linux #127 - KWTV Live-The Inteview 00:16 Introduction 01:35 Knightwise and KWTV LIVE, hour 1, interview 1 39:46 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: Resources for learning about Linux. Tom visits the chat room in hour 1. We provide a lengthy list of links to manuals, training courses and classes to learn about Linux. Of course we answer listener emails as well.
00:00 Going Linux #126 - Computer America #34 00:16 Introduction 05:05 Resources for learning about Linux 06:00 Where it the manual? 07:06 Ubuntu Manual PDF documentation for the beginner 09:24 An open source manual 11:15 Ubuntu Manual PDF for more advanced users 13:45 International translations are standard practice for Linux documentation 16:27 Linux Mint Offical Users Guide 18:20 Is WUBI right for Carey's client wanting to try Linux? 23:21 Is there a better option? 25:00 The Going Linux guys can help with support 26:00 What is Quick Shot? 29:19 You don't have to have a degree (or even a manual) to learn how to use Linux 31:53 Additional resources to use to learn about Linux 35:15 Computer America back episodes 36:38 Amy: Sharing encryption key files on Dropbox 40:47 Chris: Synergy and a Gone Linux story 52:25 Jim: Thanks for Disk Utility 55:07 SpinRite: Good or bad? 60:19 Paul: Can't find Remote Desktop Viewer on Linux Mint 63:23 Larry will be talking at the Southern California Linux Expo (SCALE) 67:22 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Two voice messages, listener questions and our answers. We catch up on some e-mail that has been around for a while, get some listener suggestions for other listeners, and learn some things along the way.
00:00 Going Linux #125 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:39 Larry helps Tom with alias 05:57 Steve: Could have tried E17 08:21 Jim: Tracking cookies and fake antivirus 13:39 Mark: Coupon printing explained 17:01 Martin: Updated distributions graphic 19:31 Luis: Why go to the trouble of installing Ubuntu extras? Use Linux Mint 21:47 Rob: ssh explanation 23:13 Tony: A problem with his golf game 24:48 Ppevel: Finds the podcast helpful 25:32 Michael: Moving the DropBox folder 35:42 Mike: Ubuntu stack exchange 36:45 Sam: Wireless suggestion for Mark 37:45 Mark: Filed a bug regarding the wireless 39:30 Chester: A list of media aggregators 40:23 Nancy: Trilinugual: Mac, Windows and Linux 45:24 Software Picks WinFF, Arista Transcoder 47:16 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 49:24 Computer America promo for Going Linux 51:20 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Going Linux listerner, Curbuntu, recorded an episode for Hacker Public Radio, HPR, entitled "I Blame Tom Merritt." In the episode, Curbuntu describes how he came to use Linux. What better "gone linux" episode! In addition, Curbuntu touches on many of the reasons many of us moved to Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #124 - Gone Linux 00:16 Introduction 02:18 Curbuntu on Hacker Public Radio 17:11 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic: Holiday Gift Giving: Donating to Open Source Projects. This time of the year, many people's thoughts turn to the giving of gifts. Something our listeners might want to think about is, if they use Open Source software, giving a donation of money or time to those Open Source projects. Larry discusses why you might want to choose Linux and Open Source software over proprietary, commercial software with vendor lock-in. Craig and Carey say a lot of nice things about Open Source, Linux, and the Going Linux software.
00:00 Going Linux #123 - Computer America #33 00:16 Introduction 00:52 Hello and welcome 03:00 Even when you use Linux, you have to be careful on the Internet 08:05 Holiday Gift Givint: Donating to Open Source Projects 11:21 What's great about Open Source is... 12:47 The difference between "free" software and "Free" software 14:49 The difference between "Free" and "Open Source" software 18:55 To the average user, who is not a developer, why does this really matter? 19:54 Why does it matter to a developer? 20:43 Why the average user should use Open Source instead of closed source, proprietary software? 25:44 One more reason consumers should choose Open Source over commercial software 28:52 Isn't Linux just other people's work, repackaged? 31:11 Donate money, time, or help to an Open Source project 34:12 LinuxFreak: Will Linux every be a major player on the desktop for the general public? 37:10 Ordering a computer with Linux pre-installed 38:34 Rick: Runs Linux from USB flash drive. 42:31 John: Wants to control two computers from one keyboard and mouse 51:44 Carey records a pomotion for goinglinux! 58:00 Gene: Options for trying a different desktop environment without risk 62:40 Todd: Linux at 34,000 ft. 65:05 Thanks 66:42 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Tom has self-inflicted computer wounds. Larry hears from Target. We both answer listener questions.
00:00 Going Linux #122 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:44 Tom has computer trouble 02:30 Target responds... sort of... 04:08 Northeast Linux Expo 06:56 Martin: Voice mail about Teamviewer 11:28 Steve: Voice mail about streaming host 13:02 Ron: iPod with gPodder 14:02 Lee: LinuxBasix and Mikogo 16:50 Brian: Will Unity be accessible? 20:20 Mike: Remote Assistance feedback 20:50 Pascal: Linux pre-installed from Hawkforce 25:55 Jeff: Backtrak Linux 27:13 Jon: Streaming advice 29:14 Tom returns 32:22 Bill: Converting openSuse to Ubuntu 39:25 Travis: HP-Compaq F-keys can be changed in BIOS 42:14 Charles: Racing Cow fears Unity will send her to the farm 47:24 Ray: Compiling and installing from tar.gz 51:51 Jameel: Software Center error and what's up with server edition? 56:49 Scott: Maverick update fixes issue 62:23 Bill: Move to Ubuntu went well 65:14 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 69:19 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Tom and Larry reminisce about the old days of Linux, when penguins roamed the earth and before graphical user interfaces. What is life like starting today vs when you did some of the beginner shows when you began. How about comparing through time what it was like in the 90s to begin Linux, to when you started the podcast to now?
00:00 Going Linux #121 - Switching to Linux-Through the Years 00:15 Introduction 01:27 Tom's upgrade to Ubuntu 10.04 06:20 GNU/Linux Distributions Timeline 27:32 Installing Linux 35:32 Installing Applications 41:23 Using Applications 43:05 Hardware Compatibility 45:17 Cloud Compatibility 46:46 Larry's rant about Target locking you into using aroprietary OS to print their discount coupons 45:23 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 58:33 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic of the month: "Linux: It doesn't always work". What's in a Linux forum, how do I use one, and why should I log in?
00:00 Going Linux #120 - Computer America #32 00:16 Introduction 01:35 Linux: It doesn't always work 05:56 What goes wrong with computers 06:19 What to when something goes wrong 07:20 Community forums: How to 07:56 What is a forum? 09:07 Ray: How do I install Linux, and what happens to my Windows data? 15:07 Linux forums list for the Distrowatch top 10 Linux distributions 17:23 What is in a forum? 19:15 Ray: Which Linux is easiest to learn? 20:29 Why is a Linux "community" important? 23:20 How do I find help in a forum? 24:39 Why should I sign-in to a forum? 28:24 When is a forum "open for business" 31:36 Jonathan: Don't be fooled. Apple, HP, Dell all use the same parts 39:39 Mark: Wireless connection speed issue could not be resolved 48:50 David: Wireless card issue could not be resolved 52:20 If everything is working, don't break it by upgrading! 57:14 Chatroom may have convinced Ray to try Linux 57:54 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com 59:15 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Another fun packed show! (A tip of the "fedora" to the Ubuntu UK Podcast. https://podcast.ubuntu-uk.org) Jon's instructions: 1) Install an SSH server - it can be at either end, but for simplicity sake, we'll make it at the same end as we're trying to access.
sudo apt-get install openssh-server
2) Port forward to the SSH server - I tend to change the incoming port from 22 (which is the standard SSH port) to something unusual, perhaps 10022 or 7654, it doesn't really matter as long as it's above 1024 (to avoid conflicts) and both ends know what this port number is. This will help avoid filling your logs with connection attempts from machines trying to find open hosts on the internet. You discussed briefly how to do port forwarding before, but there are a whole load of guides on how to do it at this URL: https://portforward.com/
3) Create an SSH session to the server. Here we're connecting from the machine providing support to the machine it's providing support to, and we're using the non-standard port I mentioned before:
ssh -o Port=7654 -L 5901:localhost:5900 remote.host.i.p
If the SSH server is sitting on the machine providing support, then someone sitting at the client end would need to do this:
ssh -o Port=7654 -R 5901:localhost:5900 support.host.i.p
4) Connect to the VNC server, over the tunnel. Because there's a chance you might already have port 5900 configured for your own VNC server, I've changed the port number to 5901 instead of 5900, so in this case you would VNC to localhost:1 or localhost::5901
00:00 Going Linux #119 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:43 www.audiblepodcast.com/goinglinux 02:21 Larry's adventure with Ubuntu 10.10 networking on an HP Pavilion dm4 10:16 Tom's adventure with Teamviewer 15:25 Troy: Discovers our voice mail 17:00 Victor: Phone numbers and Remote Desktop 22:04 Kenny: Zimbra Desktop alternative to Outlook 24:01 Joseph: Starting a Linux streaming radio station 26:33 Jon: More Remote Desktop via SSH 32:42 Ian: More SSH 35:29 Bill: Enhancing Ubuntu 10.04 36:47 TJ: Security with DropBox 38:39 Andre: Awsome games 39:13 Ray: Command line help with Android Install on Nokia 42:22 Mike: Fix sudo 43:43 Keld: Install Kubuntu with Ubuntu 47:02 Kelly: What was that website again? freelinuxbox.org 48:08 Tony: Logs? Do I need Firefox? 51:44 Bob: Linux on a flash drive 61:42 James: Dell chats about Linux 66:18 Eugene: Gnome or KDE? 68:32 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 70:21 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
One of the weaknesses of supporting Linux computers is that there are not as many good screen sharing, remote control, and collaborative tools. Having said that, the situation is changing. In this episode we discuss some tools that can make supporting Linux computers much easier, and one of them leads the pack by a great distance. Listen-in to find out which one!
00:00 Going Linux #118 - Remote Support Software for Linux 00:17 Introduction 00:42 10-10-10 Ubuntu 10.10 release day 04:23 audiblepodcast.com/goinglinux 05:17 42-day (101010 = 42) 08:49 Remote assistance software that is available for Linux 12:40 GoToMeeting 13:32 LogMeIn 15:42 Yugma 19:23 Vyew 20:50 WizHelp 21:55 Yuuguu 23:51 ISL Light 25:34 Team Viewer 26:18 We give the top-rated package a try - in real-time 28:00 Downloading and installing 30:29 Launching and making the connection 32:52 Viewing and controlling the remote screen 34:38 Switching sides 35:47 Other features 36:25 Disconnecting 38:24 Even more options 43:42 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 47:04 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Our best Computer America episode yet! The topic: "Linux Accessibility" Our additional guest tonight is Jonathan Nadeau. Jonathan is a blind computer user who runs a computer business called Frostbite Systems. He builds Linux computers and sells them, specializing in computers pre-configured and optimized for the sight-impaired. He builds and sells computers for sighted people, too. When Johnathan is not building computers he is educating and empowering the Linux community through his own podcasts. He interviews luminaries from the Linux and open source world about their work and contributions to the Linux computing community. His podcasts include Frostcast, Orcacast, This Week in Debian, and This Week in Fedora.
00:00 Going Linux #117 - Computer America #31 00:17 Introduction 00:53 Hello and welcome 01:10 Linux Accessibility 05:13 About Johnathan and Frostbite Systems 08:13 Johnathan Nadeau blasts JAWS 24:22 Jim: How do I buy a blind-optimized computer? 26:10 Johnathan discusses more Linux Accessibility 40:46 Johnathan does not use a monitor or a mouse 50:45 Tom is in the chat room! 50:36 Doug: Gone Linux 52:46 Garrett: What was the name of that website? 55:29 John: Gone Linux (Except for Adobe's Lightroom) 61:42 Rob: Acer Aspire One wireless suggestion 64:03 Paul: What do you think about Mint 9 70:42 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We should be paying for Linux. VNC protocol is insecure. Linux is vulnerable to viruses and malware. Klaatu is the head of The GNU World Order. Remember the milk. Advertising for Linux. Prompted by our listeners' feedback, these are all things mentioned and discussed in this episode.
00:00 Going Linux #116 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:12 audiblepodcast.com/goinglinux 03:10 Jon: VNC Protocol is very insecure 05:50 Steve: SCiTE, not Scipe 09:27 Angelo: Thanks for the help with talking rescue disk 12:09 Paul: Resolved his own webcam/audio issue, MSN doesn't stream 15:34 Paul: Resolved his own bashpodder issue 17:38 Mike: Klaatu helps Mike to mount a Mac-formatted hard drive 20:52 Dogphlap: Printer advice for Larry 24:14 Greg: Portable Apps, and why completely remove doesn't 28:41 Evan: Advice for Jim/Mike on converting from Outlook 35:05 Chris: Linux IS vulnerable to viruses and malware 38:56 Yorgi: Why is Linux not better adopted by the average user? 46:54 PDF Tool Kit: pdftk 48:29 Chief executive minion, Bill 49:26 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 51:07 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
"Cloud-based Linux distributions" is the topic for today. We discuss operating systems that are specifically designed to quickly and efficiently getting you on the Internet, and provides you with as many applications as possible to work FROM the Internet. Examples of cloud-based applications are Google's "Docs and Spreadsheets" office suite, and the on-line iTunes clone, "The Cloud Player." Peppermint OS is a fast, lightweight Linux distribution, based on Linux Mint and Ubuntu, using very few hard-drive based applications. This distribution uses a concept called "Site Specific Browsers" to present web applications in a single-purpose browser window, that makes it look and work much like a traditional, installed application. To put web apps on your desktop, Peppermint OS uses Mozilla's Firefox and Mozilla's Prism technology. Peppermint Ice uses Google's Chromium browser. As always, we answer plenty of listener e-mail as well.
00:00 Going Linux #115 - Computer America #30 00:16 Introduction 02:56 Cloud-based Linux distributions 14:31 Peppermint One and Peppermint Ice 18:11 Site Specific Browsers 25:30 "Wacky orange flavor" Linux 26:00 Getting started with Peppermint Linux 35:13 Other "cloud" operating systems 38:32 Alexander: Which operating system is best? Windows, Mac, or Linux? 50:32 Jon: Portable Apps for the library user 54:52 Scott: Problem affects both wired and wireless network on Ubuntu 67:48 Jeff: Google offers "Talk" with chat 69:42 Mike: Which routers are compatible with Linux? 70:54 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 74:46 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Tom and I walk through the setup for Remote Desktop. We also connect to each other's computers over the network. We discuss how to use port forwarding to enable the ability to use Remote Desktop to connect computers through a firewall or router. We also discuss alternative methods of connecting computers remotely over the Internet.
00:00 Going Linux #114 - Setup Remote Desktop 00:17 Introduction 00:44 Don't use FAT32 on multi-GB USB backup drives because of file size limit 04:47 Google voice number +1-904-4-OUR-TUX 1-904-468-7889 07:03 Remote desktop setup to allow connection to your computer 18:15 Making the connection 20:20 A complete meltdown on the Internet 22:06 Port forwarding to allow bypassing of a router or firewall (port 5900) 25:30 Finding your local IP address 27:44 Connecting through your corporate network 30:26 SSH option vs. VNC? 32:13 JPEG helps with viewing video remotely 33:09 Do not run Compiz (desktop effects) 34:57 Alternative methods of connecting remotely to computers NX Free, NeatX, SSH 37:46 Software Pick: Audible player for Android 44:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 46:54 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We have lots of audio feedback. Thanks everyone. More "Gone Linux" success stories, and questions - as always.
00:00 Going Linux #113 - Listener Feedback 00:16 Introduction 01:12 www.audiblepodcast.com/goinglinux 04:00 Steve McLaughlin - The Door To Door Geek: scipe text editor 06:05 Bill: Fedora 13 review (sort of) 09:22 Skwiggs: How do I boot physical W7 partition in Virtual Box on Ubuntu host? 13:40 Jim: Moving Outlook to Thunderbird, not so easy 26:32 Troy: HP OfficeJet 8500 install, on W7 took 4 hours; on Linux, just plug it in 30:37 Jason: Don't claim OOo is 100% compatible with MS Office 34:33 Mike: Use Portable Apps to run Firefox in Library instead of IE 37:22 Mike: Commercial apps for Linux 39:26 Trevor: Highlight text in a browser and run in a terminal - TerminalRun 40:07 Angelo: How do I install Ubuntu on a system with no CD or DVD drive? 44:18 Keld: Would like to see "You dare us" like on TuxRadar 47:52 Mike: With Mint there really isn't a reason for Windows users not to switch 50:34 Dakota: Linux has made my life easier and more fun 54:58 George: Using Rhythmbox since losing iPod, now is catching up on our podcast 56:24 Zeb: Why does "complete removal" not mean "complete removal?" 62:29 OLF Promo 63:37 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
This episode focuses on Linux for small business, but we also discuss a bootable rescue CD on a flash drive. We discuss hardware requirements, operating systems and software applications for specific purposes as well.
00:00 Going Linux #112 - Linux for Small Business 00:16 Introduction 01:06 Vinux as a bootable talking rescue thumb drive 05:58 https://www.Audiblepodcast.com/goinglinux 08:05 Thanks to Frazer and Kevin and Martin 08:29 Articles on Linux for small business 11:57 Frazer: Needs online backup and hardware requirements a new computer 16:41 Kevin: A Linux distribution for business? 22:15 Martin: Suggestions for an episode (This one) 25:09 Which hardware to choose for Linux compatibility 32:05 Software for scanning 34:27 Content Management System (CMS) 37:04 Customer Relationship Management (CRM) 40:46 Mobile phone sync with Linux 43:54 Connecting from ouside 46:39 Digitally signed documents 48:56 Enterprise Content Managment (ECM) 50:05 Software suggestions from Martin 58:38 Compatibility of files 60:12 Software pick: man2html create manuals at https://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html 64:33 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 66:56 OLF Promo 67:57 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic of the month: Office for Linux. KOffice: KWord (word processor, desktop publishing) | KSpread (spreadsheets, formulas, charts) | KPresenter (presentations) | Kexi (database) | KPlato (project planning) | Kivio (diagramming and flowcharting) - not yet released | Karbon (drawing, vector graphics) | Krita (painting and image editing). OpenOffice.org, formerly from Sun Microsystems (now part of Oracle): Writer (word processor, desktop publishing, WYSIWYG html editor) | Calc (spreadsheet, formulas, charts) | Impress (presentations) | Draw (drawing, vector graphics) | Base (database) | Math (scientific formulas and equations) | Plugins from OpenOffice and third parties.Go-oo: Distributed as OpenOffice.org, with openSUSE, Mandriva and Ubuntu Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #111 - Computer America #29 00:17 Introduction 02:10 Office for Linux 03:39 OpenOffice.org 04:53 KOffice 05:50 Are office suites for Linux compatible with Microsoft Office? 07:50 Go-oo is distributed, and branded as OpenOffice.org, with many Linux distributions 10:47 How do I open a Microsoft Office document in OpenOffice? 13:01 Why not use a cloud-based office suite instead of OpenOffice? 17:52 Components and derivatives of office suites for Linux 21:08 Will Oracle kill OpenOffice? 24:18 Go-oo can open and save files with those new docx, xlsx and pptx files. 30:59 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 35:08 Ohio Linux Fest 2010 Promo 35:35 Göran: Correcting Larry's mistake 40:35 Jim: OpenOffice documentation 43:25 Henry: Will I be able to dual boot Windows 7 and Ubuntu? 54:35 Reese: Copy and paste is different on Linux than on Windows 59:32 Where do I find Going Linux? 62:48 John: Trouble opening .mht files in Firefox (use the unMHT plug-in) 64:42 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
It's only been a month, but it seems like a long time since we recorded a Listener Feedback episode. This time we discuss why we have taken on Audible as a sponsor. Audible provides DRM-restricted audio books and requires a prprietary player that doesn't work on Linux. Listen in to find out what we're doing and how you can help. Len and David provide us with audio feedback, and we discuss everything from Vinux and Mythbuntu, to hardware drivers and Linux pottery.
00:00 Going Linux #110 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:48 What's up with the Audible advertisement? 03:00 Let's work together to encourage Audible to help develop a player for Linux 05:10 Audible responds... and says they are working with the Linux community 06:16 Write to customer service, especially if you are a Linux developer 09:52 Len: Corrects Larry's mistake on the show notes page 12:30 David: Rythmbox issue 16:08 Lester: Graphical version of wget... gwget 18:22 Podcast Alley thanks 19:01 k9joshua: Found us on Miro and catchin up 22:28 lightacannon: Looking for accounting software for Linux 23:40 Angelo: Wants a talking rescue disk 27:41 Ray: Disagrees with Larry and Carey that IE9 support dropped on XP will boost Linux sales 30:42 David: Additional information on Prism... no plugins 35:49 John: Tries Mythbuntu, then wishes he hadn't when it removes ubuntu-desktop 43:15 Yo! Pandabear: Nod32 antivirus for Linux 44:56 Martin: Sound volume problems when recording videos 49:03 Charles: Painting pottery 50:11 Tony: Audio streaming skips. Is it the sound card? 53:23 Richard: Needs DVD codecc 54:55 David: Gone Linux on Netbook and amateur radio 57:28 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 59:29 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Topic of the month: "Supporting Linux Computers." One of the weaknesses of supporting Linux computers is that there are not as many good screen sharing and collaborative tools. Having said that, the situation is changing. Once again, Carey defends the fact that he does like Linux. As a Windows support tech, he just doesn't see value for him to use it. Yes, of course he uses embedded Linux in his NAS devices, etc.
00:00 Going Linux #109 - Computer America 00:17 Introduction 01:51 The Comupter America hosts chit-chat about this and that 06:24 The Linux stuff starts here 08:33 Supporting Linux computers 10:10 Larry admits the "negative side" 15:54 Some software that Linux support techs might use 20:23 Other ways to get support for Linux 26:00 Distractions from the chat room 29:09 If there is no value for the individual, they will not switch to Linux 32:54 How to get the Going Linux podcast 35:17 Carey loves Linux 37:52 Barry: Have faith, Linux figures out the drivers for printers without help 48:10 Martin: Creates another Linux convert 55:08 Selecting e-mail for the show 56:56 Frazer: He uploads files using Linux on unsecure FTP connection because they don't trust Linux 69:59 Paul: Copying files over a NAS is so slow compared with using Windows? 71:26 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 75:03 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Using the GUI for Shell Command Junkies-Advanced
We conclude our episode to show old bash shell junkies, how to to do in the GUI, many of the things they do today from the command prompt. Of course users of the graphical user interface can learn a thing or two about the command line as well.
00:00 Going Linux #108 - Using the GUI for Shell Command Junkies-Advanced 00:12 Introduction 00:67 www.audiblepodcast.com/goinglinux 03:22 Our inspiration 04:32 Delete and "move to trash": gparted 09:11 Users, groups, permissions and owners 12:21 Browsing and managing files 14:16 Text editors and advanced features for programmers 21:21 Starting and stopping services (processes) 23:51 System monitor 27:03 Programming and IDEs 30:09 Remote control, FTP and stuff we aren't going to cover here 31:02 mySQL administration 32:41 File downloads - FileZilla and using the browser with Nautilus 37:56 Installing applications 41:32 Thanks Jeff 42:07 Software Picks: Peppermint One Linux, Prism web application launcher 50:43 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 52:37 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Geek appreciation, advice on browsers, dreams of being a minion, and getting Frostbite. We rip off (er, I mean we're inspired by) the Linux Action Show again. Cross and Keld have both Gone Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #107 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:47 What's missing? 02:04 Haresh: browsers and tabs 05:15 Christos: Going Linux - an acquired taste, dreams of being a "minion" 11:21 Things that run Linux (tip of the hat to the Linux Action Show) 12:38 Doug: Running a physical Windows intall as a virtual box image 16:56 Frazer: Gets better help from the Linux community than from that old Microsoft OS 18:09 Mike: You can run scripts and links to executables from your home folder 20:07 Jonathan: Frostbite Systems now has Frostbite Media 21:44 Roy: Correction - CENTOS is not sponsored by Red Hat 24:09 Cross: Gone Linux! 26:35 Keld: Gone Linux with 50 old PCs 27:53 Free Linux Box donations 28:51 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 31:18 FreeLinuxBox.org 31:50 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
The idea for the episode came from listener, Jeff. He suggested we produce an episode to show old bash shell junkies like him, how to to do in the GUI, many of the things he's been doing for years from the command prompt. It will take us more than one episode to cover all of this, so this is the "introductory" episode.
00:00 Going Linux #106 - Using the GUI for Shell Command Junkies-Introduction 00:22 Introduction 01:27 A Linux virus?! NOT! 04:24 Linux on point-of-sale terminals 07:26 Tribute to Linux Action Show (well, sort of) 07:56 Jeff suggest the topic for this episode 13:02 Command-line tip for script writers 14:39 GUI alternative to back-ups instead of using dar and dar_manager 19:39 Disk Usage analayzer is the graphical alterative to the du command. 21:26 We discover some differences between Ubuntu 10.04 and 9.10 22:47 Find files using Search for Files (gnome-search-tool) instead of find, sed, locate and awk 28:15 Advanced search options in the gnome-search-tool 37:47 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 40:04 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
The topic, "Linux on the Small Business Desktop," starts a conversation about point-of-sale terminals. We discuss the need for Office Suites on Linux to be compatible with Microsoft Office, 7 reasons to move to Linux, and how Internet Explorer 9 could lead to success for Firefox and the Linux OS. Why are Linux users concerned with Windows terms of use? We answer listener questions.
00:00 Going Linux #105 - Computer America #27 00:17 Introduction 03:08 Movie talk 09:45 Kevin wrote an e-mail that inspired today's topic 12:05 Small business software needs: Microsoft-compatible Office Suite 15:29 PDF creation for free 18:38 Point-of-sale terminals 20:08 What about support? 21:29 A POS system is a computer 27:07 Get a professional to support your Linux server 36:28 7 Reasons for small business to switch to Linux 40:37 Michael: Podcast Alley feedback Windows licenses for Linux users 47:52 Microsoft's lack of IE9 support in Windows 7 could be good for Linux 52:51 Podcast Bunker (now listing the Going Linux podcast) 54:19 Why Linux users worry about Windows licenses 56:27 Dannyboy: What makes the android phone a better device than the iPhone? 58:52 Glen: Sensors-applet hardware-monitor are in the "universe" repository. 60:52 Deniz: What about the Going Linux CDs. 66:36 John: Learning about Unix rather than Linux in school 69:49 CitizenX: Latin support in Linux. 71:45 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 77:00 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Lots of links from our listenters with help for Tom's Chrome woes, Larry's black-on-black menu issues and more. More links to cloud apps and late breaking news from Klaatu.
00:00 Going Linux #104 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:14 Ubuntu Lucid allows simultaneous recording and Skype 04:52 Mattias: Using Dropbox to share settings on multiple computers 09:15 Michael: AdTwart for Chrome 14:43 Daniel: Blocking ads and opening all tabs easily in Chrome 16:45 Scott: Choose from "cleanlooks" in Skype to fix the black-on-black menu problem 19:06 Gord: Subscribe links fail. (Right-click and copy to podcatcher.) 21:05 Brian: Multiple links to interesting articles 23:00 Richard: Video card and printer problems may both be driver issues 27:10 Martin: Apps for blind users 29:35 Martin: Symbolic links to a command 30:45 Dharmin: Used iTunes and iPod; went mad on Vista, has now switched to ubuntu and HTC Magic 32:37 John: Expert advice and links for on-line services 37:48 Terry: Not all flash drives are created equal; choose carefully 44:28 Matt: Thumb drive advice while riding a mower (Listen. You'll figure it out.) 47:44 Chris: Gone Linux for programming 48:28 Josh: Gone Linux - the novel 53:06 Ken: How The Small Box Admin has Gone Linux 56:37 xPenguins 58:05 GNU Linux Media Sprint results 61:05 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 62:50 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
Linux "OS-10" The latest Ubuntu is more like Mac OS-X than ever. - Designed to be easy to use. - Online music store and integrated music player. - Pre-packaged with all the basic applications an average user will need. - Advanced applications are also available that expand the basic capabilities. - And now the close, minimize and maximize buttons are on the left of each window.
00:00 Going Linux #103 - Computer America #26 00:17 Introduction 02:19 Hello and welcome 04:01 Chat room troubles 05:15 Linux OS-10: Ubuntu 10.04 has a lot in common with the Mac OSX 09:05 Stability 11:41 Reliability 12:55 Why, oh why can't Larry get into the chat room? 14:12 On-line music store and integrated music player 18:13 Why has Apple not created a version of iTunes for Linux? 19:55 Looking at the Ubuntu 10.04 desktop 22:45 Computer up-time with Linux-based NAS devices 27:40 NAS: Build or buy? 32:50 Two versions of Java are NOT better than one 36:59 Hour two 38:18 John: Wants to installing 10.04 on machine with Ubuntu already installed using Wubi 46:02 Jeff: Looking forward to multi-touch on Linux 50:38 Dharmin: Looking for Linux alternative to iTunes 56:02 David: Uses Thunderbird. Wants mail left on the Hotmail server 60:52 Lightning and Sunbird for calendaring 62:42 Daniel: Lexmark is now officially supporting Linux 65:38 Ken: Takes issue of my characterization of non-LTS releases of Ubuntu 70:57 Ubuntu: An excellent user experience out of the box 73:08 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 76:02 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
We explain David Falcone's 100th episode audio congratulation. Larry waits to install Ubuntu 10.04 -- he waits for a day after its release! We provide lots of links, here in the show notes, for all of the topics we discuss. The Knightcast KC0035 plays a big part in this episode of Going Linux. Thanks to Knightwise for his excellent review of cloud computing -- and for saving us a lot of work! :)
00:00 Going Linux #102 - Computing In The Cloud-Advanced 00:17 Introduction 01:20 Thanks to "the guys" at the Bar B Ranch 03:27 Tom tries Chrome again. Stays with Firefox 05:34 Larry waited to install Ubuntu 10.04 (Sure he did!) 08:04 Tom really will wait 12:13 Cloud Computing Applications - more than we thought 13:42 Google is in the healthcare business 16:40 Cloud-based office suites: documents, spreadsheets, presentations, flow diagrams and more 21:16 Cloud-based storage 29:53 Browser bookmark synchronization 34:10 Knightwise and The Knightcast podcast 36:30 Google docs and other stuff 39:20 Microsoft virtually in the cloud and delivering pizza 42:19 The Kightcast KC0035 51:38 Edward: eyeOS - cloud-base operating system 53:26: Kevin: Links courtesy of Linux Back to Basics 58:47 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 60:54 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
After we recorded Episode 101, we received an e-mail from David Falcone, who recorded a 100th episode audio congratulation on Audacity, running under openSuse 11.2, on an old laptop and using a webcam for a mic. Nicely done David! Explanations, suggestions, solutions and ideas -- all from our listeners. Thanks once again everyone! Tom and I both have software picks this time.
00:00 Going Linux #101 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:12 David Falcone: Congratulations on your 100th episode 02:43 Ubuntu 10.04 03:08 Question: WAV or no WAV? 05:02 Tom wants to get back at spammers 07:18 Your computer IS infected. Download this program to fix it. 08:30 Russ Woodman: Xaster explained, DSL modem help 13:50 Danny: Using Orca and Debian 16:46 Dharmin: An alternative for iTunes? 19:15 John: Print screen and backups 21:48 Roger: Skype webcam solution 25:54 Alexey: More Skype webcam and printscreen ideas 35:24 Doug: Booting your physical Windows partition from within a Linux VM 36:29 Svrivani: How do I write a command-line program for Linux? 38:44 Grigory: Suggests we do an episode on light-weight distros. 41:44 Software pick: Real Player 42:55 Software pick: Any LiveCD Linux distribution 47:58 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 49:51 End
[Your browse does not support HTML5 audio.]
This special episode recognizes a hardware manufacturer who has gone out of their way to support Linux. Synaptics, maker of user interface touch devices for computer, mobile phones, remote controls and other devices companies, have just announced that they are bringing mult-touch capability to the Linux desktop with their Synaptics Gesture Suite (SGS) for Linux. Tom and I discuss. Oh, and we make the special announcement we teased on episode 98.
00:00 Going Linux #100 - Synaptics 00:15 Introduction 01:20 Adopting Ubuntu 10.04 02:45 Is Larry switching to Mint? 04:20 Announcing our DVD archives (coming soon) 08:42 Synatpics (not the package manager) introduces advance MultiTouch capabilities for Linux 13:44 The press release 17:36 Is it downloadable? 18:05 Current TouchPad capabilitieson Linux laptops 22:48 iTunes, goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 25:29 End
Recorded on April 20, this month's radio appearance topic is "Hardware manufacturers and support for Linux."
00:00 Going Linux #099 - Computer America #25 00:17 Introduction 61:54 iTunes, goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 62:21 End
This time we have no audio feedback, but we have lots of e-mail for our "Gone Linux" segment. People seem to love sharing their stories of moving to Linux with us, and we sure enjoy reading them.
00:00 Going Linux #098 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:13 An announcement about an announcement 02:20 OggCamp 03:44 Pete: Dead computer + Linux = new PC. Vista + infection = time for Linux 07:49 Larry and Tom: Skype issues, Windows won't allow a screen shot 12:40 Bob: Left XP on over night, got infection, now using Linux 17:18 David: From Unix to Caldera to Slackware and Arch 18:31 David: Puts Ubuntu on netbook and converts Dad to Linux 20:24 Ohio: Was slipped a copy of Linux while taking the Microsoft certification 23:18 Scott: Why Linux is safer? 26:02 Jeff: Finding where a Linux program is located 29:32 Tim: Suggests that we refresh some older episodes for modern distributions 31:04 Greg: Suggests rdiff-backup and shares a link 33:10 Darshana: Is the Prolink Hurricane H8600 Linux-compatible? 36:16 Jeff: Suggestions regarding the SCaLE presentation 38:05 Michael: Using the Ctrl+Alt+F7 tip 38:50 Andrew: Keryx for downloading applications on one computer and installing on another 41:52 Steve: Why you should NOT run Windows in a VirtualBox 44:18 David: Using TrueCrypt and Dropbox to store data in the cloud securely 47:06 iTunes, goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 49:26 Southeast Linux Fest 50:22 End
What is "cloud computing" anyway? We give examples of some applications that are considered to be "in the cloud."
00:00 Going Linux #097 - Linux and Cloud Computing-Introduction 00:17 Introduction 02:07 Definition: Cloud Computing 03:16 Examples of Cloud Computing 04:08 The trade-offs of computing in the cloud 05:02 Some security issues 06:40 The convenience of cloud computing 07:34 Drop Box: Do they have my whole hard drive? 10:46 Free vs. paid features of cloud-based office suites 12:51 Free vs. paid: DropBox and UbuntuOne 14:01 Google Docs: now with file sharing 14:34 Updates and updates are automatic on the cloud without downloading 15:15 Cloud computing in the corporate enterprise 16:45 More details in the advanced episodes 17:30 Tom's picks: Terminal Run for Firefox, zooming in Firefox 20:51 Larry's pick: Google Chrom for Linux 25:05 iTunes, goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 26:53 End
Topic: Googling for Linux help.
00:00 Going Linux #096 - Computer America #24 00:17 Introduction 01:51 Is that sunset a screensaver or is it live? 05:20 Linux at Disney 06:06 What about Fedora? 07:26 Linux: Not just for geeks any more 09:32 Charlie: Problems getting on the Internet resolved 14:29 Linux Mint has many of the "extras" installed by default 16:31 Charlie has room to install Ubuntu 8.04, Ubuntu 9.10, Linux Mint and Windows 7 at the same time 18:35 What is Puppy Linux? 21:21 How do I find help for myself about Linux? 23:32 The special Google search page for Linux topics 25:04 Using the right terms when you search 26:06 Google's search help topics 29:23 Choosing the right words for a search 32:06 Using "+" and "-" to refine your search 34:20 Promo: Southeast Linux Fest 37:19 Dave: Recommends PlayOnLinux to run iTunes under Linux 42:56 Calder: Locked-down Linpus version of Linux on Acer Aspire One 48:52 Paul: Trouble booting LiveCD on dual-monitor setup 54:45 Zonric: Recommends PlayOnLinux for games 63:00 Vaughn: Scanning for Windows viruses using antivirus software running on Linux works! 65:32 iTunes, goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 72:12 End
Scott's question about a Mac-like dock for Linux generated a lot of feedback. We read and answer other questions as well.
00:00 Going Linux #095 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:14 Jim: Installed Ubuntu on a custom computer, now has multiple Linux computers 04:50 Bob: Has used many operating systems. Because of the MS "you are a criminal" attitude, moved to Linux. 08:24 Zonrick: Now running Ubuntu, even though he is a gamer. 09:21 Scott's question generates lots of recommendations 10:22 RoadSurfer: recommends AWN, docbarx 15:30 Chuck: AWN 15:52 Klaatu: Wbar, AWN, Daisy 17:43 Door To Door Geek: Enlightenment 17 19:07 Zonrick: Simdock 20:02 JFL: Mac4Lin 20:36 Steve: Dreamlinux 22:14 Daniel: AWN, Cairo-Dock, Docky, wbar 25:29 Matt: Cairo-Dock 26:57 Terry: Cairo-Dock 30:41 Ohio: Acer, Power PC recommendations 31:27 Dejan: Installing and using Linux without a fast Internet connection 36:49 JFL: Views Linux as a modular operating system 38:35 Klaatu: Sawtooth G4 installation suggestions. Low spec computing considerations. 42:28 Mikolaj: Defenestrate 43:20 iTunes, goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 44:25 End
In this episode, we present the audio from Larry's talk at the 8th Southern California Linux Expo.
00:00 Going Linux #094 - SCaLE 8x 00:17 Introduction 01:08 Penguins Don't Feel Pain 66:15 Ogg Camp promo 67:23 End
Topic for the month: "Anti-virus software for Linux"
00:00 Going Linux #093 - Computer America #23 00:15 Introduction 01:52 Anti-virus software for Linux 06:00 Are virus writers writing for Linux, or is it like the Mac? 07:49 Use anti-virus software under Linux to prevent passing on Windows viruses. 08:35 What about platform-independent vulnerabilities, like Java security holes? 10:23 Do you get security updates automatically with Linux? 11:20 If Linux is open source, how do you know you can trust the security updates? 13:56 I get all the updates if I purchase support, but what about if I am using a free distribution of Linux? 16:09 Are the updates only for the kernel, or for applications, too? 18:15 Is the kernel the same from distribution to distribution? 20:26 It would be difficult to get infected with a Linux virus, if they existed. 22:30 Don't be part of the problem 23:15 How much choice do I have when it comes to Linux anti-virus software? 24:27 Which Linux anti-virus is the best? 30:55 Review by Tux Radar's review of anti-virus 31:40 Charlie: Problems that he can not connect to the Internet on his dual boot, system -- when using Linux! 44:43 John: Trouble-shooting a DVD drives that read files on a DVD, but won't allow copying. DRM? 52:49 John: Can I scan a Windows partition from Linux, to remove infections. 57:39 John: Do drivers get installed automatically when you install Linux? 58:48 Tony: Problems getting onto the Computer America's Add-on Chat. 61:52 Carey's understanding of (and appreciation for) Linux 62:52 Jonathan: Audio problems with gtk-recordmydesktop to create screencasts 64:17 Next-up on Going Linux 66:57 freelinuxbox.org promo 67:30 End
A new Linux computer vendor, help for our listeners, and a new segment for the podcast. Gone Linux!
00:00 Going Linux #092 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:15 SCaLE 8x Southern California Linux Expo 02:19 Jonathan: Frostbite systems - computers with Linux installed, specializing in computers for blind users 05:02 Yiorgi: Suggestions for making Going Linux an even better podcast 10:34 Lester: Cell phone connects quickly in Linux, difficult in Windows 12:51 Rafael: Switched to Ubuntu after Windows virus infestation 14:19 Scott: Wiped out Windows and went 100% to Linux 16:54 Luke: Needs older version of Skype because of pulse audio problems 18:34 Rex: Has a podcast and a revolutionary Open Source business idea 20:44 James: Adding missing application icons to the Linux menu 22:36 Definition: The command line pipe 24:24 James: Linux is just a command-line operating system with a GUI pasted on top 30:18 Scott: Seems to be installing Ubuntu on every computer in sight! 34:03 Pete: De-Microsofting his life 35:51 Jim: What does it mean to "install" software? 40:29 Amarok issues 41:41 Max: Mint Cast provides info on re-installing settings after a fresh install. 42:34 Tony: Failed install of Firefox 3.6 disables plugins 45:53 John: Software pick is the fusion-icon package 50:07 Phil: Google IS evil. Acer Aspire One problems with Ubuntu installed 53:14 Linux could be (but isn't) like Mac, and support only specific hardware; or like Windows, and require hardware upgrades 57:15 John: Lost his NTFS "C:" drive on his dual-boot system 59:43 Tim: Trying to install Linux on a G4 Sawtooth Mac 62:28 John: FOSSCasts screencasts are available 63:30 Software pick: UCK Ubuntu Customisation Kit 65:31 iTunes, goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 67:20 End
The long-awaited Advanced Linux Gaming episode is finally here! From native Linux games to Play on Linux, we discuss the things you need to know to get advanced games to run on your Linux machine.
00:00 Going Linux #091 - Linux Games-Advanced 00:18 Introduction 01:30 Larry's talk at SCaLE 8x is on "Linux for Windows Users" 02:37 Get your drivers "in a row" to get ready for gaming 03:22 Proper video drivers are critical for gaming on Linux 04:45 Turn off Compiz before you start 05:06 Where do I go to install hardware drivers for Ubuntu? 07:00 There are some great native Linux games... like Penumbra 09:38 Saurbraten, Open Arena and Alien Arena are like Quake 12:17 Microsoft games are designed to run on Windows. Don't expect miracles! 13:27 Finding instructions for getting games to run under WINE on Linux 13:56 Considerations for differences in computer harware 15:18 James: An e-mail with suggestions for setting up Windows games on Linux 21:56 Play On Linux: Not just for gaming 23:20 Play On Linux works like Add/Remove Programs for installing many Windows apps like iTunes and others. 25:19 The Play On Linux website has an extensive "scripts" list 27:42 Thanks, Tom for your personal sacrifice, testing all these games 28:28 Caution: Be careful of 3rd party applications. Wine can get Windows viruses! 29:34 iTunes, goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 31:22 SCaLE 8x promo 32:21 End
Larry is back on the Computer America radio show for the beginning of yet another new year. The topic is "Linux for Windows users" but we talk about Linux for Windows, Mac and any kind of user. Listener e-mails in hour 2 as always. Larry provides a promo code for Computer America listeners to get a discount off of their SCaLE 8x registration..
00:00 Going Linux #090 - Computer America #22 00:17 Introduction 01:12 Hello and welcome 03:22 Craig's new computer 07:13 Craig's new iMac would run Linux blazingly fast 10:30 Carey's new NAS does run Linux 12:36 Why make a NAS yourself when you can buy one, already setup? 13:13 Craig's son wants to build his own computer 13:35 Carey recommends his 10-part series of videos on building your own computer 14:00 Larry recommends his 1-part video on installing Linux on that newly-built computer 16:00 Keyboard cat... without the cat 18:15 "Linux for Windows Users" is the title of Larry's talk at SCaLE 8x 20:34 Why use Linux if you are already using Windows? 22:26 The Windows 7 Ultimate DVD is pretty... nice and shiny 22:53 That gives you the OS and Notepad 23:14 Next you can get OpenOffice and other cross-platform application for free 23:55 Learn to use common Linux applications (OpenOffice, Firefox Thunderbird, GIMP etc.) while using Windows) 25:24 Other Open Source applications used on Linux that have versions that work on Windows 29:38 Google runs Linux 30:02 Corel had their own Linux distribution at one point 31:20 Why should I choose Linux or a Mac instead of Windows? 32:58 You have a choice of operating systems at various price points 33:37 For a business, switching to Linux can save you a lot of money on license fees paid to Microsoft 35:29 Is Linux right for Windows users? It's an important choice 39:39 Southern California Linux Expo promo 40:37 Hello and welcome to hour 2 and listener e-mail 42:45 Linux Journal's Shawn Powers loses home and pets to fire 46:15 Ian: Comments on upgrading Ubuntu Linux vs. a fresh installation 51:55 Proprietary software vs. Open Source vs. Public Domain software 56:24 Carl: Kubuntu took 5 days to install because wireless card was not supported natively under Linux 59:23 Carl wants to use his iPod and iTunes in Linux, Going Linux episode 91 will describe how 62:48 "Upgrading and repairing Window" book (Larry recommends Linux to do this) 66:04 David: Wants software to allows assigning the right-click action to the lower right corner of the trackpad 70:42 Mr. Happy Face: Used Linux since 1999, recommends the PartedMagic Linux distribution 74:17 Jim: Google Chrome borrows plugins like Flash from your Firefox installation 76:07 Larry takes issue with Jim's comment that Linux is a command line OS with a GUI pasted on top 77:10 Podcast listeners can get 40% off your SCaLE 8x registration by using the code "CAST" 77:54 iTunes, goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 81:14 End
As always we have lots of listener feedback. This time we say we're sorry, we get corrected on a few things and receive some excellent links to videos, articles and websites that will be of interest to all. Larry makes an announcement about SCaLE 8x.
00:00 Going Linux #089 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:12 Advanced Gaming episode will be a little delayed 01:58 Google Chrome browser for Linux is snappy, X-marks software lives up to its "alph" designation 08:27 Tom's tinkering causes issues, but his computer is running again 12:06 Greg: What is XML? 14:46 Greg: Packages under Gnome and KDE 17:55 Kevin: Printer incompatibility raises ire 21:58 Johnathan: Provides liks to great FOSS Events sites 24:32 Clinton: Kiwi LTSP and networking issues with Realtek r8169 Gigabit card 33:47 David: What was that command, again, for backing up? Episode 36, 61, and 73. 39:26 Shawn: Loves the command line. What firewall ports are used for streaming? 42:54 Ken: Provides a blog post for checkinstall 44:04 Bill: Hooked on Ubuntu. Thanks the Going Linux Podcast 45:20 Henk: How do I setup a COM (serial) port for use with an HP nc8430 PLC? 51:14 Scott: Takes issue with comments on Linux gaming 54:38 Greg: Problems with our feed on gpodder fixed by deleting corrupted config file 59:13 Mitchel: The Computer Doctor does video 67:20 Knightwise: Wise words of caution for our listeners about wireless security 70:57 Alan: Popey corrects our sudo apt-get dist-upgrade mistake 79:32 Kevin: We made him out to be an angry gamer. He isn't. 83:15 Larry will be speaking at the Southern California Linux Expo 2010 in February 84:17 iTunes, goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 85:57 SCaLE 8x Promo 86:57 End
Larry appears on the Fresh Ubuntu podcast. Harlem Quijano and Peter Nikolaidis welcome Larry as their guest host for this episode.
00:00 Going Linux #088 - Fresh Ubuntu #1 00:17 Introduction 01:51 FreeLinuxBox.org 02:27 Fresh Ubuntu 03:50 Why a podcast? 05:04 Your favorite distribution is Ubuntu? 06:22 Do Harlem and Tom even have last names? 08:18 Oregon weather and Karmic-related stuff 15:12 Karmic and the Software Center 18:40 Peter does Python and 200 squats 20:25 Fresh Ubuntu -m 21:00 Google DNS... what about privacy? 28:10 Google, Gooogle, and more Goooogle! 46:22 Facebook... what about privacy? 53:14 Lucid Lynx Alpha 1 56:23 Ubuntu looking for artwork 59:57 Goodbye Gimp 67:38 Dell Optiplex Ubuntu-ready Desktops 71:54 Linux Mint Helena 74:40 Linux on 100% of netbooks, Windows has the other 100% 77:38 Fedora moves to Git 78:45 Malware for Linux available on Gnome-Look! Really? 80:28 Thunderbird 3 84:56 French Army Chooses Open Source for Email 88:28 Use axel to improve apt-get update and apt-get upgrade: apt-fast 93:12 Things KDE 95:33 Feedback 100:17 End
Topic for the month: "Linux and Open Source for the Holidays" On a budget? Got a geek on the gift list? Give the gift of Linux and Linux-compatible products for the holidays!
00:00 Going Linux #087 - Computer America #21 00:16 Introduction 01:52 Linux and Open Source for the holidays 13:43 Linc from the Linux Link Tech Show 15:28 FreeLinuxBox.org 27:12 Who is the right person for a Linux-related gift? 32:05 Give Linux phone for the holidays 34:41 Give a computer that is pre-installed with Linux 37:36 FreeLinuxBox.org promo from Linc 38:07 Robert: A question about Windows licensing in a virtual machine 51:43 Jim: I need a compelling reason to continue using Linux 63:33 Chris: My Ubuntu machine doesn't see my NAS (Synology DS109j). Win 7 does. 70:42 goinglinux.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe, vote. 72:27 End
Lots of audio feedback from listeners. Thanks. We love it! Karmic troubles. Erratta. Installing Linux Apps. Linux for the visually impaired. Amarok: not so good any more. How to ensure that external devices are mounted the same (with the same name) each time. Serious gamer is disappointed.
00:00 Going Linux #086 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:15 Karmic troubles for Tom 04:18 Fresh install, fresh install, fresh install 05:06 LinuxInstall.net podcast 06:12 Recording a podcast using Linux running from a LiveCD 06:52 Paul, from Finland: corrected Larry's pronunciation 09:53 Greg: Running Xp in a VM in Xandros. Has a limited machine but building a better one. 13:43 Greg: Tried apt-get update and apt-get upgrade but he still seems to be on 8.10. What changed? 18:26 Brendan: Thanks for picking up where Chess Griffin left off. 19:45 Jos: Tells us about Camp KDE, January 2010. 21:47 Brian: forward info on AllMyApps, GetDeb, AptLinex 23:53 James: Information on why screen reader has problems with OpenOffice. 26:52 John: Another Linux distro for blind and visually impared users: Adriane Knoppix. 30:01 Graham: How to get external devices to use the same name each time. 34:40 Kevin: A semi-serious gamer says Linux games still aren't the best quality. Thanks for DLJ. 41:17 Ron: Recommends Play On Linux. 44:03 Carlos: Advice for John and information about Amarok with portable media players. 47:24 Richard of Linux in the Ham Shack: When Bill gets his own podcast... 48:43 goinglinux.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe, vote. 50:42 End
Why Linux is better -- inspired by an e-mail from listener TJ.
00:00 Going Linux #085 - Computer America #20 00:15 Introduction 01:49 Hello and welcome 03:37 Linux 05:00 Why Linux is better 06:41 Pixar uses Linux 08:28 Non-controversial topic tonight, "Why Linux is better" 12:00 Jim: Simple Backup has stopped working 22:42 What about drivers for Linux? 30:06 Richard: Does Linux recognize FAT32 formatted drives? 36:54 Richard: Wants to install Ubuntu, but wants to know how to start the screen reader at boot 41:25 Yiorgi: Sniggering? Craig and Carey? Never! Adjusting fonts in Thunderbird signature files. 50:33 Why copy software when you can get it for free? Like a Photoshop alternative, GIMP. 52:49 Update all of your software with a single click. 54:05 Filing and tracking bugs is easy with Linux 56:16 Gaming with Linux (revisited) 58:19 When Linux is not better 59:25 Isn't all Linux software free? 63:26 Linux at CES 66:30 Goog411, 1800-bing-411, couchsurfing.com and other free services 69:28 iTunes, goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux 74:33 End
In this introduction to gaming with Linux, Tom and Larry discover that there are many more games available for Linux than either of them had realized. These games range from children's games to first person shooters, and massively multiplayer role playing games. Tom has discovered an excellent game manager that simplifies the installation of advanced games as well.
00:00 Going Linux #084 - Gaming with Linux-Introduction 00:15 Introduction 01:13 Do you really have to keep Windows to play games? 02:05 Dazzling array of games are available for Linux in the repositories 04:19 Disclaimer: request for corrections 04:43 Kmahjongg 06:03 pouetChess 06:30 PokerTH (Texas Hold'em) 07:00 Planet Penguin Racer 07:23 Tux Typing 09:23 Ksirk (Risk-like game) 10:03 Torcs (Car racing game) 10:39 Frozen Bubble 12:18 Frets on Fire (think Guitar Hero) 14:29 Sauerbraten, Alien Arena and other First Person Shooter games 15:01 More advanced options Making it easy with DJL 15:44 What is DJL? Why should I use a game manager? 17:22 What you get: GUI for finding and easily installing games (free ware, share ware, GPL games) 19:48 Select from different genres of games 20:18 Assault Cube 21:48 Plane Shift 24:52 Installing DJL 26:27 iTunes, goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, @goinglinux 28:13 End
Looking forward to Karmic karma. Other topics include: removing junk, Nautilus-actions plug-in, Linux Experiment, Virtual Box, installing Windows 7, and KMyMoney.
00:00 Going Linux #083 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:13 Ubuntu 9.10 Karmic Koala 02:24 Install Ubuntu software at the appnr.com website 06:11 Reese: Removing RAR and TAR junk 08:43 Martin: Fun with Nautilus - context menus 13:42 Tyler: The Linux Experiment website and podcast 16:04 James: Ubuntu 9.10 review 20:10 Seth: Use Virtual Box (non-open source) to get USB support 22:54 Bill: Is he upset with us? 27:23 John: If PC came with Windows, can I install XP or 7 on a virtual machine? 38:21 Ray: All of KDE installed along with KMyMoney! 42:44 Software pick: Use "mount" to open an ISO image without burning to disk 46:16 Software pick: xsane scanning, printing, fax application 47:41 goinglinux.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe, vote 49:34 Linux-compatible software promo 51:00 End
Have you heard? There's a new version of our favorite OS being released this month!
00:00 Going Linux #082 - Computer America #19 00:16 Introduction 01:51 Hello and welcome! 03:27 Battlestar Gallactica 06:08 Have you heard about the new OS (not Windows 7) 07:47 Does the Linux kernel get upgraded with a distribution upgrade? 10:05 Definition: Linux distribution 13:44 Intentional or conicidence? New releases Windows and Linux in same month 14:34 Microsoft considers Linux a serious competitor, contributes to Linux code base 16:49 Isn't software from a single source better? How do I know Linux software will work? 20:52 Lester: Switched to Linux. Should I upgrade right away? 27:18 Will things disappear after the upgrade? What about my preferences? 36:57 Scott: 32-bit or 64-bit Linux. Which is better? 45:41 John: Fresh install or upgrade. Which should I do? 50:23 Tim: Logitech keyboard and mouse work great! What will I do with PC Tools? 52:56 Mark: Epson Workforce 600 Printer. Drivers? 60:54 Media/podcatching software to sync with my media player 65:05 James: Reviews Ubuntu Linux version 9.10, Karmic Koala 66:39 Open Source development let's you follow the fixing of bugs -- and contribute! 68:04 Mark: Comments on the cost of converting to Linux. It has saved him time and money! 70:54 iTunes, goinglinux.com, @goinglinux 75:58 End
Step-by-step instructions for changing default applications in Linux. Changing your browser, e-mail client, terminal, screen reader, media player, word processor, spreadsheet application, and more. Promos for OggCamp, Yugma, and Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #081 - Changing Linux Default Applications 00:16 Introduction 01:16 Thanks to listener "alistair.graham" for the topic idea 02:16 Changing default applications is accomplished in several locations 03:04 Install the alternate applications before making the changes to the defaults. 03:24 Changing the default browser and e-mail client in Linux 05:01 Changing the default media player in Linux 05:28 Changing the default terminal (command line) application in Linux 05:52 Changing the default screen reader and other accessibility applications in Linux 06:05 Using Nautilus to change default applications that open file types 06:32 Change applications that open files temporarily 07:11 Changing the default application that opens a file 07:54 Three ways to open a file using file associations at the Linux command line 09:00 Changing the default application for e-mailing OpenOffice documents as attachments 11:05 Promo: OggCamp 13:10 Promo: Yugma 15:25 Promo: Linux 17:27 iTunes, goinglinux.com, @goinglinux 19:10 End
Audio feedback, a Linux podcast promo, and an advertisement for Linux are all included in this episode along with the regular lister feedback and questions. Our version of the Linux Advert is available from our website (Creative Commons License) using Ken Starks' words, and music (Ashrilyn's "Jungle") from https://www.archive.org/details/Ashrilyn.
ampache - web-based audio file management system - www.ampache.org mpeg4ip-server - end-to-end system to explore streaming multimedia vls - lightweight MPEG and DVD video streaming server (related to VLC) theorur - simple tool for Ogg/Theora streaming written in GTK+2 peercast - P2P audio and video streaming server icecast-server - MPEG Layer III Streaming Server icecast2 - Ogg Vorbis and MP3 streaming media server flumotion - Fluendo Streaming Server - manager, worker and admin ezstream - easy media streaming client over icecast servers mserv - centralized multiuser music environment - server
00:00 Going Linux #080 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:15 Karmic talk 04:16 Talk Geek To Me 05:14 Linux User Podcast 07:16 James: Suggests IEs4Linux to browse Microsoft-only compatible sites 12:47 Linux Advert 14:06 Rick: Tired of Microsoft stealing the wheels off of his pc 14:39 Eric: Problems with wireless under Fedora 20:18 Peter: How to add folders as bookmarks in Nautilus 22:19 Alex: Shares a script to install "restricted" software when you upgrade to Ubuntu 9.10 25:28 Rich: Solution for defragging Windows machines -- install a better OS 26:19 Akshay: Ham radio on a Linux pc 27:34 Marc: Marc gets lucky, gets Ubuntu One, and gets spell checking suggestions 35:31 Kross: Starts a big project, converting a school to Linux 40:15 Brian: Also starts a big project, converting a bridal shop business to Linux 42:49 Jeff: provides suggestions for setting up a streaming media server 46:19 Shane: First Linux podcast he likes 47:47 iTunes, goinglinux.com, @goinglinux 49:36 End
Is Linux really more secure than Windows? We help a caller with a printer issue. Larry and Carey square off without getting into an argument. Larry shows his drumming talent.
00:00 Going Linux #079 - Computer America #18 00:16 Introduction 01:46 Movies - Not! 03:03 Fourth Tuesday this month 04:30 Is Linux really more secure than Windows? 06:40 Caller John: Looking for driver for a Lexmark X75 all-in-one printer 12:57 Determine your printer's Linux compatibility 16:57 Larry plays the drums 18:48 Who is responsible for developing printer drivers for Linux? 19:50 Multi-function printer drivers are complex under Windows, Mac and Linux 22:45 Larry calls for hardware manufacturers to publicize, rather than hide, their Linux compatibility 26:44 Which printer manufacturers are most Linux-friendly 29:53 Larry gets a little fancy with the drums 31:41 A company with the initials HP is most Linux compatible 34:46 Daniel: Doesn't agree that Linux will get attacked when it gets more popular 38:43 Windows leaves fighting viruses to antimalware 41:11 Is computer security just a matter for computer users to implement? 44:44 Using Linux does not prevent all users from getting infected 47:40 More fancy drumming 48:47 60,000 new Windows threats per day 51:08 Attachments in e-mail: Linux users have to explicitly give files permission to run 53:24 Windows users must use antivus and anti spyware, and practice "safe computing" 55:33 Linux is designed to prevent infection, and to minimize damage if it happens. 58:15 Drumming one-handed 59:24 Does the better security in Linux make it more difficult to use? 61:01 The security vs. ease-of-use trade-off with ANY operating system 62:54 Linux repositores all but eliminate the need to download software from third party sites 66:35 John: Why does Ubuntu Linux warn me about viruses in JPEG files if it is more secure? 68:18 Now the drumming technique is just getting ridiculous 69:40 iTunes, goinglinux.com, @goinglinux 73:23 End
We discuss some of the more advanced things you can do with the Linux file system. The file manager provided with your distribution has many features for manipulating files and folders. We discuss some of them. We also talk about tools that can be used to examine the file system... and to alter it.
00:00 Going Linux #078 - Linux File Systems-Advanced 00:15 Introduction 01:16 Skype revisited, for Pete's sake! 03:20 The file manager 04:46 The Nautilus file manager - local, remote and plug-ins 07:20 Dragging and dropping - controling the copy, move and link actions 08:36 Changing permissions graphically 09:06 Which files are taking up the most space on my hard drive? Two tools 11:00 Modify the file system using GParted 12:48 Manage disk partitions - partitioning utilities 14:30 How we use GParted with flash drives to ensure compatibility with Windows and Linux 19:18 Command line utilities 20:30 goinglinux.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe, vote 22:20 End
In this episode: Skype rant! Adopting Linux rant! Oh, and we answer listener questions as well.
00:00 Going Linux #077 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:16 Tom rants: Skype beta breaks audio and video on Ubuntu 9.04 05:14 Gil: Windows is less expensive to run than Linux 09:35 Larry rants: Windows is less expensive only if you already use it, don't buy software, and upgrade by buying a new PC. 13:24 Screenlets is an alternative for Conky 15:26 Maintenance is less with Linux 16:43 Reese: Hannah Montana Linux and Linux file systems feedback 17:17 Victor: Windows free since 2005... Carey can install Linux! 18:43 Richard: Gets the word out about malicious commands 19:52 Norman: Likes Sabayon, likes Mint better for new users 22:09 Replacing the Linux Mint slab menu with the traditional Gnome menu 24:54 Jason: MS terminal services for the listener wanting to connect to MS servers 28:33 Judy: Creative Soundblaster not working under Ubuntu 9.04! 31:52 Scott: WattOS - small and "power" full... add icons to desktop... iTunes? 37:00 Qlix alternative for Zune 37:35 Mike: Wants to setup a music library website 39:22 Adam: Using a Linux-formatted drive for Windows iTunes media storage 44:49 Jacob: Correction - IDE and SATA drives all show as /dev/sdx these days 46:21 Who we missed this time 47:10 Software pick: compiz-switch, compiz-check 50:27 goinglinux.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe, vote 51:49 Extra stuff 52:51 End
Inspired by a request from listener, Reese, and armed with an outline modeled after Chess Griffin's Linux Reality #11, we provide an explanation of the Linux file system. Our discussion begins with a comparison of the Windows and Linux file structure, then we dig into the directories (folders) that are common on most Linux systems.
00:00 Going Linux #076 - Linux File Systems-Introduction 00:15 Introduction 01:17 Update on Larry's evaluation of Linux for use in the corporate world. 01:58 Evaluation of Linux used to get a better deal from Microsoft. 02:48 Tom reviews Hannah Montana Linux, finds it "evil" 06:47 Thanks to Reese and Chess 07:21 Differences and Similarities XP and Ubuntu 07:49 Windows paths use "\" while Linux uses "/" 08:26 Linux drives are labeled sda, sdb, fda, fdb, cda, cdb, etc. 09:24 Windows uses letters A: B: C: D: 10:34 Windows has "magical" "Desktop" and "My Documents" folders for each user that are not where they appear to be. 11:40 Linux file system has a top-level root directory ("/") and every directory is under it. 12:26 The backup of saved data and application settings and preferences is easy under Linux 13:55 The 12 common basic Linux directories 15:00 /bin - binaries 16:00 /lib - libraries 16:44 /dev - devices 17:14 /etc - etcetera 17:40 /home - home 18:02 /mnt - mount 19:48 /proc - processes 20:52 /root - root directory for the root user 21:47 /sbin - secure binaries 22:06 /tmp - temporary 22:39 /usr - unix system resources 23:09 /var - variable 23:21 /boot, /media, and /opt 24:30 The Free Standards Group: standard file hierarchy for Linux 25:13 Additional resources 25:53 Binary Signal's screencast of Linux Reality #11 26:24 File system fragmentation and a grocery list... 27:50 goinglinux.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe, vote 29:54 End
Linux success stories. Going Linux Podcast publishes screencasts on burning a Linux LiveCD, and installing Linux from a LiveCD!
00:00 Going Linux #075 - Computer America #17 00:17 Introduction 01:51 Movie talk 03:03 Welcome Larry! 05:08 Linux success stories 08:22 Kross: What to do when your OS just works? 10:53 Screencasting software on the Internet 14:50 Larry introduces Carey and Craig to the two screencasts he made for Carey 15:50 Video tutorial: Burning a Linux CD 21:39 Posting screencasts: Carey suggests Facebook (https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100000160608558v=app_2392950137) 25:45 We run out of time in hour 1 27:04 Video tutorial: Installing Linux from the LiveCD 33:01 Addison: How would I get Google Earth running in Ubuntu? 34:41 Definitions: "package manager" and "repository" 36:52 Laura: How do I install Linux alongside Vista on my new computer? 40:33 Ray: If I can install Mint, so can Carey! 43:08 Installing Linux using Wubi 45:47 Jonathan: Blind Linux user builds accessible Linux computers, includes our episodes 48:13 Trihexiphenidyl: Microsoft shut off XP. I'm switching to Linux! 52:22 Linux: no viruses, you can copy it as much as you want, and you can give it away 53:49 Browser and OS security 58:07 ZenDead: Has installed Ubuntu on Desktop and Netbook, interested in Ubuntu Studio 62:43 End
No Windows bashing here! From screencasting tips to Windows add-ons that make the MS OS work more like Linux, our listeners come through with suggestions and tips. Wondering how to actually install Linux using a LiveCD? Check out our latest screencast!
00:00 Going Linux #074 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:16 Discombobulation 02:09 Bill: audio file conversions - oggconvert utility 04:44 John: Likes pokes and jabs at Microsoft, but not the hate; runs 5 distros 12:06 Tom holds back... 12:49 Larry reviews the SATA drive issue; is John in "dependency hell" with SuSE? 15:33 The need to use the terminal 17:16 Vic: List of TuxRadar review on screencasting apps 18:37 Jason: Linux has been almost life-changing 20:29 Göran: Troubleshooting hard drive issue on an NTFS hard drive with Linux 26:50 Larry suggest a "better way" 27:56 Andy: 20 desktops and 360 desktop for Windows 29:30 Ray: Really likes Linux Mint 31:29 Jenny: IT major just discovered open source software! 32:50 Tim: The new intro is better, additional suggestions 34:32 Tim: How can I connect to a site that requires IE from Linux without paying a license? 38:35 Mitchel: Blogs about his move to Linux 41:02 goinglinux.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe, vote 43:42 Extra stuff 44:36 End
We express our opinion on netbooks, Google Chrome and the "commoditization" of operating systems. We revamp the intro, help with desktop freezes and slow browsers, and relay listener tips. Andrew writes a song mixed with clips of Larry's voice from the podcast.
00:00 Going Linux #073 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:14 Tom prepares to go wireless 01:45 Kyle: Asks for our opinion on the netbook market 04:50 Google's Chrome Operating System is based on Linux 06:35 Tom rants about netbook operating systems 08:07 Larry thinks computer operating systems are becoming a commodity 10:37 James: Your intro is too long and slow! (We changed it for him.) 12:46 Stan: Don't you have to backup the hidden Linux folders, too? 16:56 Zeb: Life cycle is another difference between free and commercial versions of Linux. 17:34 Martin: Suggests additional desktop sharing apps that work with Linux 21:24 Developers, we want apps named T0m and Larieeee. ;-) 22:21 Martin: Intel video driver on Dell Latitude 5500 gives desktop freezes. 26:14 Mark from Lanzarote: Tip - drag a file from Nautilus to a terminal to get the path right 30:00 Tom suggests: Drag from Firefox to a folder to download a file. 31:47 Mark: What is that mini-window thing in KDE called? Is it in Gnome? It's a task switcher. 32:36 Use Alt+Tab to switch tasks. Use simple-ccsm to assign the Shift Switcher (Cover) setting. 35:43 Emily: Firefox is slow. Even slower since upgrading to 3.5. 36:44 It's your Stumble Upon add-on that is causing your browser to be sluggish! 40:00 Reminiscence of the old days of 300 baud modems and all night downloads. 40:43 Brian: I have failed to be able to install Kubuntu. Bad technology is at fault. 43:26 Andrew mixes our podcast into a song about Linux - "I Love Penguins" 45:43 Tom is loaded for bear! 46:20 goinglinux.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 47:45 I Love Penguins 53:14 End
Lost bus lane fines due to Conficker Worm infestation at city hall: $70,000... Consulting fees paid to Microsoft to fix the problem: $975,000... Listening to arguments about the high cost of ownership of Linux: Priceless! Larry is on Computer America early this month.
00:00 Going Linux #072 - Computer America #16 00:15 Introduction 01:50 The "How was your weekend" segment 03:04 Why the schedule change? 08:00 866-606-TALK live@computeramerica.com 09:24 Linux is a free operating system. You can also pay for support, or purchase CDs. 10:50 Microsoft pushes the Total Cost of Ownership (TCO) argument against Linux, but you have similar costs with ANY operating system 13:50 When you pay for Linux you get someone to call for support and perhaps some additional utilities 15:30 Definition: "Linux distribution" 17:32 Use a LiveCD to try a distribution before you install it on you computer 18:40 Where to find a Linux distribution to try for home or business 22:13 Purchasing Linux support for the Corporate environment 24:00 Does it make sense for a business to pay for Linux? 26:30 Does it make sense to pay for Linux at home? 28:40 Wade: Are there terminal services for Linux? Can I run proprietary software under Linux? 32:50 Listeners request new segments on Computer America 36:04 James: The advice you gave a caller in the last show, about reinstalling, was wrong! 40:28 John: I am that guy who called! No harm done. 42:32 Restoring Windows boot loader after uninstalling Linux 43:30 What to do before attempting to install software that requires you to compile it from sourcecode. 46:20 Computer America contest winners 48:00 Chat room participant downloaded a Linux ISO, burned the LiveCD and was running Fedora in 45 minutes. 49:00 Troy: Wireless on an inherited T41 doesn't work! 53:20 John: Tablet PC works perfectly with SuSE. Has display resolution trouble after deciding to try Ubuntu. 60:10 Sometimes people make their own trouble... especially the geeks who like to experiment! 63:18 For the "normal" user who doesn't want to experiment, Linux just works. 65:40 ComputerWorldUK article highlights the *real* TCO advantage of Linux... no lost productivity or expense involved in fighting malware! 67:30 Check out our screencast on how to burn a Linux CD 70:49 End
How to eliminate the most annoying sound in the world. Bandwidth caps. Stick with 32-bit -- for now. Compiz Configuration Managers. Multiple desktops, not just for Linux anymore. Using multiple monitors under Linux. Mirror screens vs. extended desktop.
Fix for the most annoying sound in the world: sudo nano /etc/modprobe.d/blacklist.conf Add these lines # remove annoying beep on shutdown blacklist pcspkr
00:00 Going Linux #071 - Linux Desktops-Advanced 00:15 Introduction 01:41 Schedule change with Computer America for July 02:43 Larry switches back to 32-bit Ubuntu 9.04. That fixed the printer and Synergy issues 03:45 Larry discovers the most annoying sound in the world... and a fix for it. 06:32 Tom rants about bandwidth caps and metering. 09:44 The Mint Cast #16 did a better job than we could in describing Compiz and customizing Gnome. 10:43 How to get the control panel for Compiz (hint: package manager) 12:24 Conflicting effects with Compiz 13:21 Not all graphics cards and drivers can handle the 3-D effects of Compiz 14:47 Using and switching between multiple desktops 16:42 Using multiple monitors (dual head) - mirrored vs extended 19:20 Additional resource 20:56 Tom's software pick Dropbox 22:34 Larry shares an alternative to Dropbox from Canonical 23:50 Larry's pick Yugma a better (and less expensive) alternative to GoToMeeting that works with Linux! 28:56 goinglinux.com, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 30:55 End
"The good, the bad and the ugly" (No, not the movie.) This time we talk about the good, the bad, and the ugly sides of Linux, as described in our listener e-mail.
00:00 Going Linux #070 - Computer America #15 00:15 Introduction 01:50 Movie reviews - NOT! 03:20 Off-topic banter - not so much! 04:23 Welcome Larry 05:30 What is a screencast? 06:52 Computer America, the video - talking heads 11:02 The good, the bad, and the ugly 13:50 What is the "ugly" of Linux 15:18 Unplugging and external USB device Linux, Windows and Mac 18:36 Unplugging drives, when Windows won't let you 21:29 The hazards of unplugging storage devices 24:33 John in San Diego: Needs to resize the Ubuntu partition 27:14 How to repartition and reinstall from LiveCD 30:02 What's this? I thought Linux doesn't need security updates. 31:35 Am I protected if I simply run from a Linux LiveCD? 35:53 Richard (Stallman?): It's "GNU-Linux", not "Linux!" 44:06 Joe: What do I need to setup my own Linux server at home? 45:51 Richard in Escondido: Does Ubuntu have the Orca screen reader in the LiveCD 46:45 Orca is in the Ubuntu LiveCD and can even be enabled during installation 47:28 Where do I go to find a Linux User Group (LUG) in my area? 49:30 Marc in Germany: Recommends PenDriveLinux - and wins some Windows software from CA! 52:12 You can partition a flash drive to hold PenDriveLinux and also use it as a regular flash drive 53:31 UNetBootIn is an alternative to PenDriveLinux for creating a "LiveCD" flash drive 56:28 Jon in the UK: Provides some helpful suggestions on creating screencasts 59:31 Sherry: Should I upgrade Ubuntu to 9.04? 61:17 Jason, contest winner 63:50 What is a long-term support releases of Linux software 66:11 Tony in New Jersey: Despises Linux, going back to XP 71:20 Zeb: My Ubuntu theme changes on it's own! 72:23 Larry recommends an "ugly" solution 73:13 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 76:26 End
Larry and Tom have both switched to the latest Ubunutu. Tom gets a new laptop. Audio feedback from Bill S. who donated the laptop to Tom. Thanks Bill! Ray reviews his experiences installing the Windows 7 and Linux Mint 7 release candidates on the same computer. For most working features, out-of-the-box, guess which one wins!
00:00 Going Linux #069 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:34 We have switched to Ubuntu 9.04, Jaunty Jackelope 02:35 Turn off special effects when playing games 04:30 Compiz effects may not work on all video hardware 05:51 64-Bit advantages and issues (slow printing, Synergy does not work) 10:00 Tom thanks Bill S. for his donation of an HP Pavillion TX laptop! 11:15 Bill S.: Audio contribution - "alien" for converting from rpm, tar.gz or others to deb 18:18 Richard: Use GTK-recordmydesktop for screen cast videos 19:38 Fred: Says thanks and makes a donation 21:09 T.J.: Shares a Gentoo success story 23:19 Bob: Ubuntu 9.04 wants to have running apps continue after reboot 24:32 Try changing the Startup Applications Preferences settings 25:49 David: Wants a file manager that allows sorting by specific audio/video file properties 28:19 Nautilus accepts extensions and scripts that might help 32:51 Ray: Windows 7 RC vs. Linux Mint 7 RC side-by-side 35:58 Tony: Media players stop playing after a few minutes (pulse audio problems?) 38:53 Tony: Wants kaffeine as his default player 40:30 goinglinux.com, twitter.com/goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 42:53 End
J. Daniel Sawyer's Down From Ten Preview Episode.
00:00 Going Linux #068 - Linux Media Special 00:16 Introduction 01:24 Screen cast update 03:31 Revisiting a guest from 2007 Dan Sawyer 04:47 Promoting Antithesis Book 1 in 2008 05:37 Antithesis was an all-Linux production 07:44 Preview of Dan's next podio book, Down From Ten 17:35 End
Craig convinces Larry to do a screen cast, lots of button pushing, lots of free stuff, 5 contest winners and much, much more.
00:00 Going Linux #067 - Computer America #14 00:16 Introduction 01:52 Carey pushes the right button 03:53 Free show, free operating system, free prizes 05:44 Windows-free episode 06:37 New software Ubuntu 9.04 Jaunty Jackelope 08:00 Carey's screencasts 10:15 Larry pushes the right button 11:15 Linux in video production 13:07 Carey asks Larry to produce a screencast to help walk him through installing Linux 16:37 Carey explains the challenge 20:04 Larry accepts the challenge 22:25 Carey talks about how he produces his screencasts 24:18 Carey wants to use Linux to produce screencasts! 27:15 Mike wins the contest! (5th place) 30:30 Doug has troubles with a Logitech webcam on Xubuntu on an old computer 32:49 Linux driver issue, camera hardware issue, computer hardware issue? 35:53 Carey suggest it may be a USB issue 37:10 Kyle wins the contest! (4th place) 39:02 New contest do-over 40:00 Buddy list winner 42:45 All the right buttons are pushed for hour two 43:50 Kevin: Where is the "control panel" in Linux? Equivalent functions? 45:30 Where to adjust display settings using openSUSE's YaST and using Gnome's System menu 49:35 Support for the Linux community can help you discover how to do things 51:29 Mike: www.osalt.com is an excellent resource for software equivalents 52:09 How to find Linux equivalents to Windows applications 54:05 Definition: Software Repositories and Package Manager 55:32 Jonathan wins the contest! (3rd place) 58:30 Gary wins the contest! (6th caller) 59:20 Gary and Carey discuss using the prize to make backups 61:17 Brad wins the contest! (2nd place) 62:37 Nancy: Disagrees that everything will be moving to the cloud. Not everyone can even get the cloud. 65:05 The future of computing is applications for the "cloud" especially with browser-based portable devices 67:37 The "average" computer user just wants the computer to work 70:06 Cloud computing "just works" for users who want the computer to work like an appliance 82:02 Cloud computing allows users to switch computers 83:04 Disadvantage of using Windows to access the cloud is viruses, Linux has the advantage for accessing the cloud 85:09 Joshua wins the contest! (1st place - grand prize) 90:13 End
Tom discusses his "appearance" on Computer America. We made a mistake. We help listeners, and they help each other, with their Linux issues. We define "PEBKAC." Vista and Mac have nothing on Linux desktop effects!
00:00 Going Linux #066 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 04:27 Len: Show topic suggestion - Knoppix as rescue CD 05:42 Ryan: htop is a better top 08:34 John: Creative Zen software doesn't play Going Linux podcast 11:35 Charles: Is KDE the "lead weights package" of auto interiors? 12:16 Tony: How do I find URLs for streams? 14:11 The Gourd Captain (Gourdie?): Don't log out using Ctrl-Alt-Bksp! System Monitor/NVIDIA problems 19:50 Tim: Choosing a distro - in less than 10 years! Upgrade or reinstall? 31:47 James: Sometimes you just CAN'T undelete from a NAS 34:50 Wes: Compaq won't boot LiveCDs or install from CD. Blacklisting agp fixes the problem. 39:48 Eduardo: Fix screen resolution - Debian on PowerMac G4 44:35 goinglinux.com, twitter.com/goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 46:18 End
Have you ever wondered how to switch between different Linux desktop environments? Tom and Larry discuss Linux desktop environments how to install them, and how to switch between them. Correction: OOPS! we said "apt get-install" and we should have said "apt-get install" of course!
00:00 Going Linux #065 - Linux Desktops 00:15 Introduction 01:36 Screencasts redux 03:15 Tom's rant: bandwidth caps and metering 10:13 Rant #2: temporary taxes 11:54 Definition: What is a desktop? 13:00 Default applications with desktop applications 14:40 A Linux desktop is like an automobile dashboard 17:06 Comparing desktop managers 19:02 Comparing Konqueror with Dolphin, Firefox and Midnight Commander 22:13 Considerations for selecting a window manager or desktop environment 23:03 Installing multiple desktop environments on Ubuntu 27:18 Installing desktop packages sometimes brings all of the applications with them 30:30 Switching between desktops 32:59 Changing login managers (gdm vs. kdm) 35:15 Software Pick: System Monitor 39:54 Software pick: r-torrent 43:31 goinglinux.com, twitter.com/goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 45:10 End
Tom joins Larry for the first time, on the Computer America show. Well, he's in the chat room... but that counts! Free Rescue and Utility CDs based on Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #064 - Computer America #13 00:15 Introduction 03:15 Movie reviews (NOT!) 03:50 Free Rescue and Utility Tools CDs based on Linux 06:00 Carey's client needs to recover files from a NAS (Network Attached Storage) 09:30 Larry recommends Knoppix 11:00 Knoppix has both CD and DVD versions 14:37 Using the Knoppix Linux distribution CD to connect to a network drive 17:00 Welcome co-host Tom! 18:15 Undeleting files on the NAS - Backup to avoid this 21:37 Rescue CDs and other Distribution Live CDs for system rescue 23:00 Dedicated CDs: Gparted, Parted Magic, etc. 24:00 Now utility CDs are better documented than ever. 26:30 Many full distro install CDs can be used for rescue 27:27 RIP Recovery Is Possible 28:00 Linux tools: dd, fdisk (not the Windows fdisk) 29:51 use --help and man pages for help 31:43 Tom suggests dd_rescue for Carey's customer has a computer with a hard drive that died 36:30 Hour 2 begins 39:36 Bill H: Trinity Rescue Kit 42:30 Booting from a network server using PXE 44:08 Alexandro: Gentoo was misrepresented (Not Miss Represented!) 46:30 Gentoo lets you optimize the installation for your hardware 47:42 Can we coax Tom to call into the show? 49:25 The Great Gazoo: Thanks to Craig and Carey. They should try a live CD again 52:09 John: Linux dual-boot success story. How do I get more space when I re-install Ubuntu? 56:25 Backup "home" directory; reinstall Linux, replacing existing install; copy home to new install 60:29 Or install to free space, then delete the old partition using Gparted 61:16 Tony: How to install Firefox under WINE, it runs faster 64:00 Carey compares with early days of raid drives 66:00 Why install a browser under WINE? 67:04 https://DownForEveryoneOrJustMe.com 70:00 Why Linux Mint over Ubuntu? 71:20 What's next on the Going Linux podcast? https://subscribe.goinglinux.com 76:24 End
Tom finds that running the Windows versions of Firefox under WINE performs faster than running the native Linux Firefox. Larry is now running Ubuntu at work, and is part of a project to evaluate Open Source software for the business computing environment.Our first photographic feedback. Typing special characters and symbols in Linux. Much more...
00:00 Going Linux #063 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:37 Lots and lots of e-mail 02:27 Ending abruptly 03:23 Tom finds Windows version of Firefox under Wine runs faster 06:33 Larry now runs Linux on the desktop AT WORK! 09:49 Microsoft asks the US government for a bail out 10:47 Reed: CPU usage is too high, lost graphical Firefox buttons, looking for Linux video podcast 13:39 Use the top command or the System Monitor, disable themes and plug-ins and enable one at a time 16:18:13 Suggestions for Linux video podcasts 19:07 Kent: Suggestion for changing screen resolution on a virtual machine 21:59 Nick: Where is the screen cast? 23:11 Brian: Ubuntu Pocket Guide 24:30 Tom recommends Linux Mint over Ubuntu for newbies 25:39 Brad: Alternative browser security and media plug-ins for Opera 29:35 John: Ubuntu wireless problems with WICD 33:30 How to move back to the Gnome Network Manager (using CD-ROM as repository) 35:45 WICD support team solves John's problem 37:43 Jim: How do I insert special characters and symbols using the keyboard? 38:40 °: Alt+248 (ASCII 248) in Windows translates to Ctrl+Shift+u+00B0 (Unicode 00B0) in Linux. 41:47 Jay: Upgrade or fresh install? If a fresh install retain all my installed software? 46:49 Eduardo: Cheese does not detect web cam 48:48 Pictorial feedback: https://i41.tinypic.com/4h9s2a.png 49:40 goinglinux.com, twitter.com/goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 51:26 Linux Outlaws promo 53:00 End
Larry and Tom talk about how to use Audacity to record an audio podcast. We discuss microphone placement, reducing noise and tips for editing.
00:00 Going Linux #062 - Podcasting With Linux-Advanced 00:15 Introduction 01:48 Overview of the introductory episode 03:00 Our screen cast 03:32 Google Docs for sharing the show outline 05:30 Installing Audacity 06:00 The LAME encoder 08:03 Using Ogg file format only may limit your audience 10:07 Adjusting the levels (volume) to prevent clipping 11:43 Use the mixer to adjust the recording settings and volume 14:15 Use mic boost to amplify the volume if it is too low 15:20 Selecting the right device in the mixer 17:16 Getting connected and making the recording 19:08 Reducing and eliminating noise in the recording 21:00 Microphone placement and pop filters 24:34 Exporting vs. saving 29:06 Transfer the file to the person who will do the editing 30:04 Import the second audio file into the first audio project 31:01 Editing out noises and extraneous sounds 32:08 Finding a theme and music for your podcast 34:39 Importing your podcast theme and bumpers 35:08 Massage the voice tracks: Normallize and Levelling 40:20 Podcast feeds and websites 41:25 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 43:15 End
Craig and Carey, hosts of the Computer America radio show welcome Larry for the 12th time to their show to discuss all things Linux. This time we discuss Linux software alternatives, answer listener questions, and make plans for next month's episode. We also have more than our fair share of technical difficulties in hour 1.
00:00 Going Linux #061 - Computer America #12 00:16 Introduction 01:52 Welcome to the Computer America Show 03:28 Blue Icicle USB microphone adapter 07:31 Geek cruise vacation 12:50 Internet connection on a cruise 15:12 T.J.: Asks Larry's opinion on Gentoo Linux 18:30 Are some distributions better than others for the "computer geek?" 20:35 Having many distributions of Linux gives you more choices 22:10 Linux equivalents to Windows software 26:02 More technical difficulties 27:21 Carey learns a lesson re-installing Windows: It takes a long time! 28:40 Carey suspects Linux doesn't have this problem -- he's right! 30:53 Some Linux distributions are pre-configured for specific purposes: multimedia, business, etc. 33:26 All distributions have the same capability, the differences are mostly centered around the applications that are packaged with it 34:51 The "roll your own" Linux distribution 36:06 Is that Will Smith? -- more technical difficulties 36:43 Finding equivalents for Windows applications for use with Linux 38:10 Larry talks about F-Spot, but means Google's Picassa 39:47 Oscar: Have you tried the Itroliu Linux distribution 41:48 Jay C: Upgrading vs. fresh install will it automatically re-install applications? 43:49 Using dpkg to save your installed applications to a text file for easy re-install 46:01 David: Linux can be used for more than just light-weight jobs 47:27 Carey agrees and Larry elaborates 51:25 Carey is not anti-Linux 52:57 Computer America contest 55:04 Tony: problems with Kubuntu panel icons 56:34 Linux is embedded into many devices, such as routers, GPS systems and Windows Computers 58:47 Are Windows experts anti-Linux by definition? 63:39 Linux-powered LiveCDs can be invaluable for file recovery and resolving Windows problems 68:12 Partition imaging and backup CDs run Linux 69:12 Dell, Lenovo, etc. use a version of Linux to help make computers boot faster 71:14 Linux-based tools will be the topic of the next Computer America Linux show 72:05 Carey needs to find a job for his eeePC 73:43 What's coming up on Going Linux 78:48 End
We asked for it, we got it! Listener topic suggestions include Knoppix and Linux-compatible hardware, especially OGG players. Also, problems with laptop display resolution, suggestions for virtualization, and a new article from Paul Hardy.
00:00 Going Linux #060 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:37 Episode 299 of Hacker Public Radio was a painful example of how not to demonstrate Linux 08:13 Ryan was looking for me at SCaLE. I didn't make it this year. 09:16 Podcast Alley comments. 11:00 Michael: Would like hardware episodes. Play lists problem with Sansa Fuze.Listener help? 16:46 Garejnc: Would like an episode on audio players that work with OGG files. 18:59 Martin: Would like a show on Knoppix and recovery tools. 22:28 Glen: Uses VM Ware rather than dual-booting Windows and Linux. Recommends CrunchBang Linux. 24:57 Chris: Can only get 800x600 resolution on his Acer Aspire 5735Z. 27:00 Paul Hardy has contributed a new article: "Give that old Hardware a new lease on life" 28:21 Per: Why Windows requires reboots and why Linux does not. 29:28 More detail on Windows paging file vs. Linux swap space/partitin. 36:07 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 37:33 End
In this introduction to using Linux and Linux applications to record a podcast, we focus on doing it on the cheap. We reveal the hardware and software we use. We discuss that you don't have to have a fast, new computer and expensive recording equipment to make a good quality podcast recording. From recording to editing and from creating a feed to creating a supporting website, we talk about the free and open source software we use. We also give some tips on the logistics of the recording process and hosting your audio files for free.
00:00 Going Linux #059 - Podcasting with Linux-Introduction 00:17 Introduction 01:28 How to record a podcast using Linux 01:44 Installing Windows XP takes 5 hours because of SATA drive 06:51 Larry has switched to Gnome from KDE! 08:26 Tom has switched from from Gnome to XFCE and LXDE! 11:16 How to use Linux software to record a podcast 12:07 Overview: You can record a podcast for free - or close to it 14:06 Requirements 15:35 Larry's hardware for podcast recording 16:24 The monitoring headset 17:04 The podcasting microphone 18:00 The sound mixer for multiple inputs and to remove noise 20:10 Tom's podcasting computer 20:51 The headset microphone 21:27 You don't need expensive equipment 22:15 The role of Botox in podcasting 23:18 Using Ubuntu and Xubuntu for recording a podcast 23:13 Audacity with LAME for recording, editing and exporting files 27:01 Considerations for using Skype to record a podcast 29:25 Recording a "double-ender" 30:00 Adding ID3 tags to your podcast files 33:31 Editing your RSS feed (an XML file) 37:20 Don't get your RSS feed upside down! 39:14 Get your podcast listed in iTunes 40:47 Distributing your podcast - use a Creative Commons license 43:29 Support your podcast with a blog or a website 44:37 Kompozer for editing your podcast website 46:15 Storing your podcast files to eliminate download and bandwidth costs 48:56 Next user experience episode: Using Audacity 49:43 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 51:07 End
Live and on the air, Craig, Carey and Larry discuss Linux on the Computer America Radio show! Don't fear the penguin! Carey likes Linux, REALLY he does. We discuss why Linux is not for everyone, including Carey. There are various newbie guides available for free on the Internet. Is it "Folder" or "Directory?"
00:00 Going Linux #058 - Computer America #11 00:17 Introduction 02:21 Movie talk 05:10 The Computer America archives had a problem 06:34 Welcome Larry - with fanfare! 08:56 Don't fear the penguin 12:19 Why try Linux? 15:29 Today's Linux is newbie freindly 21:19 Linux isn't for everyone 26:46 Carey likes Linux - really he does! 31:40 Designing software and hardware for Linux 33:55 How you use the computer determines whether it is right for you 40:53 Brian: Introduces us the the Ubuntu Pocket Guide 46:16 Nate: Installs Compiz, but it doesn't work. How to uninstall? 50:00 What is the correct term, "directory" or "folder?" 54:23 Contest 57:55 A computer is an appliance 65:20 65:20 What did we do before the computer? 68:52 A computer is like an appliance: a dishwasher, not a toaster 70:57 When we will no longer need an operating system 75:15 goinglinux.com - 3 episodes a month, for free! 80:20 End
Feb 05: #057 - Listener Feedback
From new Linux podcasts, to fixing sound problems and discussing the mysteries of Linux terminology, we cover a lot of different topics in this episode. Tom takes a moment to provide an audio demonstration of his Rockbox media player, and we have audio feedback this month!
00:00 Going Linux #057 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:37 Provide your topic suggestions for the show as Podcast Alley comments 05:03 BrotherRed: What's up with recursive acronyms? 07:58 Kyle: Teen listner likes the show and has his own tech blog 09:45 Ryan: Having sound mixer problems, lists media software he uses 14:33 Tony: No sound! Uninstalled kmix 17:45 Our article on getting into Computer America Chat 18:14 AJ: Master sound control doesn't work 20:14 Jason: Suggests Chipmark for synchronizing bookmarks 22:53 Foxmarks is an alternative 23:22 John: stunnel software can get you through proxies 24:54 John has offered to mirror our site 25:43 Wil: Uses Rockbox on Sansa 27:03 Tom demonstrates speech feature of Rockbox 28:55 Ken: Likes the show 29:25 Jason: Problem finding graphics driver for his Inspiron for Ubuntu 8.10 31:40 Mark: With Klaatu's help, found installing Linux on "Wallstreet" Mac is difficult 33:44 Jeff Smith: A new podcast - Free Linux Help Line 34:56 AJ: Linux Geekdom Podcast promo 37:06 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 38:32 SCALE 7x Promo 39:33 End
Linux-based HP Mini Mi ships with command line disabled. Is this good? Linux: The biggest threat to the future of Windows. I heard Keith Curtis' book "After the Software Wars" discussed by Paul Thurrott on the Windows Weekly podcast. It was described as "a book which states that open source software, not Apple, is the real future competition to the Windows operating system." We have had more than a couple of Linux users who have had difficulty getting into the Computer America chat room. I have created an article on the Going Linux website that gives Computer America's listeners who use Linux, step-by-step instructions for installing the right version of Java so that the Computer America chat will work.
00:00 Going Linux #056 - Computer America #10 00:17 Introduction 01:48 Welcome to Computer America 05:39 Will Windows 7 slow the growth of Linux? 08:09 Linux is perfect for netbooks 10:35 Is the Linux boot time really faster? 12:55 The difference between sleep and hibernate 15:29 Linux sleep and hibernate works the same was as on Windows 19:04 Netbooks are not designed for long-term use. Are they are a fad? 21:05 Computer America Contest 23:23 The evolution of Netbook computers from UMPC 24:45 Netbook margins are razor thin 26:01 Open source software threatens Windows 29:10 Carey returns to Linux on eeePC because Windows XP runs so slowly 31:09 What is the average user of a Netbook? 33:29 The HP Mini Mi for the "average user" - runs Linux, but no command line 35:57 Hour 1 wrap-up 40:43 12 Reasons why Windows is better than Linux for non-techies 43:50 Which distro should I use? The Linux community can help! 45:17 Super Ubuntu - includes the proprietary goodies you need 47:29 Finding and installing software is more convenient and easier on Linux... 50:38 ... and you don't have to reboot -- even after security updates 54:09 Some Windows and Mac software applications are integrated into the operating system 57:49 When SHOULD you reboot your computer? 60:02 Think about all the lost productivity as people reboot their Windows PCs at work! 61:08 Listener Paul asks: Have they come up with a better way of getting proprietary drivers on Linux? 65:05 Listener Tony asks about the weather 67:47 Instructions for Linux users having trouble getting onto Computer America Chat 70:46 Listener Wil takes issue with the fuss about malware - it's easy to prevent 73:45 Can malware be prevented simply by changing behavior? 75:03 Today's computer user is using their computer as an appliance 80:15 End
This is the third of three episodes on Home Networking. This "super advanced" episode provides you with step-by-step instructions on how to share a printer between two Ubuntu machines; connecting to a Linux printer from Gnome, KDE, Windows XP and Windows Vista; and connecting to a Windows Vista printer from Ubuntu using SMB. We also introduce the topic of Linux remote control.
00:00 Going Linux #055 - Home Networking-Super Advanced 00:20 Introduction 01:43 You do not need a "network printer" or "printer server" 02:39 Klaatu talks about Linux printing on HPR269 03:24 We discuss the easiest cross-platform printing - CUPS 04:35 Share a printer between two Ubuntu machines 09:22 Preparing your Linux computer and printer 11:55 Connecting to a Linux printer from Gnome 13:49 Connecting to a Linux printer from KDE 14:50 Connecting to a Linux printer from Windows XP 16:18 Connecting to a Linux printer from Windows Vista 17:43 Connecting to a Windows Vista printer from Ubuntu (SMB) 24:58 To summarize... 26:33 Connecting to shared Linux printers using the command line 26:57 Remote control one computer from another 27:25 Remote control software 28:41 VNC and SSH Tunneling for security 29:29 NXClient and NXServer 30:00 Remote Desktop uses VNC 32:10 LogMeIn: Control Windows from Linux, Windows or Mac 33:27 Cross Loop: Control Windows from Windows or WINE 35:18 Skype Call Recorder for Linux 37:26 PortableUbuntu: Run Ubuntu 8:10 under Windows without a VM (We said Super Ubuntu) 41:08 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 43:12 SCALE 7x Promo 44:13 End
We begin our third year of Going Linux with listener feedback. From complaints to show suggestions, this episode is packed with information. We include help for listeners from other listeners, and from other podcasters! Listen to learn about installing Linux on a black Macbook G3, proxies, remote control software, and more...
NEW PODCAST: We missed (by a matter of hours) including a promo in for a new Linux podcast by our frequent contributor, A.J. Check out Linux Geekdom at https://linuxgeekdom.com. [mp3promo] [oggpromo]
00:00 Going Linux #054 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:36 Alex: Great show, but... 02:48 DBiddie: Networking and remote control 06:42 A.J.: Sharing printers over a home network 09:17 Stephen: Tiny Linux distributions 11:15 Mark gets help from Klaatu of The Bad Apples with his Powerbook G3 16:16 Vaughan: Linux on a VM is better than dual-booting 20:43 Carlos: Windows CAN see Linux partitions with the Ext2IFS driver 21:42 A.J.: Proxies answer for Gabe. Remote control using VNC 25:00 Mark: Thanks for Synergy 25:40 Alexandro: Bring back KDE topics, highlight Linux certified hardware 28:48 Dean-O: Got Dansguardian working with help of Ubuntu Forums 29:25 Steven vents about our Mac vs. Windows vs. Linux episode 32:46 Ryan: It's "Kross", not "k-ross"! Snooks chooses Linux for her laptop. 35:19 G�ran: LVM and advanced files systems 38:32 SCALE 7x Promo 40:47 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 42:13 End
This episode is the second of three on Home Networking, where Larry helps Tom setup a home network for two computers. This time we dig into how to share files and folders. We also detail how to make the connection from a Linux computer to a Linux share, from a Linux computer to a Windows share, and from a Windows computer to a Linux share.
openSUSE: YaSTNetwork DevicesNetwork CardTraditional Setup.......Editenter the Static IP address and Subnet maskRoutingenter the default gateway (your router's IP address)click Next until all is done.
KDE3: K-menuSettingsSystem SettingsNetwork Settingsselect your ethernet adapterConfigure Interfaceselect "Manual"enter IP address and subnet maskselect "Activate when the computer starts"OK
KDE4: right-click the KNetworkManager icon in the notification area of the panelEdit Connectionselect your connection (or click new connection)Edit Connection"Next" if wirelessselect "Use manual IP configuration"enter IP address and subnet maskNextselect "Autoconnect"Save
Ubuntu 8.10 (Gnome 2.24): Right-click the network manager icon in the notification area of the upper panel. Select "Edit Connection"Select your connectionEditIPv4 Settings tabSet Method to ManualAddenter IP address and subnet maskOK
00:00 Going Linux #053 - Home Networking-Advanced 00:15 Introduction 02:38 Chess Griffin's Linux Reality has already done the command line 03:49 Definitions: IP Address, WAN, LAN, SAMBA, NFS, CUPS 06:39 The network components 08:22 Find your IP address using ifconfig (use ipconfig on Windows) 10:30 Routers assign IP addresses using DHCP 11:47 Setup a fixed or static IP address... 13:43 ... with Windows XP 15:16 ... with Linux 16:25 ... with openSUSE 17:05 ... with KDE 3 17:31 ... with KDE 4 18:08 ... with Ubuntu 8.10 (Gnome 2.24) 18:43 Open ports on your firewall 19:58 Enable file and printer sharing... 20:00 ... with Windows 21:13 ... with Ubuntu and Kubuntu 8.10 23:10 ... with KDE 3 24:12 ... with other Linux distros 24:27 Use the file manager to access shared files and folders across the network 26:23 Mount shares at boot time 27:21 Thanks to our listeners, and to everyone who donated using the PayPal button 27:51 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 29:26 End
"Linux for the holidays" is the topic of the month. Lots of e-mail focusing on antivirus for Linux and Linux for the visually impared. IBM offers a Microsoft-free computer, saving business big bucks. A teacher rants that free software holds students back!
00:00 Going Linux #052 - Computer America #9 00:16 Introduction 01:48 Welcome to Computer America 02:19 Craig and Carey at the movies 06:48 Klaatu barrada nikto 10:00 Linux for the holidays - give Linux, or buy a computer with Linux pre-installed 12:20 Advice on Netbooks 14:46 Roy C. corrects Larry's mistake about WUBI. It installs Ubuntu distributions only. 20:33 Brian W. introduces us to Vibuntu - a Linux distribution for the visually impared. 24:33 James D.: Antivirus on Linux acts like a coal mine canary 28:07 Using antivirus on the Linux desktop protects your Windows friends 32:42 Antivirus programs that run on both Linux and Windows 36:55 Next on Going Linux "Advanced Networking" 39:17 Alexandro: Unless you run a server, you don't need an antivirus. 44:44 The Linux community provides support for new users 46:19 How the Going Linux podcast works 47:26 CUPS is not something you find at Hooters! 47:19 Information Week: Get a Microsoft-free computer from IBM - for business 51:19 If you have Windows on your computer get the critical security patches 52:22 The Computer America contest is open to Going Linux listeners 56:00 A Microsoft-free computer will be received well by business, prevents layoffs 59:14 A teacher rants against Linux: "No software is free and spreading that misconception is harmful" 62:05 Microsoft would be happy to provide free copies of Windows 63:53 Students should be learning about what will be used in the future 66:08 What Internet coupons and downloaded Linux distributions have in common 72:17 Teaching skills for the future is not an excuse for focusing on a specific software vendor 73:15 Teach "word processing" not "Microsoft Word" and teach "using a spreadsheet" not "Microsoft Excel" 78:22 End
Tom and Larry read comments from Podcast Alley, then launch into listener e-mail. Parted Magic for backups, dual-booting, Microsoft licensing under Linux, converting VM images and more.
00:00 Going Linux #051 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:43 Thanks for voting on Podcast Alley. It keeps us in the top 5! 02:47 Steve4010, LauraJ, bdiddie, vair2, jefflacy, jukegiant, capra43, drahciream, soupygato, kchristy, tomshepp, paul_hardy 09:21 Laura: Update on iMac adventure -- still needs help 12:43 Tom: Using a firewall and antivirus on Linux is probably a good idea 15:23 Gabe: Parted Magic for backups, suggestions for dual boot 18:05 Gabe: Do I need another license of Office to run it on both operating systems on a dual boot system? 21:11 Gabe: Proxy servers? 22:25 Tim: Converting a running Linux or Windows installation to a VM image 24:20 Mike: Pleased with progress educational approach on Computer America 26:39: Tom: Correction -- illegal users of Windows CAN get security updates 29:17 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 30:54 End
This episode is the first of two where Larry helps Tom setup a home network for two computers and a shared printer. In the process we discuss wired and wireless networking hardware, basics and setup considerations. In this introduction, we discuss how the network hardware connects together, security considerations and some basic setup. Most of the concepts related to networking are exactly the same whether your compter operating system is Linux, Windows, Mac or a mixture of all three. This episode will be useful whether you have already made the switch to Linux, or you are just preparing the network for the Linux computer you are about to add.
00:00 Going Linux #050 - Home Networking-Introduction 00:15 Introduction 01:41 Definition: Home Networking 02:26 Why do I need a network? 03:36 Wireless and wired security 07:00 What do I need? 07:29 Where does the router go? 08:00 Initial setup: change the password 09:50 Home networking is cross-platform - Linux, Windows and Mac 10:47 Wireless security: WPA-2 vs. WPA vs. WEP 13:08 Connecting your computer to the network 14:39 The wireless card and Linux support 16:33 Cisco/Linksys networking tutorial 17:18 Software picks: SMPlayer, Synergy 21:50 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 23:31 End
Larry, Craig and Carey discuss the topic. "Can I use my old familiar software if I switch to Linux?" We answer questions from callers and e-mails. Which Linux distribution for refurbished Power Mac computers in the classroom? Larry recommends Ubuntu for the seeing-impared because of it's excellent accessibility software including the Orca screen reader.
00:00 Going Linux #049 - Computer America #8 00:14 Introduction 01:47 Economic conditions may make the free software more popular 08:02 California fires 10:56 Can I use my old familiar software if I switch to Linux? 15:14 Getting help with Linux applications 18:46 How long does it take to get comfortable with Linux? 22:12 Switching to a free operating system an all new free software has to be attractive. 24:05 Carey doesn't get questions about Linux. 25:20 Linux doesn't have a $300 million marketing machine. 26:03 Chris is having a problem dual-booting Linux with Windows an a computer with two SATA drives. 30:06 Wubi or VMWare to run Linux under Windows. 32:14 Wine or CrossOver to run Windows programs you need to run. 36:00 Contest details 38:55 Richard wants to install a Linux that has a screen reader, without burning a CD. 48:54 Laura wants to install Linux on PowerPC Macs for a school, but which Linux? 54:14 Slackintosh: Slackware for the Macintosh geek. 56:31 Tom wondres if he needs antivirus or firewall software for Linux 62:13 Why are there no Linux viruses? 69:35 A.J. Doesn't see Skype in the Ubuntu 8.10 (Intrepid) repositories. 73:57 Next on Going Linux, an introduction to home networking 79:04 End
Tom and Larry answer listener questions and read listener comments and feedback. Topics include backups, files and folders in Linux, sharing Going Linux episode, Linux on a USB stick, and protecting your surfing.
00:00 Going Linux #048 - Listener Feedback 00:14 Introduction 01:39 John has problems with streaming audio 06:49 Tim likes the the change of pace with the Dan Sawyer interview in episode #46 08:30 Junwei wants to dual-boot Vista and Fedora 14:06 Barry, Daniel, Erno, Ryan, Greg, John, Todd and Roy explain Larry's mistake in episode #45 about controlling Ubuntu's boot loader installation location 18:20 Kross trouble installing Ubuntu 8.10 Beta on Avertec computer 21:33 John loves PING for backups, switched to Ubuntu after Windows re-installs fail 25:15 Joshua: With Fedora 9, how do I take full advantage of the space on a second hard drive? 28:01 Paul Hardy's latest article on file concepts, folders and common commands 28:42 Karen found a printer sharing work-around, for Vista's broken compatibility with SAMBA 32:11 Zep asks about distributing Going Linux episodes on CD 34:33 Creative Commons explained 35:53 Brian wants to know more about Enlightenment E17 38:01 Brian creating a bootable Ubuntu USB flash drive 38:41 A.J. reviews Pen Drive Linux 43:45 Steve: Do I need drivers for the Alesis Multimix 12 Firewire mixer? 46:22 Dean-O: Any program like Net Nanny for safe surfing under Linux? 47:25 Next episode: Computer America #8 47:40 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 48:58 End
Craig and Carey are the hosts of Computer America, the longest running, nationally syndicated (USA) radio talk show on computers and technology. In this episode, they talk with Larry about Star Trek movies. Then we get back on track, discussing the topic, "I'm ready to try Linux. I'm also going to be using Windows (or Mac). How do I minimize the learning curve and maximize compatibility?"
00:00 Going Linux #047 - Computer America #7 00:15 Introduction 03:20 Discussion: The new Star Trek movie 06:27 Larry joins the discussion 11:08 I'm ready to try Linux, how do I minimize the learning curve? 12:27 Linux on a PC or a Mac, Vista is not for me 13:33 People are switching to the Mac, the #2 OS, and Linux, the #3 OS 15:23 Linux is a solid OS to leave viruses and spyware behind 16:40 If you already have a PC, Linux is THE choice 17:18 If you will be purchasing a computer, a Mac is an alternative, but expensive 19:17 For people on a budget, Linux is the optimal choice as an alternative to Windows 20:23 Many people want to breathe new life into an old computer 22:23 Are there Mac switchers to Linux? 23:30 What about people with older Macs? 25:08 Some people with a Mac want to experiment with Linux 26:14 Linux provides Intel Mac users with a more full-featured Unix-like environment 30:15 Apple needs to protect its Darwin Kernel 33:00 The "Sahara Experiment" 35:13 A "precipitating event" to motivate the switch from Windows 37:10 Carey's clients with servers might be better off with NAS and an old PC running Linux 41:59 Hour 2 43:00 Listener Daryl: Uses Linux to recover data from a dying hard drive, revived old computer as server 45:44 Linux can make an old laptop an file storage, print server or firewall 48:07 Linux be used for everything, or as a single-function device 51:53 What's an ISO? 55:17 How do I make or burn a Linux CD or DVD disc from an ISO image with Windows? 61:12 Burning and ISO with Linux 66:40 Where do I get an ISO and which version do I download? 68:05 Ubuntu Linux 8.10 will be out soon 70:33 Listener Trevor: In that face of sound problems, will Linux allow me to re-install Ubuntu without losing data and settings? 73:18 Backup the Linux home directory since it stores user-generated data AND preferences for your software 74:57 Listener Jonathan: Wants to pay for Linux support he can bundle with the computers he builds and sells 80:12 End
Dan Sawyer and I discuss his Linux media studio, the Cradlepoint external wireless router for connecting to 3G wireless networks, and his interview with Corey Doctorow. Dan describes his latest audio book, and reveals his latest projects. We play a promo for the full cast audio book thriller, Antithesis, Book 1: Predistination and Other Games of Chance.
00:00 Going Linux #046 - J. Daniel Sawyer 00:14 Introduction 01:20 Welcome Dan 01:47 Dan's media company runs Linux 03:02 Dan writes regularly for Linux Journal and Linux.com 04:50 Dan runs 64-bit Linux in his studio and only runs Windows for specific client requirements 06:44 A 64-bit operating system is "a dream" for processor intensive work like video production 07:47 "Hot And Bothered At Starbucks" Dan's article about the Cradlepoint PHS300 16:20 Dan will interview science fiction author and activist, Corey Doctorow, in Linux Journal. 21:39 Filming a project for J.C. Huthins "Obsidian" 25:50 Antithesis series: Full cast audio drama 27:25 Audio production is not easy 28:39 What Dan uses for audio production: Adour is more flexible than Audacity for professional work 31:00 Antithesis, Book 1: about the story, in the author's words 35:10 The difference between a character-driven and a plot-driven work 39:03 Get the book and Dan's other works at iTunes and podio books 40:20 Dan's next project 41:00 Promo: Antithesis, Book 1: Predistination and Other Games of Chance 42:47 End
This episode brings a variety of feedback from our listeners. We discuss Ohio Linux fest and the new Linux Planet site that aggregates the blogs and podcasts from today's most popular Linux bloggers and podcasters. Contributions from Listeners include an audio tip and an article about switching to Linux. As always, we try some of the suggestions and tips from listeners. Tom and Larry answer questions on KDE, Wine, speech recognition software, and much more. Promo for the full cast a Antithesis, Book 1: Predistination and Other Games of Chance.
00:00 Going Linux #045 - Listener Feedback 00:14 Introduction 01:39 Linux Planet blogs and podcasts site. 04:28 A.J.: Dual monotor tip. 07:58 Paul Hardy: Is Linux Right For Me? 08:48 Randall: Prefers Mandriva. Ubuntu has no option for installing boot loader on dual-boot system. 12:10 Tom: Uses jott.com to record podcast tips while driving. 14:13 Kevin: Will the switch to Linux change the visual experience from Windows? 18:29 Jordan: Got the Compiz "cube" running by disabling "wall". 19:33 Luis: A trainer who likes the way we present topics. Shares the ubuntu screencasts site 21:47 Steve: Has some additional KDE shortcuts. Needed to install lshw from repositories on PCLinuxOS. 24:05 Jeff: Speech recognition programs with OpenOffice under Linux. 26:26 Dr. C.: Listens on wifi radio. Likes the show format. Suggests Gnome's force quit applet. 29:43 Zonrai75: Sansa clip can now play OGG files. 32:06 David: Can I use printer drivers installed under Wine to run unsupported printers under Linux? 34:20 Dan: Provides a link to Ubuntu's Wine forum. 34:50 Doug: Shares a site with old versions of Windows software that might work under Wine. 37:21 Emmanuel: Interested in opinions on KDE 4.1. 39:55 Klaatu likes KDE 4. 40:36 Tom on Computer America? 41:22 Ohio Linux Fest 43:04 Next episode: An interview with the author of the scifi crime novel, Antithesis. 44:04 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 45:18 End
Larry and Tom provide an introduction to the topic of Wine, the program that lets you run some Windows programs under Linux. We discuss the following points:
00:00 Going Linux #044 - A Taste Of Wine 00:19 Introduction 01:37 Different sound 02:35 Definition: Wine 03:56 Why is Wine important? 04:52 Some alternatives to using Wine 05:37 Advantages of Wine 06:13 How to get a copy of Wine 06:53 You may already be running Wine 07:21 How to install a Windows application under Wine 08:33 What if that doesn't work? 09:30 How to run a Windows program using Wine 10:53 WineHQ 11:14 Still have problems? Consider these alternatives to using Wine 12:42 Running iTunes under Wine 13:20 Running MS Office 2003 under Wine 15:31 Uninstalling Office 16:17 U-Torrent under Wine 17:24 Getting help with your installation of Wine 19:30 Summary 22:22 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 23:59 End
Larry talks to Craig and Carey about the question, "Now that I've started using Linux, where do I find help?" Here are 12 ways to get help:
00:00 Going Linux #043 - Computer America #6 00:15 Introduction 01:33 Craig and Carey discuss movies, DVDs and pay per view 05:23 Upgrading the iPhone OS to 2.1 07:40 Linux is the important operating system 08:44 The Large Hadron Collider runs Linux 10:37 CERN backs the Scientific Linux distribution 11:48 It's not the end of the earth (we hope) 13:28 No "blue screen of death" 15:14 Listener Randall: Mandriva works for him. Ubuntu and openSUSE did not. 17:30 New users should try different distributions to find one that's configured to work with YOUR hardware. 20:14 If you trying different distributions, are you missing out on anything? 25:03 Listener Paul: Installed Ubuntu Server 8.04 (Hardy Heron) to host his own website, wiki, etc. File sharing does not work as it did under Ubuntu Feisty Fawn 7.04. Needed to use WebMin to change file permissions. 29:33 You can change file properties in the Nautilus file manager. 32:00 Next: Intripid Ibex and Jaunty Jackelope 32:32 Listener Chris: Does Linux have anything to work with a TV? 34:05 Will my Vista machines share information with the Linux machine. 35:27 MythTV or Mythbuntu for media center, LinuxMCE is a media center and whole house management system. 38:42 Hour 2 40:27 Now that I have decided to go Linux, where do I find help? 41:35 Purchase support from the publisher 42:24 Go to the support forums for your distribution 43:03 Go to the forums for other distributions 43:20 Paul's problem may be specific to Ubuntu or Ubuntu Server 44:30 Google for help or use the "Help" that's on your computer 44:54 Join a LUG (Linux User Group) for install-fests through instruction and help. 48:00 Courses, tutorials and certification for Linux 49:10 On-line courses: LinuxBasics.org, BeginLinux.org 51:03 What certifications are available? 52:03 Confusion over this month's Computer America contest 57:20 Larry gets dropped 60:09 Linux Certification Red Hat Certified Engineer (RHCE) 61:42 Linux Professional Institute (LPI) 3 levels 64:58 Linux conferences (see the list in the show notes) 66:49 Linux conference registration and fees (if any) 68:08 Other Linux podcasts for newbies (see the list in the show notes) 71:44 On-line Linux publications (Some also available in print) 73:34 Luke: Purchased PCMCIA card to fix his laptop, wants a recommendation for a wifi manager on Kubuntu. 74:07 KNetwork Manager comes with Kubuntu. You can also use WICD. 74:58 Next on Computer America 77:41 https://goinglinux.com 80:03 End
Tom and Larry get corrected on the chmod command. Listeners provide audio feedback on scripting, as well as command line and sripting tips. Two listeners rant and one provides a tip that helps Larry boost the signal of his wireless access point without hacking into the hardware or the software! Richard, the host of the Resonant Frequency Podcast offers to field questions regarding Linux software for ham radio enthusiasts. What about a Going Linux IRC channel?
00:00 Going Linux #042 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:43 Per: Chmod does not require a root (administrative) user 05:06 Dan: Audio feedback on using chmod, bash vs. sh, xmessage vs zenity 10:05 Jeff: Use !! when you forget sudo before your command 12:13 John: Problems with the variable bit rate episodes of the podcast 17:25 Jeff: Get the old episodes at https://shownotes.goinglinux.com 18:36 Will: Rants about inadequate mp3 players 22:53 David: Recommends podcatcher Podcast Ready 26:36 Jack: Does a Clonezilla backup require reconfiguring the boot loader? 28:27 Tim: Recommends the Midnight Commander command line file manager 30:18 Jeff: Would like an episode on SSH to connect remotely 32:49 A.J.: Wants to know *everything* about his computer hardware 37:30 A.J.: Boost your wireless access point's range 38:53 Jack: Article on moving to Linux. Thanks from Oz 41:47 Karen: Problems sharing networked printer on Ubuntu with Vista 46:37 James: Ubuntu disables Compiz with ATI graphics 49:58 Jordan: Tip for getting the Compiz cube working on Compaq and HP 51:30 Richard: Answers ham radio Linux questions on the Resonant Frequency podcast 54:50 T.J.: Suggest an IRC channel for the Going Linux podcast 58:13 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 59:50 End
Tom and Larry continue with the basics of the command line. The include a bonus cron job to automate one of the example scripts.
00:00 Going Linux #041 - Command Line Basics-Advanced 00:18 Introduction 01:36 Best beginner bash tutorial https://www.freeos.com/guides/lsst/ch02.html 02:30 Are we qualified? 04:14 Documentation is better for the command line than for the GUI 06:09 Definition: Bash Shell script 07:17 Test your commands in the terminal first 09:31 Comments 09:45 The first line of any Bash script 12:00 Our first shell script (date.sh) 13:13 Change permissions using chmod (command line and graphical) 16:13 Running a bash shell from the terminal 17:28 Our second shell script (calendar.sh) 18:12 Read command and defining variables 20:38 Calling a variable and writing interactive user prompts 21:51 Saving 22:30 Running the interactive script 23:57 A more advanced script (fetchglp.sh) 24:42 The wget command 26:02 Using variables in a file path 30:47 Using the wget command 32:05 Using quotations marks in scripts 33:51 Running fetchglp.sh to get an episode of GoingLinux 35:34 Learning more about wget 35:46 Creating a cron job (notify.sh) 37:57 Have fun with the tutorials - see the show notes 38:30 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 40:03 End
Larry generates some interest in Craig and Carey when he mentions the fact that Linux package managers automate the updating of all applications, not just the operating system itself. More on Clonezilla. How you do some familiar Windows tasks in Linux. How to install Firefox in Kubuntu.
00:00 Going Linux #040 - Computer America #5 00:15 Introduction 01:32 CompUSA Contest 03:07 Try a Linux LiveCD on these Sony laptops 04:44 How to get viruses and spyware on Linux 06:47 When will Linux be more GUI friendly? 08:35 Switchers from Windows already find the Linux GUI quite familiar 10:05 Windows is better for gaming, but there are some nice Linux games 13:50 Strong points of Linux: Stability and Security 14:54 Linux-Unix similarities 17:27 Is 64-bit Linux available? 19:59 What Linux does Larry run? 22:40 Can you clone a Linux hard drive to another computer? 24:11 Restoring with CloneZilla 25:20 Where to find Going Linux 29:35 Hour 2 31:32 Computer America Show archives 34:59 How to shut down and reboot in Linux (very similar to Windows) 38:32 Changing mouse clicks is more difficult to find 40:19 Listener Mike: Using Linux and CloneZilla thanks to Computer America 43:12 Listener Frank: Needs help installing Firefox on Kubuntu 44:37 Background: Repositories, Packages and Package Managers 48:22 Installing Firefox using the package manager step-by-step 51:20 What if I want to install something that is not in the package manager 53:15 Can I share my package manager configuration with others? 55:22 Using the package manager lets you get automatic updates for all of your installed applications as well as the operating system itself 57:54 Advantages of package manager over Window updaters 60:52 Are Craig and Carey starting to get "Linux envy" over this? 67:23 End
This month, we answer questions about ham radio software for Linux, tell a joke, inform a Brit on the intricacies of US commercial radio, and read a listener's list of reasons to (and not to) switch from Windows to Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #39 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:40 Steve: Reasons for (and against) switching from Windows to Linux 06:20 Tom's sense of humor 07:13 Why commercials interrupt US radio programs like Computer America 10:00 Thinks never stay still in Linux land 10:45 Ian: liked the command line episode 11:15 John: Uses dexconf to fix his display after he can't get the Compiz cube working 14:50 Richard: Wants info on distributions for amateur (ham) radio software 15:53 Roy: Also is looking for ham radio software that don't require compiling 17:24 Debian distributions seem the best bet. Check the show notes for the links to articles and ham packages. 20:28 Ham Radio LiveCD project 20:50 Thomas: Gone back to XP because of wireless problems 21:55 Check the Fresh Ubuntu podcast for a recent episode on a wireless option, also try WICD. 24:25 John: Happy with Windows but trying Linux because it will rule the world in 5 years 26:06 Charles: Looking forward to the WINE episode 26:54 Andy: Listening to us because Lug Radio has stopped 27:39 Barbara:Thanks for the help, Audacity not helping much with recording streaming audio from Internet 30:42 Tom suggest ffmpeg, Barbara finds a tutorial with fewer steps 32:29 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 33:54 End
Larry and Tom take a different approach to introducing the Linux command line. They answer questions like: What is the command line? Why is it important? How do I use the terminal and the command prompt? How do I know what to type on the command line? So dive right in! Give it a try.
00:00 Going Linux #038 - Command Line Demystified 00:15 Introduction 01:37 Generating hate 02:30 What is the command line and why is it important? 03:17 Differences between GUI and CLI 04:17 Creating a file (script) to re-run 04:43 Learning the "new language" 05:15 Guides and manuals are available in the terminal 05:27 Open a terminal: KDE 06:10 Open a terminal: Gnome 06:27 The command prompt 07:05 Command Line Tutorial - comments 09:45 The ls command 11:12 Options for the ls command 11:58 Man pages - the manual for the ls command 14:15 Arguments for the ls command 15:09 Quit the man page 15:27 Magic with the ls command 16:20 Redirecting data into a file 17:36 Moving into and out of directories using the terminal 19:11 Tab autocompletion 19:47 The top command 20:55 GUI uses more resources than CLI 21:24 Resources: lists of Linux commands and definitions 23:39 Date, time and calendars in the terminal 24:11 The uptime command 25:34 Resource: Advanced Bash script scripting guide 26:30 Resource: Tutorials and references 27:25 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 28:47 End
Craig Crossman and Carey Holzman host the Computer America radio show. Larry discusses with them, "all things Linux" in the July 15 show. Larry helps listener and new Linux user "CitizenX" fix a Java installation live, on the air, so that she can get onto the Computer America chat room. How long does it take Carey to install Windows? How long does it take Larry to install Linux? Listen to find out. Larry reads and answers some listener questions.
00:00 Going Linux #036 - Computer America #4 00:15 Introduction 01:55 Welcome to Computer America 03:29 Listener "CitizenX" has trouble connecting to the chat room with her new Ubuntu installation 10:42 What is the Synaptic package manager? 13:05 Add-on chat works great with Linux as well as Windows 13:40 Carey describes "one of the problems with Linux" 15:54 Larry takes issue with Carey's position Windows has issues, too. 17:32 CitizenX gets into the chat room! 18:05 A business moving to Linux from Windows would need to hire a Linux guru for support 18:49 A business moving to Mac from Windows would need to hire a Mac guru for support 21:31 Some distributions are pre-configured with "issues" resolved up-front E.g. Linux Mint comes pre-installed for playing media. 23:23 There are Linux distributions for people who don't want to tinker with their computer 27:07 How can you try Linux? Try different distributions. Purchase a computer with Linux pre-installed. 29:20 How long does it take an experienced Windows tech to install Windows from scratch to fully functional with anti-virus and drivers installed and Windows updates completed? 32:50 How long does it take an experienced Linux tech to install Linux from scratch to fully functional with full Office Suite, games, programming applications and drivers installed and updates completed? 34:58 Psychology of the Linux fanatic and "geek cache" 38:14 Does Linux get in its own way when it comes to adoption and acceptance? 43:19 Three types of Listener feedback: "Great show!" "Help me!" and "Here's a tip" 45:21 How to play mp3 files on Ubuntu Linux: ubuntu-restricted-extras package 48:08 Paul wants to Verizon USB720 cellular modem to work under Linux 49:56 Responses from listeners: Mark provides suggestion to use the package KPPP and provides a link to PDF instructions 52:51 How to adjust font options in Linux 56:41 Change your mindset to learn Linux like learning a new language 59:51 More on fonts 61:54 KDE for the user who likes to tweak settings, Gnome for simpler settings with most settings already set 64:41 Limitation to hard drive size? What about files systems. 67:40 Do I need to choose a file system with Linux? 69:00 Steve: question about iTunes replacements for listening to podcasts in Linux 71:41 Recommended Linux options to replace iTunes: Songbird, Amarok 74:45 Why I recommend Amarok as a full Linux replacement for iTunes 79:51 End
Lots of Podcast Alley comments this month, and lots of e-mail, too. Paul needs help with a cellular modem. Listener tip on how to make OpenOffice documents look more like MS Office documents by using core fonts. We find out that Rhythmbox does have features for moving audio onto your portable media player. Listeners help Tom prevent Rythmbox opening automatically when he plugs-in his media player. Gpodder is a podcatcher that we overlooked in episode 35. Judy wants to purchase a desktop computer with Linux pre-installed. Listeners suggest Going Linux episodes on using the command line and using Wine. We get criticized about the lack of Linux in the last Computer America episode. How do experienced users upgrade when there is a new release of a distribution?
00:00 Going Linux #36 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:37 Thanks for your Podcast Alley comments and votes 02:20 G7VBX: Likes the show 03:03 Mr. Mepis: Really likes Basket 04:38 LaserTagRocks: Perfect show 04:54 Robster: Wants software picks 05:22 annyfe: Entertaining 06:08 Yo_PandaBear: Best yet 06:35 Lawlezz75: Left Vista for Linux 07:23 Window_man: Informative and easy to understand 07:50 Paul: Truck driver wants to use Verizon cellular modem 09:37 NickTheGreekk: Converted to Ubuntu AAA+++ rating 10:18 DougOnLine: Linux more like dessert than raw meat 10:42 Steve: Thanks for the hard work 10:54 Ian: Giving to the community 11:28 TMCarson1: Helped with the transition to Ubuntu 11:51 Herb: Tip - Make OpenOffice docs look like MS Office docs 13:03 John: Resource - Robbie Ferguson video www.category5.tv 14:34 George: Rhythmbox can move audio to a media player 17:32 Thomas: Preventing Rhythmbox from opening automatically 18:30 Germ: Disable activation of software on insertion of any media 20:27 Gordon: gpodder is an excellent dedicated podcatcher, too 23:48 Dan: Wants us to cover the basics of Wine 25:26 Brian: Rhythmbox syncs with iPod shuffle 26:57 Benjamin: wants to learn to use the command line 29:12 Thomas: mp3 vs. ogg downloads 30:55 Michael: Criticism - iTunes can control auto start 33:06 Randy: Computer America didn't focus on Linux last time 35:19 Judy: Wants computer with Linux pre-installed, but not from Dell 37:04 Mike: What is the best way to update from one Linux release to another? 42:26 Alexandro: Rants about Computer America - eeePC is great 47:09 Russ TheTechieGeek: Clozilla works great 48:07 Herb: Can I listen to past episodes? 49:13 Scott: If I install Linux, can I still use the Windows system restore? 52:12 Doug: Move Mythbuntu partition from a small drive to a larger one 55:47 Sorry about the feedback line 56:14 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 57:45 End
If you have ever wished that your computer would just go and find new podcast episodes for you and download them automatically without your intervention, then this is the episode for you. Tom and Larry provide step-by-step instructions for subscribing to a podcast using various Linux podcatchers. We compare them with iTunes and describe the limitations of some of the software available.
00:00 Going Linux #35 - Getting Podcasts Delivered Automatically 00:16 Introduction 01:53 Definition: podcast (audio, video, other) 03:15 The difference between a podcast and simple downloadable media files 04:23 Definition: podcasting software 04:56 Definition: RSS 05:18 Definition: podcatcher (podcast receiving software) 06:00 Definition: media player (hardware) 06:39 Definition: media player (media manager software) 07:11 Switching from iTunes to Linux software 09:29 Comparing the Linux applications for receiving, playing and transferring podcasts 10:07 gtkpod (transfers media to iPod ONLY) 11:00 Bashpodder (command-line podcatcher ONLY) 13:48 User-submitted goodies for bashpodder 14:45 mplayer, vlc (plays media ONLY) 15:35 Modular method: use bashpodder, media player and gtkpod (iPod only)OR use bashpodder with media manager software 17:23 Limitations of Rhythmbox 19:12 All-in-one solutions 20:18 See the How To Subscribe Article on goinglinux.com 21:07 Subscribe to a podcast using bashpodder 24:00 gtkpod can't subscribe to, or play a podcast 24:19 Subscribe to a podcast using Banshee 28:04 Subscribe to a podcast using Songbird 30:17 Subscribe to a podcast using Rhythmbox 30:44 Subscribe to a podcast using Amarok 32:48 Linux software has different features from iTunes 34:53 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 36:44 End
This month Craig, Carey and Larry discuss the release of Firefox 3 for Linux, and the Mac. Carey provides the review of the Eee PC that some of our listeners have been asking for. Listener Barbara provides an excellent tip on using a Knoppix LiveCD for recovering data from a troublesome hard drive.
00:00 Going Linux #034 - Computer America #3 00:16 Introduction 04:17 Welcome back to Computer America 05:00 Firefox 3 release 06:07 New features: Linux, Windows, Mac 06:39 Scroll "break" 07:43 Add-ons improvements 09:03 Back and forward arrows 10:23 Bookmarks 10:45 Site exemptions 12:55 Unsorted bookmarks 16:20 Firefox for Linux 17:35 Asus eee PC 900 review (Xandros Linux) 18:24 20GB Hard drive - not really! 20:32 Several models Linux/Windows 23:23 No optical drive (CD/DVD) 27:18 Boot using a USB flash drive 29:13 Not all flash drives are bootable 30:11 eee PC sees flash drives as hard drives 33:20 XP Drivers provided on CD 35:00 Keyboard is it's weakest point (tiny keys) 35:27 Short battery life 35:35 Slow to start with Windows XP, faster with Linux 37:15 Can't use hibernation 42:09 eee PC was designed to run Linux 42:32 Video card is nice, works well with external monitor 45:26 alternative HP mini-Note (SuSE Linux) 47:30 Linux (Xandros) interface on eee PC is simplistic (for a child) 50:44 Listener Barbara: Knoppix Linux bootable CD can easily recover data from a troublesome Windows drive 56:20 Knoppix is a full distributon, not just a rescue CD 57:20 Ophcrack to recover Windows password 60:04 Dual-boot Windows and Linux on eee PC 61:33 The "mini-PC" is a novelty 65:00 The future of mini-PCs 71:15 Upcoming episodes on the Going Linux podcast 72:44 New versions of Linux 79:40 End
Tom and Larry answer lister questions ranging from choosing distributions and Linux applir.cations to installing applications and making VLC the default media player. Lots of links this month.
00:00 Going Linux #33 - Listener Feedback 00:14 Introduction 01:13 Mark: What are the best Linux applications? (Less Windows-bashing please!) 13:05 Len: What happens when an incremental backup is corrupted? 16:45 Per: Linux Distribution Chooser sites 18:31 Robert: Choosing a distribution to replace Win98 on Toshiba Satellite 2520 CDS 25:26 Anthony: Tips for getting the latest version of an application 28:09 Paul: Installing new applications on his EeePC 29:39 Bob: What was that "bumper" music (intro-3-long.ogg) 31:42 David: Wants an episode on shell scripting 33:01 Jonathan: Backup application AptOnCD 34:46 Colin: PartedMagic for imaging and backups 35:47 Kim: Linux newbie - looking forward to episode on syncing iPod under Linux 37:27 Dan: Uses Floola on his iPod 39:15 John: Tutorial on installing Ubuntu under VMWare, getting VLC working 45:59 Kedar: Is Tom being discriminated against? 47:23 Chris: Compaq Presario SR1520NX graphics problems 52:07 Dan: Setting VLC as default application 53:55 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 55:34 End
Originally aired on May 20, 2008, this is Larry's second appearance on Craig Crossman's Computer America, a live radio show, syndicated nationally in the United States. This time, Craig Crossman and Carey Holzman have a discussion with Larry about such Linux topics as getting Linux support, malware on Linux, the cost of going Linux, and can you make Linux look like OSX or Windows? Larry also answers some listener questions.
00:00 Going Linux #32 - Computer America May 20, 2008 00:17 Introduction 01:20 Hour 1 05:47 Why hasn't Linux penetrated the home market? Or has it? 10:32 Getting support for Linux 12:02 Support forums, podcasts 18:27 Do the different distributions fragment Linux support? 22:30 Linux support is about community 28:28 Purchasing support with Linux 32:53 Spyware and viruses less of an issue with Linux 34:20 Hour 2 40:00 Eric: Can I install Linux and Windows on the same computer? 41:27 Try Linux using a Live CD 43:51 Should Linux look and behave more like Windows? 46:46 Switching to Linux from Windows because of Vista 48:03 The cost of Linux training vs. ongoing operating and upgrade costs 51:30 Making Linux look more like a Mac 52:43 Linux: You get what you pay for? 55:33 Are you entitle to support with Linux if you purchase it? 59:34 Where to go to get a complete list of available Linux distributions 61:42 Specialized Linux distributions 63:35 Charles: How to change which OS boots first on a dual-boot system 66:35 Henry: How to enable auxilary buttons on a Logitec mouse 69:26 Mark: Linux certification programs 72:12 What makes the Going Linux podcast unique? 76:32 Dan: Setting VLC as the default media player 80:41 End
The advanced episode on backing up your computer. From daily, simple backups to Windows and Linux drive imaging, we provide our recommendations and step-by-step instructions. Listener Daniel provides a tutorial on using Rsync, together with Bash and Cron to automate backups. (Yes, I know I said "episode 30" in the intro. You know that this is really episode 31!)
00:00 Going Linux #031 - Backups - Advanced 00:16 Introduction 01:24 Overview 02:06 The importance of backing up 04:16 Definitions: Full backups, incremental backups 05:56 Rsync, bash and cron: automated backups - command line 08:10 Simple Backup: automated backups - graphical ui 10:56 G4L: needs more research 12:55 Clonezilla Live: clone partitions or whole hard drives 20:07 Backup and Restore Windows and Linux partitions 28:40 Resizing partition to different size drives 31:51 Hardy Heron 8.04 discussion 35:47 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 37:48 End
This is a listener feedback episode with a twist. As a result of a listener question, "How and why is Linux free?" Tom and Larry host a Linux podcaster round-table discussion on the topic. We are joined by Chad Wollenberg of the Linux Basement podcast, Dann Washko of The Linux Link Tech Show, Klaatu of The Bad Apples podcast, and the ubiquitous Linux podcast guest, Verbal.
00:00 Going Linux #030 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:12 Podcaster Round Table Discussion 46:28 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 48:25 End
In this episode, Larry and Tom discuss backing up your Linux computer. Topics discussed include why you should backup, what files should be included in a backup, where should you backup (and where you should keep your backups), and how often you should backup. We provide an overview of some of the Linux backup software available, including alternatives to Norton Ghost and Acronis True Image.
00:00 Going Linux #029 - Introduction to Backups 00:15 Introduction 01:23 You SHOULD be backing up. Have you? 01:57 Why should you backup? 03:36 What should you backup? 05:17 Where should you make the backup? 13:27 How often should you backup? 16:14 How do you make a backup? 19:15 Linux backup software 21:02 sbackup (Simple Backup) 21:46 rdiff-backup 22:11 backerupper 22:37 hubackup (Home User Backup) 23:30 rsync 24:25 grsync 25:13 Clonezilla Live 27:47 G4L (formerly Ghost for Linux) 30:19 Larry's software pick: andLinux 34:47 Tom's software pick: Rockbox rocks! 37:04 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 38:37 End
Larry was invited a guest on the live radio show Craig Crossman's Computer America! Craig and his co-host Carey Holzman interview Larry about this podcast and "all things linux". Craig and Carey have graciously allowed us to download, edit and post the entire program, here on our website. You will also be able to download both hours of the show (including the commercials) from the Computer America site for about 2 weeks. After that, this will be the only place you can hear the interview.
This single episode is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-Noncommercial-No Derivative Works 3.0 United States License.
Tom and Larry recommend a Linux distribution (or three) and PCs with Linux pre-installed. A listener installs Windows on 6 year old son's PC because Windows is a "toy" operating system. A Darwin-based distribution DOES exist. AAC is not evil. We talk about why Linux is free, and how to get free beer -- digitally!
00:00 Going Linux #028 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:09 Jim: Wants more frequent episodes 03:21 Byron: Advanced Windows user, which Linux distro is right for new PC 06:38 Buy a computer with Linux pre-installed (Ubuntu/Kubuntu or Mint) 10:21 Alan: It's all our fault! He's gone Linux! Working with iPods 14:05 Ralph: Windows programmer, gone Mac and Linux, software should be free, it's my computer! Windows is a toy 18:19 Kedar: Klaatu was wrong about Darwin Linux distro 20:12 Ashaman: AAC is an open format, Apple lossless has DRM 22:57 Teresa: How about an episode on setting up a Linux printer 24:20 Bruce: You CAN undelete files from ext3 formatted drive 25:01 Santos: The Bad Apples and Going Linux are a "symbiosis of awsomeness" 26:27 David: Why, and how, is Linux free? 29:44 The long, "short" answer... 33:31 Why don't Linux users need to worry about malware? 38:12 BOINC runs slowly on an old laptop on older Ubuntu 40:48 How do I download "free beer" 42:23 Matt: Ctrl-Esc for process list (KDE only) 45:03 Johnathan: Backup Linux applications (Ghost alternative) 45:53 Next time: Backups - Intro 46:03 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 47:05 Visit our Cafe Press store 48:07 End
In Episode 27 we discuss the reasons why one might want to switch from Windows to Linux instead of from Windows to the Mac. We follow-up a discussion we began with Klaatu on episode 2x11 of the Bad Apples podcast about the comparative costs of switching from Mac to Linux. We discuss Apple's marketing, "unix certified", Darwin, and support for open source. Does the Apple machine really play nicely with FOSS, give back to the FOSS community and share the workload with FOSS? We also talk about viruses, supportability, crashes, true Open Source, using Open Source applications, DRM and fiel formats, freedom and flexibility.
00:00 Going Linux #027 - Why Switch? - Advanced 00:16 Introduction 01:28 We lied... 01:54 Klaatu - The Bad Apples Podcast, long time mac user 03:17 Should you move from Windows to Mac, or to Linux? 04:21 Mac is Unix-based, but what IS "Unix Certified" anyway? 06:24 Definition: BSD 08:19 BSD, Unix and Linux 09:15 Apple and the Unix philosophy 09:39 Is Mac as flexible and open as BSD or Unix? 10:09 Is Mac really Open Source? Who knows how to compile the Darwin kernel? 12:37 Source code available, but not an Open Source project! 13:41 Running Unix/Linux applications on the Mac (sort of) 15:40 Klaatu tries to make the Mac a pure BSD box 16:17 The Fink and Mac Ports projects - software ported to Mac 18:40 The reality - Apple fights back 19:24 The Apple marketing machine, Quick Time, DRM and AAC 21:40 Reasons to choose Linux over Mac 22:57 Mac is "unsupportable" if you customize too much 23:40 Problems you aren't allowed to have on a Mac 24:15 But a Mac just works and doesn't crash, right? 25:14 The spinning beach ball of death - be cool while you crash 25:57 Using the terminal to kill a process in Linux: xkill (Ctrl-Alt-Esc) 28:00 You only thought it crashed... 29:33 Linux Basement's VA Tech interview - Mac clusters 31:29 Window, Mac, Linux all work for e-mail and browsing, right? 32:27 Recovering data? Good luck! Linux Action Show 33:04 Mac + Unix for the technical user? Not! 34:20 Why fix problems when we can make it a feature of the next release? 35:06 Do you want to report this error? 35:46 The Linux sense of community to the rescue 37:36 But the Mac looks cool... 38:15 Klaatu's final thoughts 39:10 Next episode: Listener Feedback 39:18 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 40:15 Visit our Cafe Press store 41:07 End
In this listener feedback episode, one of our listeners provides musical feedback, we get taken to task for bashing Mac OSX, and discuss several Linux alternatives to Windows applications. Between the recording of this episode and its release, Klaatu has released the episode we talk about recording. You can listen to what we've learned about OSX, and hear Klaatu's comparison of the costs of Mac and Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #026 - Listener Feedback 00:21 Introduction 01:15 Audio feedback 01:30 Verbal: Use WGET command to download files from the Internet 02:57 Greg: Installing .rpm and .deb packages 09:50 Phone line calls 10:44 Sonny: Why I switched to Linux 12:05 Bruce (Mr. Gadget) sings the blues (Eat your heart out Chad Wollenberg!) 15:00 Emmanuel: Kompozer replaces NVu, comments on Windows vs. Linux 18:45 Richard: A question on the legality of using restricted drivers in Linux 19:44 Klaatu's answer from Episode 25 21:28 Use VLC for converting audio file formats 22:41 Rich: Linux alternatives for Microsoft Money and Tax Cut 22:36 GnuCash, KMyMoney, jGnash, MoneyDance, Grisbi, and PLCash 26:50 Linux alternatives for iTunes 27:30 Definition: Smart playlists, 28:10 Amarok: Synchronize your iPod or other audio player 30:10 Drew: Recording streams using Bash scripts, Zenity 35:09 Teresa: Tries Kubuntu on Dell C610 with no OS, never looks back 37:13 Bart: Manages Linux, uses Mac OSX's Unix; 39:36 Bart: Please, no Mac-bashing! OSX-Linux similarities and differences 42:17 We'll talk to Klaatu (see Bad Apples Season 2, Episode 11) 44:28 Apple's software cost for comparison 47:07 Next episode: An introduction to backups 47:33 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 48:27 Visit our Cafe Press store 49:22 End
This month we talk about the reasons why one might want to switch from other operating systems to Linux. In addition, Larry interviews Klaatu at SCaLE about playing video and audio under Linux -- legally.
00:00 Going Linux #025 - Why Switch?, Klaatu interview at SCaLE 6x 00:22 Introduction 01:45 Why Tom switched to Linux 02:38 Why Larry switched to Linux 04:10 The security issue 05:03 The cost issue 05:36 Configuring equivalent systems: Vista vs. Linux 06:10 The hardware issue 06:43 Upgrade vs. "full" version 08:52 Office suites 12:40 Mail application 14:40 The cost of previous software and hardware 15:40 The cost of "content protection" 17:24 BSOD 18:10 The cost of additional software included with Linux distros 20:50 Final (software only) cost Vista ultimate: $3,000 Linux: $0 21:38 The performance cost of "assistant" programs 23:14 Cost summary 24:13 Getting new application upgrades 26:58 No Scan Disk or Defrag 28:00 No reboot for months 28:56 Community support 30:48 User-influenced development 31:42 Linux: Built on the shoulders of giants 33:24 Security: less risk for malware 34:20 Why don't people switch to Linux? Fear of change 35:30 Finding application equivalents 27:25 Linux vs. Apple 39:20 SCaLE 6x Review 44:50 Interview with Klaatu of The Bad Apples Podcast 56:30 Linux codecs legal vs. illegal 57:10 Next episode: Listener Feedback 57:24 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 58:47 End
This month's listener feedback includes our first two voice mails from our Listener Feedback line, a suggestion to cover the command-line, and a listener who needs help with Yellow Dog Linux on a PS3.
00:00 Going Linux #024 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:19 SCALE 6x 02:55 Bill: Playing Real Player streams 04:29 Emmanuel: Listener Tip - sudo !! repeats last command as root 08:02 Jim: Wants us to cover how to install Compiz Fusion on Ubuntu/Kubuntu 10:21 Stuff: Nice podcast 10:41 Steve: Clear and straightforward 12:17 Charles: Tom's color commentary helps family move from Vista to Linux 13:08 Ernie: Fantastic 13:17 Arash2005: Cool podcast 13:32 Bob: Kick the "stuff" out of Microsoft 15:48 Bill (not Gates): Finds openSuSE slab menu clunky, adopts Ubuntu on AMD 64 19:20 Ron: Needs help installing Flash and mPlayer on YDL on a PS3 20:25 Nid good: Really likes podcast 20:30 Josh: Tom's new mic helps -- he sounded too close to mic on Episode 15 21:43 Michael: Nessus scans Tom's computer for the Aardvark Challenge 22:57 Steve: Environmental factors help with Aardvark Challenge 23:38 Greg: Would like command line tips as a regular segment 22:47 Software picks: Apropos, 29:24 OpenOffice extension -- Sun Presentation Minimizer 34:00 Next episode: Why switch? 34:51 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 35:35 Promos 42:44 End
We complete the discussion on Linux firewalls we began last month. Our focus is on answering the question, "How would I use a firewall... if I wanted one?"
00:00 Going Linux #023 - Firewalls-Advanced 00:16 Introduction 01:17 Results: Aardvark Challenge 04:40 SCALE 6x 07:20 The story so far... 08:12 Definition: IPTables 10:15 Why use both software and hardware firewalls? 11:34 Windows XP firewall vs. the GuardDog Linux firewall 13:44 How do I setup a firewall? 14:08 Firestarter's default settings 16:53 Events Tab: Allowing blocked incoming connections 19:10 Policy Tab: Proactively setting policies 19:54 Port Numbers: What does each port do? 21:41 Firestarter for Gnome, GuardDog for KDE 23:22 Why the firewall works when Firestarter and GuardDog are turned off 24:22 GuardDog's default settings 24:56 Advanced planning: browsing, banking and server 25:19 Protocol Tab: Internet Zone (browsing and banking) 26:45 Protocol Tab: Local Zone (server) 27:26 Turn the firewall on and off 27:50 When to turn the software firewall on 28:25 Resources for firewall information 31:29 Going Linux Cafe Press store: www.cafepress.com/goinglinux 31:48 goinglinux.com, feedback, listen, subscribe 33:32 Promos 37:15 End
In this month's Listener Feedback: The Aardvark Challenge, new "Donate" button,errata corrected, an alternative to Basket for Gnome, KnoppMyth, two alternative Linux distributions, mutimedia, a USB novelty, and software picks.
00:00 Going Linux #022 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:21 The Aardvark Challenge 03:44 Now you can donate - button on https://goinglinux.com 04:45 Ben: AbiWord is stand alone word processor, KWord is part of KOffice 05:26 Henry: Basket and OneNote equivalent for Gnome Tomboy, TiddlyWiki, TiddlySnip, Jarnal and Gournal 06:50 Bobby: Debris Linux and IcePodder for older computers 09:25 Wayne: Tux Droid 11:02 Bill: Wubi, enabling multimedia and Real Player 13:48 Steve: Knoppmyth for a MythTV PVR, Geubuntu looks nice 17:18 Verbal: Listener Tip - AC Adapters 18:47 Software Picks: FileLight, Avidemux 22:26 New feature: Promo Exchange 23:17 Next episode 23:22 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 24:22 Promo 26:20 End
We begin our introduction to Linux firewalls with a definition, the reasons you might want to use a firewall, and why it's important. We also introduce the "aardvark challenge."
00:00 Going Linux #021 - Firewall Considerations-Introduction 00:16 Introduction 01:25 Thank you Dan Sawyer and Chad Wollenberg 01:44 Advanced Windows user, you should begin using Linux right away. 02:46 What is a firewall, why is that important 03:19 Definition: Firewall 03:43 Types of firewalls 04:50 IPTables 05:32 Graphical firewall applications openSuSE, Guard Dog, Fire Starter 06:55 Where to find more information: podcasts, websites, discussion threads 08:32 What and why: The bottom line 09:14 Ports allow access to your computer 10:50 By default, ports are turned OFF 11:49 Uninstall or disable the firewall to enable all ports 12:26 Unconvinced: The Aardvark Challenge 14:30 Even with a firewall you can get hacked: social engineering 15:17 Beware the helpful command-line fix on forum posts 16:47 How to check out a command before you run itwill 17:56 Next episode 18:29 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 19:47 End
In this month's Listener Feedback, we discuss everything from podcast fiction, through TV on Linux, and giving Gnome a makeover, to TinyMe Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #020 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:21 Dan Sawyer: Sculpting God stories released 02:26 Sculpting God promo 04:34 The Linux Link Tech Show 05:06 Verbal: Listener Tip 06:04 Randy: Links to files not working 07:37 Lamar: extend laptop battery life under openSuSE, TV tuner cards 09:16 MythUbuntu.org, forums at https://thelinuxlink.net/forum, episode 5 11:08 Bill: GMail paranoia, sharing browser bookmarks, Wubi confusion 15:17 Wubi is an installer, not virtualization 18:25 Jordan: Use nVidia "legacy" drivers for older hardware 19:06 Luke: Kubuntu on older desktop, Xubutu on old laptop BusyBox error 21:27 Forum posts: Try another version of install CD, try another distro, TinyME 22:53 Ray: likes how-to's, software selections, problem solving techniques, 24:12 Playing podcasts, suggestion: undoing mistakes 25:19 Linux podcast receivers and media players: Amarok, Rhythmbox, restricted extras 27:58 Bill: Suggests donation button, provides openSuSE 10.3 overview 31:53 Supporting Going Linux: Send us an e 32:56 Ryan: Making Gnome look more like Windows for "Mom" 33:25 Install KDE; move the panels, change theme; delay 35:46 Kelly: Audio quality needs improving 38:01 Dave: Firefox printing suggestion gentoo link PDF Download Extension 40:00 John: Installing Ubuntu on new hardware, link plugs for other shows 41:38 Rick: XPad for Gnome rather than Basket using TinyME 42:29 XPad is a sticky note program, not a full replacement for Basket 43:27 Henry: Local LUG helps solve nVidia problem on Dell--BIOS change! 44:53 Podcast Alley comments: Match harware and distro, don't give up, Tom is entertaining 47:38 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 48:54 End
Larry and Tom provide a high-level overview of Office Suites for Linux, with a focus on OpenOffice. Ever wondered how to move your OpenOffice settings from one computer to another or how to edit your custom dictionary? You'll learn that, and the basics of what the OpenOffice Navigator does as well. Two software picks that you'll want to check out.
00:00 Going Linux #019 - Office Suites-Advanced 00:16 Welcome 01:24 Linux Basement Podcast from Chad Wollenberg 03:08 Thanks for voting on Podcast Alley 03:17 Focus on OpenOffice 03:58 Definition: Office Suite 04:40 MS Office: Word, Excel, PowerPoint 04:53 OpenOffice: Writer, Calc, Impress 05:02 KOffice: Kword (NOT AbiWord), KSpread, KPresenter 05:28 Why would I need an Office Suite? 06:49 Moving the OpenOffice Custom Dictionary (and other settings) between computers 08:39 Display hidden directories in Linux. 10:08 Editing the OpenOffice Custom Dictionary 11:38 Automating Keystrokes with Office Macros 12:01 Definition: Macro 13:24 Macro (in)compatibility 14:06 Resources: Using OpenOffice Macros 14:22 OpenOffice Navigator 16:28 Resources: Learning to use OpenOffice 18:08 Software picks: AdBlockPlus, KSnapshot 21:27 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 22:45 End
Final results of the October voting Podcast Alley this month. New web hosting and questions answered. We talk about installing Linux without a CD drive or Internet connection, some good Linux distributions for older machines, possible alternatives for DocumentsToGo, and Restricted Drivers.
00:00 Going Linux #018 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Welcome 01:38 New Web Host: Site5 03:21 Podcast Alley survey results - Thank you! 04:15 Comments from Podcast Alley 08:03 Verbal: Audio tip on the Kate text editor 09:45 Jim: Audio comment Excel-OpenOffice compatibility 12:57 Jonathan: Sabayon 14:27 Jeff: Listens again, recommends Fedora-KDE Rawhide 17:33 Command line tab completion 18:55 Why dialog boxes look different from app to app 20:45 Sarel: Installing Linux on an old laptop with no USB or CD 21:38 Smart Boot Manager 23:08 Network Installation 24:49 CF Card Installation of DSL 28:44 Alan: Linux alternatives to DocumentsToGo software 30:56 Wayne: Gutsy requires BIOS of 2000+ 32:10 Updating the older computer BIOS 33:04 For old hardware, try Xubuntu, Puppy, DSL, DSL-N 34:29 Also try Wubi to install Linux on a Windows machine 35:58 A WubiCDBoot.exe install file is included on the Gutsy CD 37:35 Tom's trials with Gutsy - Lesson: Understand before goofing with the innards 38:11 Lee: More screen shots, or add screen cast videos 39:29 Henry: Ubuntu on Inspiron 2650, not able to play demanding games 40:30 Setting up WPA on Ubuntu 44:52 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 46:36 End
Still some time left in our effort to determine more accurately how many people listen to the podcast. We ask you to vote at Podcast Alley this month. Vote more often if you want, but at least vote once. We'll let you know the final results next month.
In this, our first episode on Linux applications (rather than the operating system itself) we begin our discussion with word processors and text editors.
00:00 Going Linux #017 - Word Processors and Text Editors-Introduction 00:17 Welcome 01:46 Podcast Alley results so far 04:36 Some common text editors 05:49 Definition: text editor 06:06 Kate text editor 08:35 gEdit text editor 10:25 Abiword stand alone word processor 12:17 KWord word processor (part of KOffice) 16:05 OpenOffice.org Writer word processor 17:28 OpenOffice.org vs. Microsoft Office 21:32 Tips for moving to OpenOffice.org 25:25 Sharing files between OpenOffice.org and MS Office 26:39 Comparison of word processors 27:20 Software pick of the month 30:27 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 31:56 End
In this episode, Larry and Tom thank the new and loyal listeners to the podcast. In an effort to determine more accurately how many people listen to the podcast, we ask you to vote at Podcast Alley this month. Vote more often if you want, but at least vote once. We'll let you know the results next month.
In this month's listener e-mails, we discuss compiling applications from source code (relax… it's not a how-to!), burning Linux CD's from ISO images, Linux alternatives to iTunes and Microsoft Office's OneNote, synchronizing a PocketPC with Linux, and a former listener's failed attempt to move to Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #016 - Listener Feedback 00:15 Welcome 01:51 About 40 visits per day 800 visitors per month 03:48 Help us be more accurate. Vote on Podcast Alley - just once is OK 05:15 Ryan: Compile applications from source code 07:08 Definition: Compiling from source code on Linux 08:30 Advantages of compiling from source code 10:11 Dennis: DOS error when booting CD from Linux ISO 11:02 Don't use burner software to make Linux LiveCD bootable - it already is! 14:07 Make sure your computer is setup to boot from the CD 15:25 Jonathan: Linux alternatives to iTunes and MS OneNote under openSuSE 17:16 Sync your iPod under Linux using Rhythmbox 18:53 Replace MS Office OneNote using Basket for Linux 22:47 Adding a 3rd party openSuSE repository to install Basket 26:25 Jonathan: Basket software review (student perspective) 30:10 Jeff: Failed attempt to move to Linux 31:25 Jeff could have used distribution support, community wikis, message boards, online publications and the Going Linux website 32:06 The command line vs. graphical user interface 36:15 Bill: Sync PocketPC with Kmail, sync iPod 37:04 Sync your iPod under Linux using Amarok 37:49 Sync PocketPC with Kmail using SynCE-KDE 38:58 Software pick of the month 39:41 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 41:17 End
The topics for this episode: How to install new software packages. Finding new applications and installing stuff. Finding applications not in your repositories. What's that "repository" thing all about? Don't worry! We cover that.
00:00 Going Linux #015 - Installing Linux Applications-Advanced 00:17 Welcome 01:49 In this episode 02:22 Definition: Repositories 03:50 A word of caution about installing software... 06:28 Adding source repositories to the package manager 08:15 The advantage of installing from a repository 09:26 Enabling supported repositories 09:56 Example: Kubuntu - enabling Adept repositories 11:35 Example: Ubuntu - enabling Synaptic repositories 12:16 Documentation and tutorials for YOUR distribution of Linux 13:35 LinuxBasics.org tutorial on installing Linux applications 14:31 How do I find Linux equivalents for Windows software? 15:47 Alternative software installers: Winedoors, Automatix 17:05 Recovering from a failed Linux installation or update 18:46 Definition: Broken Dependency 20:04 Command line recovery 21:09 Next 2 episodes 22:07 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 23:08 End
This is a listener feedback episode with a couple of twists. Guest and Linux video expert Dan Sawyer answers listener Rick's questions about producing video using Linux. Dan runs a media production company that uses Linux exclusively! He is also an author and podcaster. The second twist? In this episode, the Going Linux podcast gets a guest co-host.
00:00 Going Linux #14 - Listener Feedback 00:14 Introduction 01:45 Changes to the format 02:31 Listener Tom: Show needs a co-host 03:26 Tom Choudoir becomes guest co-host! 04:00 Tom's experiences with Linux 05:03 Listener Curtis: Likes that we cover Linux "from the beginning" 06:34 Listener Dan: Offers to be a guest expert on Going Linux 07:24 Interview with J. Daniel Sawyer 08:00 How did you find the Going Linux podcast? 08:37 Dan's fiction podcasts "Scultping God" and "Predestination and Other Games of Chance" 09:59 LinuxJournal articles 10:42 Questions from listener Rick (hitekwaiter) 12:08 Definition: Codec? 12:54 Lossy vs. lossless 15:33 Free and open source codecs for video 16:29 Open source non-free codecs for video 17:35 Free and open source delivery codecs 19:24 Alpha software and Beta software in "Linux land" vs. "Windows land" 20:55 Video cameras compatible with Linux 23:27 Recommendation: Linux video applications for editing single-track: kino, multi-track: openmovieeditor, blender, kdenlive, cinellera 31:07 Commercial solutions for Linux 31:38 Definition: Video compositing 34:31 Writing articles for magazines and journals 36:35 What is author Scott Sigler really like? 38:00 Polyschizmatic Reprobates Hour podcast 43:00 Advice from Dan Sawyer for media newbies using Linux 44:43 Blender Wars: Open source film making community 45:15 Artistic Whispers Productions: Dan's Sawyer's media services company and tutoring 46:47 Thanks Dan 47:28 Tom Chaudoir joins Going Linux 47:43 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 49:00 End
In this episode you will learn how to get updates for your Linux computer, how to install new software packages, how to get new software applications from repositories, and how to finding what you want.
00:00 Going Linux #13 - Getting Updates and Installing Software-Introduction 00:18 Introduction 01:46 Where to find Linux software to install: repositories 03:24 Deciding what to install 04:42 Getting software updates for Linux: the updater 06:23 Using the updater to retrieve and install updates Reminder definitions: packages, installers, package managers 07:50 Using the package manager 09:01 Installing packages from repositories: 3 examples Finding and installing Firefox on Kubuntu (Adept) Finding and installing software on Freespire (CNR) Finding and installing Audacity on openSuSE (YaST) 12:30 Summary 13:27 Next Episodes 13:44 Possible Format Changes 13:55 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 14:57 End
Listener e-mail and some addition information on moving from Windows to Linux. This episode contains: links to share, Linux alternatives for a Media Center PC and DVRs, alternatives for synchronizing a Pocket PC to a Linux alternative to Outlook, enabling mouse buttons, converting RPM installation packages to DEB, how to decide what applications to install on your Linux computer and how to record a podcast.
00:00 Going Linux #12 - Listener Feedback 00:14 Introduction 02:24 Macroron: Links to share 02:53 Learning Linux Episode 3 04:51 Apple IIe Serial Terminal running Gentoo 06:09 Sabayon Linux video 06:38 Fernando: Still here listening! Thanks for the icons 07:28 Henry: Windows XP Media Center (MCE) alternatives 07:44 Outlook equivalent sync to Pocket PC 08:05 Enable advanced mouse buttons 08:15 Convert RPM to DEB 09:01 DVR replacement 09:30 Larry's answers: 09:35 Multisync SynCE sync to Evolution 10:35 MCE Alternatives: UbuntuStudio Ubuntu Media Center Mythbuntu LinuxMCE 13:00 DVR: MythTV Mythbuntu 14:06 Alien: convert RPM to DEB 15:46 Configure mouse: lomoco, logitech_applet, mdetect 18:37 How to decide what to install 20:57 Charles: Recording the podcast 27:44 Next Episode 28:24 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 29:30 End
Larry starts the episode with some encouragement to try Linux. Picking up from Episode 9, Larry provides a list of some additional things you can do in Windows and how to do them in Linux, as well as things you can do in Linux "out of the box" that you just can't do in Windows "out of the box". Other topics are discussed in some detail and include: How to organize your files on a Linux computer; searching for files, folders, mail, contacts, and more; and moving your e-mail, browser bookmarks and Office settings from Windows to Linux.
00:00 Going Linux #11 - Adjusting to Linux-Advanced 00:15 Introduction 02:15 Try something new! 02:53 Ubuntu videos: Linux: A Windows Vista alternative Dell's Linux 101 - What's All The Fuss About? 03:57 Edit your Office dictionary 05:20 Switching users - Linux sessions 06:30 Keyboard shortcuts 07:29 Organizing your files 08:25 The best place to file your files 10:05 The Master Documents folder 10:42 Create subfolders 11:35 Setup programs to save files automatically 13:18 Use shortcut icons 13:55 Easy backup 14:30 Finding your files 14:53 KFind 17:25 Beagle Search 20:22 Google Desktop Search 22:36 Defining 'Free' 23:00 Things you can do in Linux but not in Windows 25:21 Move from Windows to Linux 26:37 Move your Thunderbird mail 28:29 Move from Outlook or Outlook Express 30:44 Move your Firefox bookmarks 32:13 Move your Internet Explorer favorites 34:11 Move your OpenOffice settings 36:28 Next Episode 36:45 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 37:45 End
This month's feedback includes messages from listeners and veteran podcasters, and an podcast audio book promo. Lucas provides a resource for Bill C on using a winmodem under Linux. Ed Labonte takes over the Linux Install Podcast. Macroron provides helps resolve Ed's Zenwalk swap partition problem. Larry adds some music to improve the podcast--thanks Donna Papacosta. Big-O provides feedback. Big-O and J.C. Hutchins host "Clone Line LIVE" on July 5. J.C. launches 7th Son, Book 3 on July 7. Chess Griffin provides feedback on Going Linux. Thanks Chess.
00:00 Going Linux #10 - Listener Feedback 00:14 Introduction 01:33 In this episode 01:50 Lucas: A winmodem resource for Linux 03:43 Ed Labonte: The LIP is back thelip.net 06:00 Macroron: The LIP, links and swap file help for Zenwalk 07:52 Definitions: Swap partition (Linux), Swap file (Windows) 08:55 Improving the podcast: Trafcom News 09:48 Big-O TechnoFodder promo exchange 11:12 fourbitsworth.com 11:33 Big-O and J.C. Hutchins Clone Line Live (7th Son Book 3 launch July 5) 14:25 Chess Griffin, Linux Reality: Great job! 15:41 Next episode overview 16:15 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 17:10 End
Topics focus on suggestions that might help switchers from Windows to adjust to the Linux environment. We discuss creating desktop icons, using the mouse, and other things you can do in Windows and how you can do them in Linux. We also overview how to get help for Linux and Linux applications, and how to get the most out of your distribution's support resources.
00:00 Going Linux #9 - Adapting to Linux-Introduction 00:16 Introduction 01:33 In this episode 02:07 Previous episodes 02:47 KDE desktop icons 03:48 Application icons 05:10 System icons 06:55 My Computer, Home (Documents), Printers, Trash 11:21 Control mouse actions 12:30 Disk defragmentation 13:15 Kill a "runaway" program 14:41 Ways to reboot the computer 15:28 Launch programs from a dialog box 16:02 Run programs when your computer starts 16:59 Lock the your computer 17:12 Change the way the mouse works 18:15 Getting help for Linux and Linux applications 18:28 Documentation 19:19 Online resources 20:24 Googling for Linux 22:15 Next episode overview 22:45 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 23:54 End
More listener e-mail and Linux tips. This month's topics include: Linux installation troubles, how to determine whether your computer hardware will work with Linux, how to determine whether a particular Linux distribution will work with your computer hardware, printing to PDF, future topics for the show, pros and cons of Windows, Mac and Linux operating systems, how to subscribe to a podcast--and why you would want to.
00:00 Going Linux #8 - Listener Feedback 00:14 Introduction 01:47 Bill C - Trials tribulations installing Feisty 03:55 No modem support 05:22 Monitor resolution: Firefox doorknob 06:24 Printer support 07:10 GUI 07:29 Rant: Linux fragmentation 08:15 Larry - Distribution consolidation competitive pressure 09:23 Use Live CD to test hardware compatibility 10:53 Linux is ready. Have you ever installed Windows? 11:43 Bill C - Recommends Marcel Gagne's book 12:32 Rant: Geek elitism 15:18 Mike P - Printing PDF from Firefox is easy 16:51 Larry - I tried it and it works! 17:19 James F - Why not Xandros? Newbie podcasts should stick to GUI. 19:10 How about a show on Crossover? 19:36 Larry - We will stick to the GUI. Xandros $100 price might be a put-off. I'll try Crossover. 21:12 Jon L - Which Distro is a good one for newbie with a PC and a PPC? 22:23 Larry - Try Kubuntu for PC or openSuSE for either hardware. Try the Kubuntu Live CD or openSuSE DVD first. 26:18 Bill C - Gets recommendations from Computer America show. 30:25 Rant: Linux not ready for the masses. 30:08 Larry - Installing ANY operating system can be difficult. 33:02 Win Modem depends on Windows to work. 33:20 Use the hardware compatibility list can help. 35:08 George M - Job well done! 35:47 Larry - Open to different points of view. No Bashing. 35:16 Windows vs. OS X vs. Linux. 37:53 Frank - How do I subscribe? 38:09 Larry - Subscribing with Amarok and Rhythmbox. 44:29 Dave Jackson's howtosubscribe.com. 44:45 Next episode overview. 45:24 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 46:26 End
Ever wished you could color code your e-mail so that it is easy to identify? (E.g. personal:green, work:red, hobbies:blue) In this episode we tell you how. We also cover how to use e-mail automated features to automatically file your e-mail, take out the trash and delete spam.
We start the episode with how to create and use pre-defined signatures in your outgoing e-mail messages. As always, we provide links, here in the show notes, to resource with the step-by-steps.
00:00 Going Linux #7 - E-mail-Advanced Topics 00:15 Introduction 01:41 Topics 02:11 Managing you inbox 02:54 E-mail signatures 05:30 Resources: Articles, Show Notes and opensourcearticles.com 06:40 Automated mail management features of Thunderbird 07:26 Pre-sort your mail into folders 09:53 Color code your incoming mail 10:59 Take out the trash 11:49 Eliminate electronic junk mail and spam 14:32 Block images and java script for safety 15:07 Searching for mail messages 16:13 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 17:13 End
May 05: #6 - Listener Feedback
Larry responds to listener e-mail and comments from other podcasters. Additional topics covered: networking in a mixed environment and definitions of some important Linux terms.
00:00 Going Linux #6 - Listener Feedback 00:25 In this episode 00:37 Feedback from Geek Acres Podcast - Doug Rapson 04:08 Feedback from Linux System Administration Podcast - Ted Streit 05:55 Jim - Home networking in a mixed environment 07:30 Norahaura - Dual boots Ubuntu/XP on the desktop 08:34 Tracy (High Tech Redneck) - Linux server recommendation 09:09 My home network configuration 10:33 Considerations for mixed-environment networks 12:03 Stuart - Podcast format recommendations, distro confusion 15:45 Linux Distributions: Compared with Windows Vista, examples and references 21:55 Definitions: Linux, kernel, desktop, K-menu/Start menu, kicker/taskbar, software 25:27 Summary 25:53 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 27:05 End
Many versions of Linux (Linux distributions) come with e-mail software pre-installed for you. Learn which e-mail clients they are. Learn how e-mail works, and how to setup Thunderbird mail on your Linux PC.
00:00 Episode 5 - E-mail-Introduction 00:17 Welcome 00:25 Topics 00:36 Where is Serge? 01:38 Want to be a podcaster? 02:17 Thank you Serge 03:54 Introduction to e-mail 04:21 Definition - e-mail client software 06:04 How e-mail works 07:42 Definitions - POP3, IMAP 08:30 E-mail software in Linux 09:14 Browser-based e-mail systems 09:51 Setup Thunderbird to receive Gmail 11:19 Incoming mail settings 14:40 Outgoing mail settings 15:44 Articles section for details 16:17 Using Thunderbird 17:00 Next episodes 17:36 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 18:44 End
In this episode, Serge and Larry discuss a possible new format for the show. We also have lots and lots of listener e-mails with feedback and questions. (Of course we try to answer the questions.)
00:00 Episode 4 - Listener Feedback 00:14 Welcome 00:25 New format - an experiment 01:14 Listener feedback episodes 02:09 Linux install episodes 03:42 Linux user experience episodes 04:04 New release schedule 04:54 Thanks: Middle Management Lobotomy 05:32 Thanks: The Linux Link Tech Show 06:52 Listener Feedback 07:36 Bill C: Finds dial-up modem for Ubuntu-Dell system 09:32 Ridgid: Thanks for fixing download problem 09:53 Jack: Pushed to Ubuntu Linux by cost of staying MS for development 12:42 Neil C: Networking and Linux servers 14:39 Neil C: Follow-up re: VMware and Parallels running Linux 16:47 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 18:02 End
On March 23 we uploaded version #3a to get around the problems some listeners reported in downloading the file. Sorry for the inconvenience.
This episode, takes the topic we started last month a little further. Our primary examples continue to be from the KDE desktop, and our sample browsers are Konqueror and Firefox.
We discuss browser add-ons, including themes and extensions. We describe how to install the most common plug-ins using graphical package managers for three Linux distributions. We provide some step-by-steps on Konqueror's "web shortcuts," tabbed browsing and creating URL links to web pages. We also identify some alternative browsers that our listeners might want to try.
We also have lots and lots of listener e-mails with feedback and questions. (Of course we try to answer the questions.)
00:00 Episode 3 - Linux Browsers-Advanced 00:15 Welcome 00:45 Overview 01:48 Konqueror Web Shortcuts 04:31 Desktop Links-Konqueror 06:03 Desktop Links-Firefox 09:21 Tabbed Browsing 10:11 Konqueror Tabs 11:29 Changing Konqueror 13:20 Firefox Tabs 13:49 Changing Firefox 14:48 Browser Add-Ons 15:51 Firefox Extensions and Themes 17:15 Plug-ins 18:10 Definition: Repositories 19:37 Installing Plug-ins 21:36 FreeSpire-Click and Run 22:30 Kubuntu-Adept 23:30 OpenSuSE-YaST 24:37 Alternative Browsers 25:22 GUI-based: Opera, Epiphany, Netscape, Mozilla, and SeaMonkey 26:40 Text-based: Lynx and W3M 27:55 Thanks For Listener Feedback 28:47 Alexandro - Geek Speak https://www.gultab.org 31:45 Chris - Great Show! 32:01 George - Audio Quality 33:12 Chris - Ubuntu or Kubuntu? 34:26 Rick - Newbie Reference 37:38 Greg - Familiar Cross-Platform Apps 42:07 Jackie - Loving Linux 43:23 Mike - Linux On A Mac 49:11 Ed - Dual Boot Confusion 53:46 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 54:58 End
In this episode, we introduce two Linux web browsers, Konqueror and Firefox. We discuss the advantages and the limitations of each.
We already have an audience and we read the two e-mails that came in before we recorded the episode. We have more to share in the next episode. (Send us your feedback and we'll include it in a future episode.)
As a bonus, Larry provides a review of his 1-day visit to the Southern California Linux Expo in Los Angeles. Six Linux distributions provide information on whether their "distro" is best for new users. (See the links in the time stamps, below.)
00:00 Episode 2 - Linux Browsers-Intro 00:16 Welcome 00:24 Topics: Two browsers, SCALE review 01:14 Definitions: Distribution, kernel 04:09 More information 04:24 Definition: Desktop environment 05:33 Konqueror 12:15 Firefox 16:35 Resources: Going Linux Articles, Linux Reality Podcast 18:47 Thanks: Middle Management Lobotomy Podcast 19:25 Listener Feedback 21:07 SCALE Review 22:23 Jono Bacon - Canonical Community 23:08 6 Linux Distributions 26:08 Debian 28:04 Gentoo 29:48 Linspire, FreeSpire 34:26 Novell - openSUSE, SLED 38:46 Red Hat - Fedora Core 42:56 Ubuntu 46:24 Swag 47:41 goinglinux.com, listen, subscribe 48:31 End
In this episode, we introduce the podcast and ourselves. We discuss why this podcast will be of interest to our listeners, and why you should listen to us.
We discuss the main goals of the Going Linux podcast (world domination) and that our desire is to make the transition to Linux, and the Linux experience easy for you. We make some assumptions, including that most users will use the "out-of-the-box" default settings wherever possible, and will experiment later.
We talk in a general way about some of the issues surrounding using open source software like Linux in business, in academia and at home.
00:00 Episode Overview 00:44 Goals Going Linux 01:34 Easy Transitions 02:02 World Domination 04:25 Assumptions 05:18 Podcast Format 06:04 Why Listen? 06:17 Larry 08:33 Serge 10:55 Linux Install Podcast 12:04 FourBitsWorth Podcast 13:18 Corporate Users 14:53 Academic Users 15:37 Home Users 17:35 goinglinux.com 18:45 Your Feedback 19:00 Listen-Subscribe 19:39 Thanks 20:29 End
If you’re looking for cool effects, filters, and transitions to use in your Filmora projects, you’re...
Read MorePrivacy Settings When you visit any website, it may store or retrieve information on your browser,...
Read More